The phy&CB[fa &.

&&
showing f'u&lrnenfi6f .

rn w o WOKS
Cammenis by J. F. Rutherford
Author of
CREATION HARP OP 6 0 D
RBCONCILIATKZN GOVERNMENT 5
DELtVERANCE PROPHECY LlPB
end other books ?
Xuwm o m
*m&m m e y:5
Pu&z+?hmv i!
hternnstional Bible &data '3&twl&n
m8tch Tower Bible and Tract &&y
Br* New York, TJ*S, k
5
h f h FmmW, &idhe?, C b Tom, E @ ~ @ I
zui%*ur& & fll UWr e o o n ~
i PREl%cE
BEQVBIB makes known hip, purposes te his o h
F' &en1 meat- * h* o m due time. I n obedhce
to hFst will his belove&Son eame to eeasth and s e e r 4
death. God raised Jesus up out of death and exal.ted
him to the high& place in the n p i v e 2 ~ .CClpthed with
all poww and authority and made the Ex&u*e QB.
ces of J&ov& J m knew that by aad through h .hjdl
kingdom Satas and his orgembation would be da
strayed, pchickednea wiped out, and the wod &j
name of hipr Father m a l d be completely vindicated.
Donbfilem he was allgious to p r m d to the omogle-
tion of. that g10riow work; but J&ovah said to hjm,
Wait my due t k e to make the enemy t h r f ~ t -
@woL Jm kaew $+t he was to ha% asaoeiated pchith
him &r fi$,fhhd meatma taken firs a m o n p m@
and.qrade~aatohimseEdthat&~w1th@
w9ad wnSertute Cod$ ' d e d clervw$'.
. Wheh on earth, Jesua esnphasised above all other
@go the impoi%anceof the kingdom of God Be
told his faithful followdpa,that he would go swag a&
prepare a plaoe for them and Petnrn and remite
them Jb heaven Cod gave Jesus Christ The Reveh-
tion, aad he sent his angels and cawed John to mite
The Revel&ion in aign language. Uo man thep un-
derstood it, but .the expmmd of a d was that
his servmts should undemtmd it in his due time,
The Bedation would &ow his wrvmts the th-
that nus st shortly come to p a , 8&d those hewing and
obe@n@the message of tha$ Revelation weald be
greatly blmed.
All who lave Cod, hi bebved @on,an& h k king.
,; dom,.have been eager to underatand The Wvelatiqa.
~tudent#have prayerfully and earn&ly tb
meaaiq thereof. Prior to 1950 there never was a v

i
I
5
 satInfaoto~explanation of The Wevelation pnblbhed,
the manifest reason being that it w@s not Cod's due
time for his servatrta to have an undemtaading there-
of. The Scriptures were written chiefly for t71e aid,
encomagemeat and comfort of the faithful on earth
at the end of the world Therefore it is to be expected
that the feet mwbera of Christ would be given an
mderatanding? of The Ravelatien while in the flesh.
A
The Miptaral md supporting evidence is now 1
1
dkar tohb people that f%&t Jeans m e to his tom-
pb in, lg18 and began to take mnnt wfth hirr serv-
a&% and that those whom he fowa fait&% He ep-
pio& and made ru part of "The Sewant". These
I
&e d&gnated the %Want,to whom has been m-
&wed the teetimomy of Jesus Christ. S i €hat time
the Lord haa given to hie people the lrey to the w-
L I H T
derstanding of The Revelation. I$ now seems clear BOOK ONE
that it is Ood'a due time fop his serv& to under-
atand that great prophwy so 10%clothed in mystery.
d blmed time is therefore at hand for those who
rssd and underatand and obey.
With profound patitude to Glod Light ia anb-
Wed, 8ettb.q out the text of The h e l a t i o n and a

I
brief statement of the faota showing fulfilment of
that great prophecy. For cenvellience it is issued in
Books One nndTwo. No oradit ia due and none should
be given to any man for what appears h&&. The
Revelation ia God'e, given to hi beloved %n for the
bendt of hi servant8 and sent to them by the an&&
of the Lord. Those who delight t o feed npoa the tWJ
wfll read it with profit and joyfully p w it pn %
o%ers that they too may be bl-cd Bhd join i
sbng of praiae to Jehovah's name.
I ' THEPWmm
 L I G H T
CHAFTER I

Revelation
J EHOVAH God ia light. He is the fountain of
light and life. IIe made the heavcns and the
earth and gave the spirit of life to all of them
-r
1
I
that move and breathe. He made the mountah,
weighed them in hin balances, and aet them forth I
eternal monnments to his own majesty and for the
wonder and admiration of his earthly areaturea that
love him. E e made the sun to light the earth by dey,
and the moon and the stars to illuminate it at night.
Each morning, and forever, he causes his beams of
light to be lifted above the mountain peab and lo
spread their m m acmes the heavens, baspeaking hia
unlimited power and i h i t e glory. There ia no audi-
ble sound to disturb the awesome and profound si.
lence that accompanies the dawning of his day. The
beasts of the field and the birds of the air hold their
peace, and even the winda are quiet.
Unseen ia the Almighty Creator; yet he is manifest
by his worlrs. The space curtained by the outspread
heavens of light is is tent. Since we cannot see the
wind, how much lase can human eyea behold him who
walks upon ita wings; yet we know that he ia present.
His clouds, like majestic chariota, ride above the
mountaim, reflecting his radiant splendor. The in-
spired words of the sweet singer are breathed in st
leme and deep devotion to the Most High: "Bless
9
 L I G H T
Jehovah, 0 my soul! Jehovah my Gd, thou art ex-
ceeding great, majesty and state hast .thou put on:
wrapping thysdf in light aa a mh*, &retching out
the heavens as a tent-curtain: who layeth in the
waters the beams of hi4 upper-chambers, who maketh
the clouds his c h ~ i o t who
, walk@!+on the wing8 of
the wind."-Ps. 104: 1-8, RothwIcm.
La& ago the E m e l God sent hie beloved Son in-
to this world of darknw and he was the Light of the
world His lifeblood was poured out that men mighll
see the light and live and that bia Father's 'W
might be glorifted. He was raised fpom the dp3 and
bmught life and immortality to light. Jehovah gave
his word that hi beloved Son would again come in
power and glory, and set up his kingdom, aDd af?
ford all men the opportunity see the light rwld to
.
f
be restored and to live on eart ; that then the namq
the yord of Jehovah &odd be vindicated. Tbet
time is at haad. Christ is placed upon his throne, and
he then oomea to his temple in the brightness of hi8
glory with hi# wuntenance a h i i g aa the m,for he
$ the Sun of righteomness. Hig slhining shall n m q
be dimmed. In due time the light shall i I l W a t e 4
the living, and the earth ahdl be filled with th?
knowledge of the glory of Jehovah as the watera cay@
the great deep. Blessed are the wise who come to .thi$
dsy. If they continue wise they shall maerstand
repiea L faithful remnmt who have tmied or remainea unto
.I
BmmTIoN
The lest book of the Bible is called
is a part of the Word of God and is prophe
be expected that some of aod
on the essth would be favored
leimf. Ks understanding muat be due to the light
from 3ehowh shining upon the Head of the temple
alas and for the bene5t of those who love bim Bad
his appearing at the temple.
"flevelation" literally means "unveiling". It i%
the weovering of things that have been fuWled b~%
Whtch have not been underrrtood according to t6e
S&ptureB; also the uncovering of thinga in c o r n @f
fmMheat the meaning of which ia now dawning upon
the obedient children of God; and also at least a
partid IIII~V- of thinga which am immediately
to be M l e d and understood by the grace of &a.
(Isa. % t o ) J e h b d wmmithd to his glorified Son
Uhriit gem18 ehthe WeSage which in due t k e must be
had0 knom w* his ServBILt alasa. Jeaas sen4 b3E
fajWul angel or depdtp a$d aaused hia m t &J&
tb write down the m-ge in &de or sgmbole. The
l&e wmea to underatand the rneaaege, and the Lord
by hie deputy makea the memage u n d e r s t d b l e to
thaee whom Jebh %-tea.
The servant bud apoatle John waa a wry aged m h
when he m t e that book of ny&bol~.He wae the k t
survivor of all those who m e under ixupimtioa He
wed the word5 "berpr wEtnwW"twtiPy" , and '"*ti+
- mohy" mbre than any 6i~herNew Teatam9mt writm.
TO bbeas 'witnw w'aa his chief theme and work. John
by the Lord's grsoe foreahadwed or represented the
the coming of the Lord 3 e m UWt to his temple.
Upon such Cod has besto@d hi extraordinary "gFm
and memy': whioh the name John d w e s . Vhen he
note, John w& in b d h m e n t on $hb Isle wl PPrltM
beaaw he had tastilied to God's Wbrd. The re3mnant
ie now in banishment by being os8racieed :orl all
 la L I G H T w. I
others of earth becausa of their m e r v i n g devotion
to God and the giving of testimony to his name. John
was "in the spirit on the Lord's day" when he re
ceived the measage to write. "Thk is the day which
the Lord hath made," and the remnant are on the
earth and rejoicing in the spirit because the spirit of
the Lord has been poured out upon all flefln devoted
to him. The remnant now "sea visions"; that is ta
say, are @en an undembm&g of things not hereto-
fore understood. A speaial blessing is the portion of
the mmnant deciphering the code signs of the book
of Ibevelation; also those who love righteousness, and
hear &ad obey what they understand, will be blessed.
Those who 'hate instruetion and caat the Word of the
Lord behind them', who take away from God's Word
of Revelation or who add thereto by adding the signs
su& as the pyramid of Gizeh, will not nnderstand.
"None of the wicked shall 11nder&md."-Ps. 50: 178
Dan. 12:10; Rev. 22: 19.
J The time for the ful5lment ef the prophecy of
Revelation seem to be fmm about 1879 forward until
the ldngdom h in foll m y . It was about that date
that the aecond presence of the Lord began to be ob-
J served, and that and other trutha began to appear in
The Watch Tower, whieh since then until now hae
been the means of comm~catingtruth to those who
love the Lord. All those who love God supremely be-
lieve that The Watch Tower was started and has been
maintained by his power and grace. The time 2 ~ the r
understanding of the prophecy of Revelation ma%$
necessarily be after the coming of the Lord to hSs*tb-
ole. Those who do understand its meaning will 8 w t l i o
great and blessed privilege of being witnems
Lord and to hie name and purp~pw.
W. 1 EMVEILATION 18
The faot of 5mt importance in the Revelation,
now set before all of the spirit-begotten ones on earth,
is the great and impressive truth that Jehovah's
Chief Ofleer, The Princa and rightful Ruler of the
earth, Christ Jesus, h now present at the temple>&
God doing judgment work in hia Father% name. T b
mighty King and Judge ia pietured aa filled with the
'new joy of the kingdom' and baa invited the a p
proved ones to enter into hie joy. Eiii Hisimmaenlate
white hair and his glorioua gannenta, appearing in
the derrcription, suggest hia exaltation and that he
comes in the power and glory of hia Father. (Matt,
16: 27) His eyes are ablaze with righteous judieM
deereea, whiah out in eveny direction and without
p m W t y . Be is aocompanied by hie " ~ V B P &ma1;
or myriada of angels, whom he has deputi5ed to wq
into execution hie orders. (Matt. 26: 31) And <they
that be wise [and faithful servanta] and turn many
to righteomees' are pietured aa hi^ eandleetieke, or
lamp&anda, to whom ia given the privilege of hold-
ing forth the light of the Word of Ood and to whom
are committed the kingdom intereats on the earth,
Dan. 12:8; Matt. 13:43.
The servant class, reprmnted by John, by misen
of the glorious vision ia greatly awed and humbled
and is prostrate in submission before the great Jeho-
vah God. The Lord strengthem and encourages this
class and aayx to them in substance: 'Go and pablish
these thinga that you ma, and tell the people what is
about to oome to paas,' To economize spaee the Bible
text is not here aet out. We urge you to carefullr read
ohaptera one to three? inalusive, of the book of Ewe
lation before proceeding further.
 sr L 'lO Z ' F ESP*a m. 1 B~VBLATZQN I&
'l-mw w ' eations af the wm.3~of tlie Judge if they rep-
QI1 with the
~GhpterstRO and thrm Q ZdbV%la6imM sented periods of time covering the entire chumh,
@%WALX U W '%fob tie WJ r n $ i ~ ~ .whi&
p h ~ ~ &+om Peatee& to the kingdoloV The men conpqs.
apia&&sia'l* * s g e . la :e aa 8 ~* m mW#
Mli& t h in BQinorwent out of ariat~nimlong hefore
plrhfah W* Sti4 WW& is ,JoW T%M+)ig, '@b bhe c om w of $he Lord to judgment. A h &I$.
,w .a&& Wf; d,
w,
fie. ,&m
* ,@@a.*&a&*] aeaod till MW the greater number of the profw
&wehw or aon$regstions have existed and h m
'%pow ~TA 4mm Jesds C w ~IW& away Law before the Lord comes to his tenpIe
w&;&&iw .w@@?t:w&$$&,l& .a- for judgment. History showa that the p d d
k:W(BblB.. '
.I.~*~:''~,),~,*$~.;#~
. . ..
. , ,
,**'
..
af&$L
akuroh of Christ never oleaned up or ridded itself of
the uasatisfacfnry conditions mentioned, but thsk
r l w g b * e & hi&maam, p,wimlhHp 8IBt paff mabi t t n w W o r y condiciona were found even in &a
&iat~&a W g ' W Wzwera w e t , e i e h in John's dip tpPe ahumh d e n the liord came to his temple.
Wtai.B&en grW11~a.We ,Itxi&of PStma i e about TKe wbaaing ira: "Behold, I 0ome qai&ly.'V th*
WZ%%y nilm O.E&e ecbst bf f &p d e . The fLamb ahuMh~llfes w@e$ationa repeiva bm&C &om the
,.i&&+, i M u "llraggg", m d d d well refn%en% 1pi&mgB8at.w t b m tllrngh John, then 4hep g am
€h&.&m&es at ULa time 'when &rkuw covers thb all Ire ia ddgnee at the eama tlme and et tbssrne
W%B W m. &&W %h iead at whi& 45aw of $be e x T s b aof
~ ethe remnant whom John rep-
f$n(h W Bgya to his p w e c "my li@t @ come, and wanted. Furthermore, if the Lord uncomra the
the~gltirycrf tk8 i# riaen am theeb"-Iaa. 60 :1. meaning of these mwagea to the ahurohw or con$w-
J ~o are e mwbw ef mi~gilt~~ $&$ t&+ (,Lsev& @tiens aRw coming to hiB temple, md aftor poliribg.
eIwr6hesV could Po# &ex- %@ 4W@.l@&:&vs& I* %b out lio rpiri$ whakwer "the seyen ohurohost' r p
ehurahes aovering s period of th~ .&a &e &&@ea ant must be contempormmw with the life of J&4
anto (th8 PreeQBnt.In tho msw8@es Jesas &vgg maim- vah'e maat elam d w h g '"the af his igreptww
ing to Ephesus, Pergamm, T h y a h and S;uults-.W tion" fer tke 5ml b d e whfah d lde#my Satan%
unless they dean np and imprevs their conditm&9 oq&tion. Jesas said that the wheat and the tar@
will ceme upon them and judge The $- would be permitted to grow together until the end of
of the Lord must begin when he comes to his m&

vI
Wle world, at whioh time he v o d d come for judgment
f?r jjndgment, and not prior w d fqr mparatina: one from the other. There would
ohnr%h&' or wngregations ment'
?&or existed at the same timo, hem bees M r w n for the message of Revelation to
fsLoory oonditionir deaoribed a tile w@@i.imwhbh s went out of mbteace em%
the seaea emgegatiom in Baia MitlW riee b&re the eaZl of the world, and therefom thew
would be the use of tamhg W-parti d o s n s t - t o b e ~ ~ w ~ w h y t h ~ s e
16 L I a H T RR. 3
were Intended for the churoh o w that long period
of time.
If John pietunemc the eervant clam at the end of the
world (and there aeema to be no doubt about that
fact), then it follow that "the m e n chnrches" or
congregations do not embrace a period of time during
the middle or datg ages or the time prior to the ' m d -
ing of the h e m m e r bdore the Lord'9 face to pre.
paw the way bdore himf.-Md. 8 :1.
T h e were more than seven congregations or
ahmchea in BsIa Minor at the time John wrote Reve
Istion. Seven is a symbolio number meaning complete-
nem in matters pert&ining to spiritual things, and
tharePore "seven churches" would represent all the
congregations M u g at the same time and in which
the conditions desctribed doubtleas &ed in fact. The
irresistible conclusion therefore ia tbat "the men
ehuMhea" piewe aspects or states of a 5 h h or con.
ditions exMing at one and the same time in a11 the
congregatiom ernbraeed within the measage given in
the divine record Elvery spirit-begotten one is
marked by these conditions which have exkitd among
the ohildwn of Ood within that period of time during
which 'the way waa being prepared for the coming
of God's Messenger to the temple', and by that
which follow&when he does come to the temple. Thie
period of time would begin with the beginnisg of the
manifeatation of the second presenoc of the Lord, snd
end when the Lord is at hia temple. Therefore the
message to "the seven churchce" applies from 1879
and thereafter. These wretched oonditions or Btstes of
&airs among the spirit-begotten onea have besn snnh
aa were illustrated by conditions actually ei&@g
among the churches in the %man proviace of
I -3 BEVELATION
I
Xinor above mentioned. The Revelation manifestly v
is intended for the spirit-begotten onea on earth at
the second coming of the Lord. Some of these would
then meet with the approval of the Lord, while othm
in the oongregations would be lesa approved or whol-
ly dieapproved. Let chapters two and three of Iteve
lation, then, be aarefully studied with the thought in
mind that the meseagea thereh contained apply epe.
ai&ally from approximately 1879 until the kingdom
of Ood is in ful3 sway.
The church at Ephesus is first a d d r d , and the
'
angel thereof doubtlw is one of the deputies assigned
by the Lord to convey the message to the aervant
elas#. "Epheeua," from the Greek, means "per-
mitted". Being the capital citJr of the province of
&me above mentioned it may well repreeent condi-
tions Bxisting in the church horn the beginniag of the
semnd coming of the Lord mtil the corning to hia tern.
ple, d applying particularly to the leaders or elders
of the church. Paul warned the elders of l3phesua and
emphasized the importance of their being ensnmplea
to the flock. From 1879 until 'the pouring out of the
spirit upan all fleah' the elders occupied the peculiar
position of service to the Lord in the congregation@.
Some were faithful,. and othem less faithful. Thwe
leaders would inolude those desoribed as pilgrims,
who distributed traata, gave public lectures, in-
structed the olaasea, and traveled from plaee to placa,
enduring long and wearying journep, poor lodgings,
ill-prepared food, and many other inoonveniences. To
these the message says: "I know thy works, and thy
labour, and thy patience, and how thou c a w not bear
them which are evil." These doubtleas were the a p
proved onea among& the leadew. 'The evil onea' de
hs L I Q ~ T &m. 8
~ r i b mthose who say they are servants of God but
wbo am found to be liars.
Among the organizers of the Watch Tower BibIe and
Tract Society there were some who were wholly de-
voted to the Lord and aontinued faithful unto death
end were examples of those who met the approval of
tha Lord. It war the privilege and duty of the origi.
nal ongaz&w of the S$ociet~nand prdden0 thereof %
i&e % 1;YLd in the preaching of the gospel in his
time. E e and thhee who stood fa&hfuUs with him,
oime i~& oontaot with those who claimed to be preach-
gra @f tbetmth and sowe of whom awepted the truth
~d went about preaohinw it and yet & m a r & were
&om tp be liars.
The faithful ones aould not bear the evil onea The
known faota fully support this conclusion. The pred-
dent of the Soeiety, upon whom the responsibility
rested foa tbe managmmt thereof, tried these pro-
i ~ O n ads and found them unfaithful, The 'trying
of them' would be h t h g &em m r d i n g t o the Word
sf Ctod The f a i W ones patiently h e the trials that.
resnlted, for the salre of the Lord's name, and ear-
~lmtlJ.prassed on with the w o k committed to them. In
that period of time the name of Jasus wan * m
e culty and danger to the ohnMh seem to lie at th8
more than the name of Jehovah Therefore says the:
measage: 'For my name's sake hast thou labored.'
To W e among the leaders who were lw plea@.
to the Lerd the m q e is: "I have somewh& a&w$
thee, because thou hast left thy i?rst love." Som v&
them set their hearts on going to heaven in I914 rrg&
this failing, they were disappointed and the test+.*
too great for them. Prior to that time they had b@&
laboring in the congregations under the
and in ~wwywith , the ,Wet&
I7 BB'VEILA~ION
of theae cooled quickly, and upon the death of tb8
14
Tract $oeiety, but when lbl4 passed the zeal of # W e
presrident of the Society and editor of The Watch T W -
er others ceased to identify t l ~ e m l v awitb the 'Ba-
ciety d they 'left their first love'. A8 the Apoatb
Paul had previously aaid: "They receivea not thPl
love of the tntth." They no longer loved Ood's or-
gmization, but, being selfish, began to try to disrupt
the Society and to abtah followers for themselves.
They having a love of prominence and desire for A
soft job, and being unable to obtain either, their zed
qniakly eooled off. Prior to 1914 they expremed them.
a e h s aa falflllig the commandment of Jesua ib
Blatthew 24: 14 in preaching the gospel of the kiW
dola, but after 1916 they had no peal therefor and fib
intereat ther64n. The wathhg 04 the Lord wm: "B
..
pent, and do the fir& works; or else f Vdu. r~moV6
thy candlestick out of hi place."
One of the lnst articles written and published b?
the original editor of f i e Watek Tower was a q ~ i a l
warning to the elders and leadors. Prom that artid0
is quoted the following:
"It eauaea real grief to write that much of the di&.
door of the dders and deacons--no% all, thsnk God,
but apparently a emall minority of them, judgid%
from the queriea which come to the OBCBfrom tinib
to time from the bewildered sheep. . .. The tme, l o d
servanta in the church should be all the more appt*
ciated by the L o d ' ~people in proportion as theP
realize the difference between true elders and , . ,.
those who are untrue."-5 Nvv. 1, 1916, p. SH.
Thie is proof as to the Lord's manner of diFeatin6
Ule publieation of Ma truth a%the appropriate time.
28 L I a x T wea
Within less than a year of the publication of the fore
going them was a great falling away amongst the
elders.
The "candlesti&" mentioned manifestly means the
opportunity for service to the Lord. The candlestidm
(or lamp9tends) were not attaahed one to another,
but were removable. Thin ia agreeable to the parable
of the "tnlenta", which represent opportunities of
servioe, and which were taken away from the laee
faithful when the Lord oame to his temple and were
delivered to the faithful. (Matt. 25: 28) When the
test aame upon the church in 1917 and 1918 many of
those who had been leaders in the church dropped
out and they were no longer permitted by the Lord
to hold forth their h p - s t a n d or candlestick; that
is to say, their opportunity for service came to an
end. "The seven candlesticks" manifestly refers to
all opportunities of service having to do with the
kingdom interests on aarth.
Then the faithful amongst the leaders were told:
"Thou hatest the deeda of the Nicolaitanes, which I
also hate." The word "Niwlaitanea" hss the thought
of "boss", or one who lords it over God's people and
asea them for a selfish purpose. Both the clergy in the
nominal chnrehas and the elders in the congregations
of the Lord who pursue such a course would be in-
cluded herein.
Then the message ia addressed not merely to the
elders but to all in the congregation, to wit, "He th@
hath an ear [to hear], let him hear what the spiait
[the spirit of Jehovah wing Jesw as his mouthpieo@lJ
saith unto the churchas." Those who would heed
warning and overcome were told, "To [you] will) ?
give to eat of the tree of life." The "tree of lifeu,@
BBVEILATION 21
misted with the kingdom. The warning of the Lord
is that "if any man shall €ake away from the worda
of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his
part from the tree of life, and out of the holy cityu.
(Rev. 22: 19, R.V.) It represents everlasting Iife by
meana of the unfailing sustenance whioh the Lord
provides for his own. Divine *om is likened unto
a tree of life. (Prov. 3: 13-18) Jehovah is the fonn.
tain of life, and even the lMtOOOimmortal ones will
depend upon him that they may not "be hurt of the
second death". Hence the tree of life may w d l refer
to the privilege which the church will enjoy in be.
holding the beauty and glory of Jehovah and inquir-
ing cmtinuoualg iil hi$ temple.-Pa. 27 :4.
SMXRNA
Tlm name "Smyma" is the stme as "myrrh". It
has a strong and agreeable smell, but a bitter taste.
It was an ingredient of thc holy anointing oil and w a
also wed as a plewmt perfume. (Pa. 45: 7,s; Esther
2 :12) The next message is addressed to the oongreg&
tion of Smym. (Rev. 2: 8-11) The Smyma chnrch
clemly represented the faithful anointed ones who
are approved and anointed by the Lord 8fter comiag
to hb temple. This is supported by the fact that no
word of reprimand or reproof is a d d r e d to auoh
in the message brought by the angel. The Lord did
not once warn these of his corning to his temple to
judge them. These, therefore, mwt be the ones that L
go to m&e up the "faithful and wise aervant" alm
whom the Lord calla bleasea. (Matt. 24: 45-47) Wen
the Lord comes to his temple to take aowunt with his
servant he says to those whom he h d s faithful: "I
z3 L I a HT Bw.
know thy worka, and tribalatioq and pbveq, (but
thou art rich) and I know the blasphemy of them
whieh my they are Jewa, and are not, but are ,f&o
synagogue of S a m . Fear none of h e thin@ which
ahou shalt ~Ufper: behold, the dwil &all east mme of
you ibto prigon, that ye may bv tried; a& ye balk
haye triW%ioa ten darn: be thou foitBEol ur&e
death, a ~ &asb.I will give thee a c m m of We." (Rev.
?!, :sj 4QJ. %em end* the co~tFadlotionbf Binnets
&a n0- kave wnthued to servo the Lord
ataidea tribulation, which has been to t h e ari evf-
b e e of the Tiord's appmval, and they have rejoieed
th& They know that they are coudtd the off-
~ c o ~ ofg the s world and are despised by ungodly
men, but the Lord eays to them: 'Ye are not poor, 8s
yo t h i i , but ye are rich in God's favor,' because it
is a privilege to auffer with Christ.-PhjL 1:29.
The Lord Cemmenda them for their faithful devo-
%n to him: Then he tells them that there are those
who claim to be J o m (of Judah, giving p d e to Je-
hevah) snd sre not; dearly meaaing, t h w who claim
t& be f612owcm 09 Christ But who & &B %me timer
&peakevil against God's organizntidn &nd the &&hod
I very pimmle of life and also provee th& immom
bf carrying on his work and attempt to do injury
8gainsC those who are faithfully trying to canp on
God's work The Lord dealarea these .we redly Bk
Usn's agents.
Then for tho enwuragement and w d o r t of
L
who continue faithful the Lord says: 'Do not f@
ahy of these things. The Devil shall oast &me of
into prison that yo may be tried and ye shall
&ibulatibn ten days; became the faithful #em#&
S m e man who is Wlus tried and endurea faiW1y t
mast hrrw experiencree W a r to t h w had
Mmtor.' The "ten days" mentioned wuld
ten literal days, but symbolicdb meana the complete
npaq of all the time of their earthly edshnce daring
whi& they &all d e r tribulation at the hands 02
Batan. '!Phmugh much tribalation ahall ye enter the
k i q d m . '-Aata 14;22.
Then bow the further words of enaonr-mt
pahioh the Lond urres b addressing $ m ~ a '':'Jresd
t b g a saith the &st and tho last, whhh was deadi
and is dive." This refem to life after death, which
was spoken of in oonj~utaotionwith the OW wo& @
the approved ones, and is of speoial enconragema
because it indicates that such would be forever with
%-= if t4q mibue faithful to the end Bs a
fwthr and 5nal meouragment to them the mesage
is: "BQ &emMWnl nnte death, d I will give the^
the owmn of We.." (VR 10, R.V.) That meam $hd
taliw and glory with Chriet Jeaaa. It means the cmn.
plote T&WY over death, beeanae "he that overoo~~~&
ahell not be hurt of the second death". (Vs. 11)Thip
clearly showa that the teat upon the faithful dl be
the greatest and will be suah as will bring Jehovah%
approval to those who remain fdWu1, and ia ei%
manee W &me will never deviate from %h&
votion to Elma All of the -ant bow wh81ly dwobed
to the Lord and who have the evidence of the Lord'n
gpproval may be sure that continuing heneeforth
faithful upto death they shall have the blessed privi-
lege of receiving that whioh is promised to S m m
&c shall rweive the erown of life which t
l
te .4
hath p& to thm ,that love him
J~.%il% 8 ,
, # A 1 .-td.a~,r

PEEGAB08
A m a a g e is directed to the charch in Pergamoa
(Rev. 2: 12-17) It refere to the conditions in the
church d i g at a time certain from the aeeond
presence of the Lord until the soming of the judg-
ment of the "Pergamos'beam a citadel, or
fortrees, an devatiun or towor. It was about 2879
that the publlcatiw of The WahA !Cower began, and
a few gea~ethereafter the Watoh Tower B&le snd
T W slooiety wed organised, both of whioh have con-
tiaaed to WE day to prdaim the m- of the
Lordk kingdom. In the yeam that have followed the
Watch Tower Bible and Tr& Society has afforded
a fortreas or citadel into which those who love right-
eousnesrc might flee from the hypocritical religions of
J the world. In that time it has bean the only organiza-
.tion on earth that has been diligent in holding forth
the truth of Ood'a Word.Within it have been some
faithful and some less faithful and some traitors. The
conditions represenad by the church in Pergamos
aeam to synchronize in time with the Elijah work of
the o h d . Now read the Scriptural z-ewrd and see
how well the known facts %tthe pmpheey.
He whose wordn cut sharper than a two-edged
sword warns of his early aoming for judgment, The
Dhglotb reads: "I know where thou dwell&, where
the throne of the adversary ie; and yet thou Stalp
retaineat my name." Prior to 1918 the chureh hgd
not been brought into "the secret place of the
High", and hence in reality was dwelling wher
tan has his plaoe of administration. During tY!@.
riod of time the truth ww published chiefIy iiL"@&
English-speaking countries of Britain and h e & &
which in fact form one earthly empire and a
Em. 8 RBVElLATION a6
plaoe where Satan has maintained hia chief ofgce on
, earth. The Sooiety was incorporated in the United
Statas and Britain, and nowhere elm The oppasition
by Satan and hi4 religious agencies hse been grsst
in those countries, yet there were m e who 'hdd fast
the Lord'a name and did not deny the faith'. Bests-
ration of the truth 'once delivered to the apdes'
took plam in theae countries within that t i e . Thm
who erne to a knowledge of the truth did not
to be followers of any man, but held fast to the name
of Christ. They did not organize a denomination, and
they refused to take the name like unto any other de-
nomina..ion, and they withdrew from all the religioua
~Fganizationsof the essth.
Aa a further means of identi5cation the divine me-
ord ia: "Eiven in those daye wherein Antigaa was my
faithful martyr, who was slain among yon, where 9&
tan dwellcth." The name "Antipas" means "against
all"; and therefore the name applies to thase spirit-
begotten one8 who took a 5rm stand against all of
Satan's organbation and on the side of the Lord. The
work of the church in that period of time was fore-
shadowed by Elijah and was ful5lled in miniature by
John the Baptist and also foreshadowed by John the
Baptist. In 1018 the experience which came upon the
Society was like unto the beheading of John the Bap
tist, rind there ended the Elijah work. The prophecy
and facte therefore looate the time and place, showing
that the application is during the period of the E-li-
jah work in particular.
Not all forming the Society were faithful, and sad
ia indicated by the words of the prophecy, to wi%:
"But I have a few things against thee, bemuse thou
haet there them that hold the doctrine of &bum,
 86 L I Q E T BR 4
who taught M a e to cast a etumblingblock before the
ahildren of Israel, to eat things swrifid unto idole,
and to commit fomieation," (Vs. 14) This eonditiog
obtained shortly psior to the time the Refiner came @
the temple and mt in judgment to purge "the soag
of Levi". i of the Lord's earning to the temple for judgment, b e
The e~~ @ aftikw?mh~g w?and have h
devoted @J @ms@ unta their chweh erg*
tien 84% W.%r%$hfor " h eka Clid Fbkm,
t k , o s ~ s r t a ~ b l w k kt P
~kMiaIJ1~-~
rd &&o p&J@wa a d o w an t&$% pbeionMj
sit&tbe Devil$ @~ga&4CbtiOU. The same i d a t i d
di@m ex&@ in a mwure within the ranks of thf,
Society d w h g the period of the EIlijah work.
is the Soeietp wonld spare the clergy, even making
excum for them and pursuing a course of compm
miae with them and other membera of the Devil's or-
gank@on, m d muse othm to stumble by repreaentr
ing to them hbst the clergy were doing a good work
and should ?+dealt with gently. Some of these prom-
bent onq inthe heociety were anxious to gain the ap,
p ~ v aofl men, qmially W u e n U men, and to have
the approval of men in the chnmh, lRhiah ia another
way of using the Word of God ae did Balsam, fw
hire. "Balae" means "one who lieke, or faps", a d
piaturea those who 'lick the hand' of inAnehti$ @@
&or approval rather than to be true and faithfui ,@
I &he Lord. They take a compromising course, ~athmy.
1 than t&ing a bold stand for the Lord, and thns &&
I a stmnblin@bloekbefore others of God's people. 1
, , The reoord furthermore say#: 'Thou hast ;tlso & a
;that hold the doetrine of the Nicolaitana, which Y&$ll
H hate.' Thia lgeane that amongat the o o m p m ~
,were t40m who lorap3 it over God'! heri* and
REVELATION n
"ran greedily &w the m r of Balaam for or]**.
@ude 11) Thom who have been long in present truth
are well aoquainted with the fads supporting the
above.
This period of time must shortly precede the tine
ewe the werding b: "Repent; or else I will come
=to thee quickly, and will fight against them with
Mre sword of my mouth." (Va. 16) Upon taking ae.
want with his servants the Lord pronounaed adverm
jadgnent agsinet thorn who repented not, and he
gathaed them out or separated them from his true
Ipebple. With the end of the Elijah wurk of the church
&e a number wefe gatha~edout and became bp.
ponenta of God%organieation on the earth and iddnoi.
fie3 t b u W v b & Mth the " e a &rvBnt" &.-Matt.
26: 26-28; 13: 41; a4:48, 49.
The message is d d r d tb all of the ebu~ohon
Barth at that h e , to wit: "He that b t h an ear, let
him hear #ha$ the spirit [of ofdl sslith Who the
ehnrehes." The eonditiona described arb disple*
to the Lord at all timeB and with all p m m , aad ap.
ply to all who 5 d themaelves in such cadition. Thm
doncerning the faithful ones 1Kh$ stbod fhdy md
w316 were e & d bvw htR, the 33liaha p h t l of the
W e h the Lord bays: O'To him that ovcrcometh will
I give to eat of the hidden mabnzt, end will give him
a white atone, and in the stone a new name writteh,
which no man khoweth mving he that rmiveth it."
(Vs.17) Manna wan a divine providon for the 8 8 ~ -
-nee of life. 'When Jww ww on earth he was tke
X m a oi B r e d that came down h.om heaven. (John
6 :51) Now he ia the divine Bread of Lie, and, b e i i
divine, in therefore hidden from human eyes. B&e
J the dwription, "the hidden manna." He is the di-
vinely provided One upon wkich the remnant now
feed while in the wilderness condition, and this One
h hidden from h e who do not love Glod. This fact
he now reveals to his rsmaant by hia apirit and by his
Father's lightnings. " ~literally"means "What
. & it$" Many who claim to be follmra of Christ do
not m d e m d the meat and drink now being en-
joyed by tbe remnmt and they ask: 'What & it thaf
ie now publiehed by the Bwiew1' 1% ie only kge rem-
nant who aee present truth and rejoice in it. They
are feeding upon this feaet prepared for them in the
presence of the enemy. Thie explains why many who
claim to be followers of tho Lord do not see present
truth.
In addition to the hidden manna the Lord sap: 'I '
will give you a white stone.' The word stone, aa here
wed, ia from the Greelr d m&e; "eI&ion" or
"privilege to vote". (Ada 26: 10, Diag.) The Lord
gives hia vote for the approved ones, and this seema
to comapond with the Lord's wnf&g the namea
of such approved onea before his angala (Luke12: 8)
This may also identify suoh a one aa an approved
member of the Lord's organiestioa And theappmved
one reoeivea a new name, thoe indicat'ing a codden-
tial relationship with the Lord whiah no man can ie-
fringe upon or even know. 'The Lord knows t b m
who are his'; and here his promise is to eat&&& a ly influenced her husband. She & made prominent-in '
elose and aonfidentid relationship between t h e ape
proved ones and himself, and all the opposition tb&
might be brought against them could not in any !w@
infringe upon their good name with the Lord. A &
name with him is to be deaired above all rich-. 'EIYWh
are really in the joy of the Lord. These f a i m o&&
brought over into the Blisha period of the church, re-
joice to proclaim the King and his kiugdom.
THYATmA
Tbe Son of God warm of swift and certain judg-
ment coming upon thm in the church in Thyatira,
that is to say, upon thw in the condition represented
by Thyatira, and which is disple~singto the Lord.
(Rev. 2: 18-29) The weight of authority is, "Thya-
tira" menu "daughter"; and thii is eupported by
the words of verse twenty. The work of spreading the
truth continued to increye during the period pie
tared by the Prophet Elfjah, and this increase was
foretold in the words "the last [is] more than the
ftrst". In that period of time, however, there devd-
oped a condition that was displeasing to the Lad)
a female influma waa there operating psmimrlarly
toward the elders or leaders of the church and tend-
ing to draw husbands and brothers away from the
true earvice of God, tending aJao to cause them to
take a compromising position with Srrtan's org&
tion. Hence the Lord says: "But I have this again&
thee, Because thou lettest alone the woman Jmbel,
who c a b h& a pmpheteae; and she teaches and
seduces my servante, to fornicate, and to eat idol-
mri#.cea."-Vs, 20, Diaglott.
Jezebel, the wife of King Abab of Israel, improper-
the Scripture8 in conneation with EN&. (1 Hi,
16: 31; 19: 1-3) Such strongly mggeste that Thy&
tira pictures a condition existing in the ohurch dw.
ing the Blijah period thereof. It was in that perigd
of time particularly that women attempted to mala
thermeelvee prominent and influential in the e h m h
311
and ivem ~c~
L I Q H V
ao to do bp Iloiiib bf th'e leadbm.
One of the original incorp[IWWm f the Wax& TOW.
er Biblc and Traat Society ww a woman, the wife of
the president thereof, '&&she fnsisted on editing T b
I W. a
Watoh Z'o'olcrsr a d , ,MagP&irt& led o&ei worn= to
take a *ongAal ~ , a ! & & i v 0 W Xi&d'# wo*kk QIp
Scriptural stakmletlt, '**t Warn J&$ wlifijli
ealleth hem&f:a'~pheeae,'dM y refera to
dB idmm,h the ol&&.es&iaed &er!:lehi&
e ampromhrmt thwh.
iJermk'h authorits for thK#tat(~rnmt. dP traW1 W&
5 mahmrmt love the Lord more b a n he loves his d f b
a r ~any ,othe~,meatwe, &hemi& he is not worthy of
tlhe %~o?Id'#f m r . (Luln, 14:26; Matt. 1@:27-293'
%ea female Mu-, whether it be that o* wlfg
#metheart, laother, or sister, causes a man to aeviatB
ham faithfntnwa 5nd wholehe&rtbd eeI?iide to tHb
2md,.'Ohstbfitl.knm hot.onlp 38 m a g ' b u t will lead ti,
d&timtEodL.%'kgfroid likens stich unto the won@
.iaPaenee~pxmisled by Jeeebel over the king which led
0 a . h:&sEhtOtiW t4 his,'JWBoriptUre maid not
kave mferdnwtb '8i%byt6n, b ~ & w n w
@eve&e. Devil'# ot.ganin;ation ah$ te FYip~%%~t
but it d m refer to an improper mndition & Satan's attempt to dkwpt the Loml's cwg&tion,
tke true ehnrch, and exsrcised by womett, a d that
wrongfully, which is illnsttated by bvbel.
There ark and always have been good wmien &>'the
& m h performing duties which t h Ldrd ~ as#i@8& 'tb
them There have baen and are 0th- who aOtempt tB
do that which they W not rilithoriaed to do. m e &A@
women sbwe snr Mtnwa8 to the Lord. The othdd @
tempt to dictate to the men what they ahonld do. ,: ':
I t is a faat weU known by any that prim @&
fiord's eomkg to I& tam* e & d s wo&i .ik&d
RE)V3LATION
twe &ylwh ezercised mt iuihwe over men who
were leadme or elders, c d g them to empr&
with Sam's organi~ationand to deobne or refuse to
take a bold and uneqwivocsl stand for the Lad and
31
his kindom btcroetrr on the earth. W o w o h , by
mngfully exorcising thek Miuenao, indac4 Iwdwfi
or euem to refwe to 'hold the Head' and to be-
berady asd to go contrary to God's amwagme@, Th&9
w&s@BWRYB~ ty* pwion or iniluence wtraneow to the
Word of Ond. Even to this day the same infiuenoe
8ttempte to interfere with the Lord'u work. The oon-
@tion wnrr egpeoiolly marked, however, duripg the
Glijab period of the ahuroh. In that time c h t wcrg
~
at~ieed ,by bsmaq, and women in the okurch pre.
pare4 lwons, sennow 07 disaourm for the eklw
wd directed therp w b $ to sag: Ambitiow women iq
the &ur& e h M tb& basbands or Borne of the
wwkm brethren to earry out their own wishes with
wfenenoe to tihe organization or condnet of the eqolb
ah. Women in the chureh rmrtcd to flattery of lead-
9x8 and elders in ordw that they might influcnoe
@w.Whether this wae done knowingly or dolier-
ately would m&e no difference, but it d o ~ s&w
which the k r 4 forthew esd -4oretdd. 'Phe Lord
Hnted ous that the woman has her plaee in the
&urch, but her plaae is not to teaah man nor attempt
@ hiluenoe man in hia rightful perfowmw of duty
i a eervant of the Itord. Women in the ? h h have
%
induced the& hnsbands or others to compromise con.
wrning God's work in order that they might graHp
m e s e b h d+e or ambition. The true r& ia tha?$
the Lord phaw s man in a pasition to
he ?Wtp l w the k d wd deriat~.tELBr&m
one jot or tittle by being influenced therein by ap.
other, and particularly by a female. Paul wmmended
the faithful service of the women in the church, b d
) wming of the Lord. I& understanding a.be hnd
warned against their improper wum.
The Lord announced that 'this work of iniquiw'
should not prospes, bnt that, Gaming ju&raent, he
would pronounce mob as "deadworb". (He&9:-24)
"Lo, I aast he? iW a bed." (VB.a,Both.) W e ftesh
of JembleS waa m m e d by daga Hat prototype is
& a bed &ah she W i and dl those into
&baletion that yield to her inilmwe gad who do not
repent. 'Phi# tribulation #eem#to have befallen tho88
who have been wrongfully influenced by women, and
they are not ainging aloud the praisea of Jehovah, but
are crying in aormw. "Behold, my ~~ervants shall sing
for joy of henrt, but ye shall cry for orr row of heart,
and shall howl for vexation of spirit."-Isa. 65: 14.
sp
The minted ones today see that there are tho88
who have been drawn away from the Lord and hie
service by female influenee exercised in variow ways,
and those who have folbwed this wrongful course
have reaahed the end of their mvi& and their worka
are dead. In this wmection the Lord asid: "And all
the churches shall know that I am he which searcheth
the reins and hearts; and I will give unto every one
of you according to your worka." (Vs.23) We all
know that the Lord J e m is the Head of the ahnmh,
ond the w m e of action that he marked out m a be
followed, and he lmows the motive that induces the
action of eaoh one. These words further prove 5 b t ;
"all the churches'' muet be in existenoe at $U4 8-0
time when the meseage applies, and therefm the
meesage to the church could not and does ah$,Wer
a long epoch of time, but applies only at tW.sWond
only after the Lord comes to hie temple for judgment.
Now it can be men that men who are leadera have
bean the ones especially who have eornpromld with.
the Devilla organization and who are therefore tw
onea that have committed 'fomic~tion'as mentioned.
The question may be asked, How are the women, par-
ticularly in the church, tempted by the Devil? The
m e r is that they have been used in a specid way to
seduce the servants of the church by the wrongful
exercise of their influence, thus causing the serf-
ants or leaders to be guilty of illicit relationehip with
the Devil's orgaaization and to compromise there*
for their own sustenance. A woman who would influ-
enee her husband to eerve some part of the D@d8a
organization ia o* Wt she &gat Wogx &%
wmfort tn the way of home or h i e thing6 WouId be
wrongfully inducing her husband. Where the Lord
fumiehea m opportunity for the husband to m e
him, the wife should see to it, if she ia devoted to the .
Lord, that she in no manner &an& in the way of
nervioe, but, on the contrary, should cooperate 3n
every way possible, bemuse the greatest .privillege
that om be givento amanirr toserve W a n d &
t&i,i&
Then tho Lord speak# of those who have not yielded
to the improper influence but who have 8tedfsstIy
maintained their integrity with the Lord, and say&:
"I will put upon you none other burden. But
which ye have already, hold fast till I oome." (
24,25) The promise of the Lord is that the "
workers would be separated fmm hia app
when he would appear at his temple for
Until then they were told to hold fast the

a4 L I Q ~ T m. a
and miniatry committed to them, always eonten*
for the faith first delivered to the saints. Then he
adds words of enoouragemt to the faithful: "And
he that overeometh, m d kwp0th my worh unto the
end, to him will I give power over the nations : and
he shall rnle tBern with a red of iron; a8 the vweh
of a potter &all they be b k e m shivem: wen Be I
received 9%my $a*er.'?--Va 36, 27.
K&& bid works "rmto the end" must 3nean to
the end *hi& eomea a* 'this gosfpprl of t8$ki&om
baa been preached to all the world ss a Ww'. S m
ing that the ehsroh is now in the time in which the
members t h w f have a glimp~eof the immediate fu-
ture, may not th-e words of Yeaus indicate that the
overcoming remnant will be permitted to see Satan's
organization dashed to pi- and during tbat time
and even t h e have some work on the earth to
the glory of the m e of Jehovah t J&owh aeema to
be addressing the same overcoming otm who are
members of Zion when he says through his prophet:
"h aqd tfu* 0 daughter of Zion: for I will
mdze thine horn iron, and I will d e ~y boo*
b r w , and thou shalt beat in pieces many people and
I will consecrate their gain unto the Lord, and their
aubstanee unto the Lord of the whole earth."-
me. 4: 18.
The overcomers are then told that they &all have
a position of honor with the "morning star", evi-
dently meaning Christ in glorg. (VS. 28,28; .*.
22: 16) And now for the ancoaragement of au@e
faithful remnant of the church on earth the LO$$ fc-
veals these trntha to them. Such today jo&i%t
up the voice and sing unto Jehoveh the new BW$$
C
I
I W.8 EBVBLAl'ION 35
BhBD18
The glorious Prince who is Med with Jehovah's
spirit, and who holds under his c o m a all the holy
angel#, addrease?~a meesage to the Bardia ohm&.
(&v. 3 3: 1-6) One authority gives the m88nEng of the
word Sardis aa "prince of joy" or "song of joy".
Sardis was the anaient capital of Lydio, the residence
of the royal and rich famed Crcasua. The residents
were in iltrepute among other nations for their vo-
luptuow habita of living. From 1879 to 1918 markd
the period of the Elijah work of the & m h . That wm
rdso a period of time for the amwing of the greatest
.$aclca@stmen of the world. Moncy-making and
the lava 09 monep errpeuay markeik that period. Dur.
ing that m e 'the M - w a a pmaahed m e e r n a
theginsaomsnd t h e ~ & ~ was5nE-Erelnidsf
a e ~
of the money-mad mah. Donileas many who came to
a knowledge of the tnrth were &ectcd thereby and
were 'drowned in the sea'. (1 Tim. 6 : 9; Rov. 20: 13).
In that period of time many heard the truth a d
greatly rejoioed for a time and sang forth their joy
to the Lord. Then the desire for material wealth a d
the essa that it brings was permitted to cool the seal
of a number in the truth and cause their hand t0
slaak and their tongues to remain silent,
The time 8,pproaehed for the Lord to appear at
temple for judgment and those in the church W-
ittg the condition described concerning Sardia an
addressed: "I h o w thy w o r k that thou haat a name
i that thou livest, and art dead." Otherwise etated, thy
had some worh but without red faith. A fa~th
without works ia dead; and works without fdfh
prompted by love are ako of no value.--Jw. 8: 26.
 86 L I O H T REV. 8
Paul teIb t h m who give special credit and honor
to men thst they are csmslly minded (Ran. 8: 6;
1Cor. 8 :8,4) I n the period of time mentioned many
claimed to believe the truth and accepted it as "the
beat religion yet". They especidy liked the social
features of being with the "tmth people". They at-
tended mestings and aonvention~;e p p t m d pious and
sanctimo*; o b ~ e to
d be developing a tweet and
b e a u W &araoWr; w d be aeen at p r o d e n t gath-
cringe, lbving U ~nhrtuinthe favor& speakers at
dbh&%and oootrpglng s prominent place at the pub-
kt:
c rmm8ingu; distbbateff some tracts;made some con-
ributiom to the h a s l needed; made somewhat of a
play of their material wealth, whiah was aupposed
o give them a better standing than 'the oommon
herd'; and they loved to aot as satellites of the most
prominent amongst the elders and leaders. When any
sarvioe wae tp be performed thet ~equiredone to be
in the limelight they aoaght auch with eagemeae. But
when the brunt of the *ht was to be borne they were
not there. They were not wiILing to tell tlie truth out
p l + y concerning Satan's organhtioa, f e they
mlght offend aome or make themselves appear ridic-
ulous. The kingdom waa not to them the real living is-
me. That such a condition haa existed in the e h d
during the past 5fty yeam no one familiar with &e
faota haa the slightest doubt. Therefore the Lord said
through the Messenger: "For I have not found thy
works fully performed."-Vs. 2, Diag.
Theae thus described hold to the fundigamtd
truths, but suoh faith could not survive withoa aa-
t i e , Therefore the Lord says to them: "Be w&&-
ful, and strongthen the thinga which remain, th& are
ready to die." Failing to perform their "r-ble
t
Ilmv. 8 BEVELATION a7
nervice" (Rom.12: I), which is not outward smcti-
L monionsneae or shining amongst men, they were about
to die, and they must awaken to their priviIege8. The
Lord continues: 'Remember therefore how thoa hast
rewived and heard; and hold fast, and change thy
course of action.' 'Be sorry for the action that p
have been taking, and become active,' would be the
1 real meaning. "For godly sorrow worketh repentance
to salvation not to be repented of: but the sorrow of
the world worketh death." (2 Cor. 7 :10) Failing to
heed this warning such would receive the grace of
God (that is, "the ministry of reconciliation") in
T&, (2 002. 5 :18-6:3) Then the Lord tcUs themthst
I
&oUl$ fail to watch he would come to his t&e
unobserved by Urem and they would be enmared by
1: that to whieh thdr II&~~CBS, hpld. (Luke 2T!
That #one in this, condition wodd awoiken s n d W
themeelves is clearly indicated by the faatthat the
Lord givea them warning, that they may have the op-
portunity thas to do.
Amongst them were those in a somewhat BimiIsr
aonditiog to whom he saye: "Thou haet a few name8
even in Sardia wbich have not detiled their g m b ;
and they shall walk with me in white: for they am
worthy." (Vs. 4) Such keep t h d v w WOW
from the world by refusing to be identiiled with the
world and hating even their own fleshly wdme58es.
(Jna1:27; Jude23) Clearly the promise is that thm
who would reform and devote themae1ves to the Lord
he would cause to be identifled with him, and
should walk with hi in white', which vould
that they would walk worthy of their vocation
receive his approval.-Eph. 4: 1.
 Then they are told that the overeomem &dl be
clothed in white raiment and their name &dl not be
blottad out of the book of life. (Va. 5) BIanifeetly
this means thnt they would receive the Lord's ap-
proval nnd that he would register them among his
approved onea. He also says: "I will confw his name
before my Father, and before his angels," which
would b0 further evidenae of his approval and his ac-
knowledgement before hi angeb and before Jehovah
that they are membem of his honsehold Therefore lot
all of the 'Sardis company' who have the 8pirii of
Jehovah hear and take heed.. (Luke 12: 8) The Lord
is at his temple and even today there may be some
in thki condition who might be f d l y recovered to the
Lord.
PHILADELPHIA
Jehovah's beloved Son and great E g h Priest, ad-
d r d g the &arch in Philadaphla, is d d b e d as
'the holy and true One, and he that hath tine key of
David', and is clothed with dl power nnd authority
to establish the kingdom. (Itav. 8: 7-13) When he be-
g i n ~to exercise his m y d authority, nothing csn stop
him; and when he ahuta out Satan and hie organ&
tion, never again can it be brought into existem%-
Pa. 110 :26.
"Philadelphia" means "brotherly love", and &ere
fore means the love of Chriat whioh holds together
the brethren in Chriat and is the moving oaum $or
their unselilah devotion to and aervice unto Jehovah.
(2 Cor. 6: 1419) Thoae having such lwe joyfully
perform the ministry of reconciliation committea un-
to them by Jehovah.
the sscoid pr&encc of W i a t until now &ere have
been some amongst the consecrated who have put
forth their best endeavor6 to serve (rod as his wit-
neaw. h e , some started in thii way asd became
I "weary in well-doing" and fell by the way, yet there
are those who have nll along borne the brunt of the
%ht and delighted to do the work that has been com-
I mitted to them. They have not sought the approval of
men in the church or outside of it. They have been
targets for many who have claimed to be followers of
Christ and who in fact have busied thmelvos with
the D e a ' s work of injuring the fnithful workera.
They have worked, not only in season, but out of
seaaan to themselves, always ready and anxious to do
with their might what th& hands have found to do,
thnt the nnme of the Lord might be magnified. The
language of Jesus shows that their efforts have been
pleasing to him when he saya: "I know thy wor!aJ'
(Vs. 8) This is equivalent to saying: 'You hnve been
faithful according to your endowments.' He takes
note of them that they have followed in his fooiskpa
and have not shunned to declare the truth, and that
they have had and have manifeeted his spi15t of love.
Then he tells them that they have kept hia Word
and have not denied his name; that there is service
to do; thnt they have a little strength to do it and
that he lias set before them nn open door and no mas
can shut it. Tho door here mentioned is not an entry-
way into heaven, nor into the kingdom, but manifest-
ly means an opportunity to do some worlc in attend-
ing to the kingdom interests here on the earth. The
time clcarly seoma to be shortly before the Lord ap-
penrs at his templo for judgment, became he my8:
40 L I B B T Rm. 8
I
"Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast waieh thou
hnst, that no man take thy crown." The Itis af the
orown or opportunity to be crowned would take place
at judgment. The judgment at the temple wonld be
adverse, and the kingdom inter& would therefore
be removed from the unfaitkfd and given RI ththe
faithful. The Lord, by the parable of the "tden.tS7',
showed that when he would judge his h o r n at the
coming $0 hin tample them would ba found a olw
that had been faithfully dewted to to hlmd &at such
would be espwidly blwed by him. (Matt. 24:46) At
that hearing he would say to the faithful: "Thou
haat been faithful over a few things, I will make thee
I joice.
ruler over many things."-Anatt, 25 :21.
He further showed that at that judgment, $@me
would lose their opportunity for any further service
unto the Lord; hence their opportuuiQ-fer the mown
of We would ba g9m (Matt, B5:28) Tharre who
held fast what they had until the coming of the Lord
to his temple, and who then received the a p p d of
the Lord, and who there and ltfter that i h e contin-
aed to serve faithfully throngh tribnbtion and,
being maligned and ill-treatad, yet joyfnlly went on
doing the will of Bod, and who thns continue nnto
death, shall receive the crown of life. (Rev. 2: 10)
But it is manifest that no one could hope 6a reoeive
the crown of life who would turn back or who
or refuses to avail himself of the opportunity of serp-
ing the Lord as it comw.
"Philadelphia" dworibes that condition ~f &Be
in the ehuroh who are determined that nothi% '&all
separate them from the love of God which is
J e w our Lord'. (Rom. 8: 86-39)Coming to 1-
&,$$&
gle the Lord aaid to such: "Behold, I have mt.Wwe
my. 8 REIVBLATION 4l
thee an open door, and no man can shut it." Regard-
less of all opposition that Satan and hie agents put
forth, that door muat remain open and the serviee of
witnaasing to the name of Jehovah will go on to the
end. It would be well for those who oppose the w v -
ice work to take notice that the work of the Lord wiU
go forward and that their opposition cannot hinder it.
Those who really love God have the privilege of do&
that work and may be sure thereof so long as faithful.
Let the faithful ones therefore take courage and r e
Burely before the coming of the Lord to hie temple
the% were manv in the conaremtions of the chareh
who elaimed to be ~erviag6%-and giving praim t o
hi name end to the name of hi+ beloved Son, a d
who therefore olaiined to be' Jew&, The word 8W m
Judean means 'giving prnise to Bod'. The L e d
knew that their pretensions were false, that they did
not really love God and his Christ; they were sW;
and therefore the Lord cslls them "liars". They were
in the churoh, but are not described as those of Phil-
adelphia They are previously described herein.
While those described as of Philadelphia weie
faithfullytryingto do W's work others who &m&
to be weorated to the Lord consorted with the em
my to cause their brethren d e r i n g , bodily pain, in-
justice, and even imprisonment. It waa in 1917 that
a great trial eame upon the church, but by the grace
of God some of the persecuted ones remained true and
stedfastly held their integrity. In the light of theab
well-laown fwts note the words of J m : "Beha@
I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, w%&
say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie: behold, I
will make them to eome and worship before thy fest,
4!2 L I G H T Iln. 8
I
,
and to know that I have loved thee." (Vs. 9) The
Lord will make known his love wncenaing those who
remain faithful and true to his name. Even the hypo-
witea shall see this before the end.
About the time of the coming of the Lord to hie
tomple there came upon '*all the world" an hour of
groat tempta$ion or putt% to the t&, and many fell
away &om God and his truth. B h . cast out of heav-
en &tan hnrriea to prepare for the hal battle at the
earth. Every means known to him is broxght into
action to turn the people away from Jehovah Uod.
The denominational church completely falls away.
& n y who had left the churches and had been
brough* to a knowledge of the truth became blind ao
that they could not see thst Satan haa an organiea.
tion. They have ridiculed everything said ~~~
Satan's organization, have opposed the L d ' a work,
and haw mmed away and gone baak info f i e world.
Only a IWIUULU~of thwe fir&enlightened bythetmth
haw mined linn, and to this lit% oompany the
Lord commits "the Wtimony of Jevma ~hrht9'.-
Rev. 12:17.
When the Lord came to his temple he found these
had patienay tried to serve him. The promise t o those
who had remained hand stedfaat is: 'I will keep
thee from the hour of temptation, because thou hast
kept the word of my patience.' (Vs. 10) Patience
means c o ~ c and y stedfastnw in the p&manoa
of duty amidst persmution and opposition, the one
thus performing rejoicing in the faot that he knows
he ia doing the will of Uod; and he therefore rejoices
even in tribulation. Jewsl was patient in his d'evotion
and service and he left an example for his &I
lowera. (Beb. 12 :2, 3) Eis word to them ww 8
IW.8 B~~VELATION
"In y m patience posse& ye your so&." "He that
48
shall endure nuto the end, the same shall be saved."
"In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of
good cheer, I have overcome the world." (Luke 21:
19; Matt. 24 :13; John 16:83) "If we d e r , we shall
also reign with him." (2 Tim. 2: 12) In the "hour of
temptation" the Lord poured out his ~piritupon his
people and madothoml& -era and brought them
into the secret place of hie organization, giving the
promidie that those that abide there shall be safe.
"For in Mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliv.
eranee, aa the Lord hath said."-Joel2: 32.
The Lord's lightnings t b h at his temple and he
illdmtes those of the temple class, disolosing to
them the open door that amnot be ahut, and they jop
fully enter and serve him with gladnw of he&. Be
keeps hb own in Zion now by giving them the oppor-
tunity of declaring the name of Jehovah and his Fig-
dom Cod puts his message in the mouth of such and
sends them forth aa his witnemes to sing his praisan
All the profeased ones in so-called Christendom have
allied themselves with the Devil's organization in this
hour of great temptation. But the remnant done
stand 5rm and true. Not by their a ~ v nstrength do
they Staad, but by his gram They continue fd&ul
in devotion to him.
As tho hour draws near for the Lord to appear at
Via temple he says to those who love him supremely:
'If you overcome I will make you a pillar in the tem-
ple of my Cod and you shall go no more out; and I will
write upon you the name of my God, and the name
of his organization, the new name of Jerusalem whioh
oometh down out of heaven from Uod, and I wiIl
write upon you my new name.' (Rev. 3: 12) T h w

who are constrained by the love of C W , and are
awefore wholly devoted to. Qod and his aerPice, and
thus continue unto tho @dJ-W be forever blessea.
All of the church haping the h& ear are called
upon to hem what the.@% of Qod through O w
now speaks to his people, and t h w who do hem
obey shall be. piven tbe llame of the .?@Wmd&
pTieath.@:~aILfl.h~&ever in Jd~ovah'sblwed or-
g&~9n, . , .
. . LhODICEA
he way befpge ~ehovahhaa been prep& and the
Lord Jeqa has oome to his temple for judgment when
Qe message to the Laodicean church a~t.pliw.(Eev.
8 :14-22) That the first work of the Lord wo@d
says: "If any man hear [obey] my voice, and .open
the door, I will come in to him,and will sup with him,
and he with me." (Vs. 20) Thia language @h~*>@t
he at tho temple, or the house of the wr&',.j;.;,'
Jews ia demribed in this message aa " t h % . r f ' h time there was a second outpouring of tho holy spirit
and true witness"; and now he hns e ~ r n e . ~ ~ ~ ~ e upon God'a covenant people regardless of sex or pre-
those in the covenmt with him to the
being witnes~esof Jehovah, and he c
approved ones his testimony which God htq
and these are commieaioned to go fqrth as
neaeea, Jesw is the H a d of the witness d+w&.-g$,all
REV. 8 RElVBlLATION 45
who would receive God's approval must follow his ex-
ample. Other scriptures show that just about the time
the Lord coma to his temple Qod'e covenant people
were drowsy and were not living up to their privi-
leges aa the witnessen of the Lord and therefore
he waa angry with them. (Isa. 12: 1) The& being
aroused, and their lips cleaned by the oasl of fire, Zs
another proof that the fault waa with them relative
to the witnass work.-Isa. 6 :5-8.
There appears a conversation between Jehovah and
his Chie,t Bxecative and the inquiry is made: 'Who
&all be sent as the witnesses?' The sealous and faith-
ful .ones of the church respond to the invitation of
the Lo?d asd aay: "Here am I; send me"; apd the
Lord seade them forth aa hia wita&~&(Iea 6:Bj-%
43: 10-12) At the m e t h e there Bre &ma W&
covenant, and in the church, who are yawning b d
drowsy and atretching themaelves and have a desire
for further slumber and ease. To such the Lord by
hie angels says: "I know thy works, that thou art
neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot."
-Rev. 8 :15.
The time of the Lord's corning to his temple when
he began to take 800011nt with h t ~8emmtg8W whom
he had aommittd tlre kingdom interests, is pictured
hy the parable of the talents. Shortly following that
view condition of service, as had been foretold by the
Prophet Joel and by Peter the apostle. (Joel 2: 28-301
Acts 2: 16-21) Then the vigorous, active, alert an&
pictured aa "young men", began to "see Viaim':
that is to say, to have a clearer understanding of the
46 L I G H T Rnv. 8
truth. They became zealous and active in obedience
to the oommandments of the he At the same time
thore was another elass in the ehumh, piatored as
'old men dreaming dream', h u s e being languid
and inaotive, with littIe or no zeal for the Lord. They
were dreaming of the good and easy time they would
have when traken to h~llven,and were BP-I npon
the spiritual food received years prior thereto. They
have not had a olear vision of the truth since the
op- of the temple as the zealous ones of the Lord
have. (Rev. 11:19) These dreamera have claimed to
do some work, but have not been doing it wording
to the way God commanded They have never seon
and appreoiated the clear didistion between Satan's
organieation and God's organisation, and hen06 re-
fuse to aay anything concerning Satan's org&tion
and neglact to be zealous witneasas faF the h d .
!&@it work wmM Of meditntiQa, atteat%g 80m8
elaea stadia and ag&~ going over mattem that the
Lord gave the ohmoh yeam ago, and in doing what
they Bay is the development oe the gzaw and Mts
of the apirit and a beautiful character. They do no6
underatand or realiee that the fruit of the spirit ia
love, which meam an unatinted devotion to Cod and
activity in hia service accordingly. They fail to aee
that the fruit of the spirit can be manifesteddy by
joyfully doing the will of God in obsdience to hi41
oommandments. (Matt. 7: 20, 21; 1J y h 5: 33 They
have not denied the Lord, therefore have @& become
entirely oold. Because Jesus loves those in the cove-
nant by sacrifice he rebukes them and waw -&1-
warm ones of the necesity of n change of -8e of
action by becoming earnest and zealous in %emmice
of the Lord.-Vs. 19.
I The work of the oharch foreshadowed by the
Prophet Elisha began shortly aft= the coming of the
Lord to his temple. That has been and is a vigorous,
earnest, zealous campaign carried on by Cod's faith-
ful people as witnwes to the name and purpose of
Jehovah. To do this work it ia n w a q to aee and
to expose Satan's organization, and to see and appre-
oiate God'e organization and magnify Jehovah's
name. The zealous or "hot" ones do this, and they
continue wch work with joy. Zeal means heat; and
the zealous, earnest ones are therefore dosoribed as
being hot, while the others are lukewarm. It is a well- J
known fmt! however, that sinoe the coming of the
Lord to hie temple in 1918 there have been a good-
sized number in tbe church who have attendd con-
ventions and meetings but who have not been acrtve,
and many who have in %ub~Ww said this: 'All the
light upon God's Word was published prior to 1917;
we have that truth and will continue to feed and
meditate upon it; the Lord appointed one man as hie
"faithful and wise servant", and even though he has
psssed from the earth he is still doing Cod's work on
the earth and is in charge of his ohurch, and aince we
are of God's favored ones and have t h m things we
enjoy great riohea of feeding and meditating upon
what he m t e before 1916; we have doveloped meet
and beautiful characters; we have a past record for
zeal for the Lord and we rely upon our riches gained,
and therefore we have need of nothing but will
upon our laurels and wait to be taken into glorg.
There is no reason why we ahould bring reproaeh u$,
on ourselves by going from house to house; by teUlne;
the people of the organization of Satan and that d
God. We are really better than others. Let thexi do
I
48 L I B H T Em. 3
it.' As God foretold, meh would say: "I am holier
than thou" (Isa. 65: 5) The above fairly well de-
scribes the condition that e d e d in the church par-
ticularly after 1917, and in a more marked degree
from and after 1913. Henae the massage that tho
Lord sends to those is: "Beaause thou sayest, I am
rich, and inerewed with goods, and have need of
not-, and knoweat not that thou art wretded, and
miserablet and poor, and blind, and naked."-Vs. 17.
Be* blind became of their lukewamegs and
lack of real love for God they cannot see the fdill-
ment of God's prophecy and the unfolding of bis
purposes and have no vision of the future. (2 Pet.
1 :2-9, R.V.) They are doscribed as nalred. God's law
prohibited nakedness. The garments worn idenk%ed
the wearer as a servant of God if he did hold that
place. (Ex. 20: 26; 28 :42,43) "Where there & no
vision, the people are w d e nah-$."5 (Prov. ZQ:18,
mafginj Not having an under&&g of present
truth they expose thamelves as n a k d before the
Lard an& those who have his spirit. 33vidently Jesus
referred to the indifference of their sesvioe at the
time he comes to his temple when he said: "Behold,
I come as a thief; blessed ia he that watcheth, and
keepeth his garments, lest he walk nalred, and they
see his shame." (Rev. 16: 15) The approved ones
who have on the garments of salvation are also under
the rabe of righteousness, having on the wedding gar'-
ments, and thw identify themselves with the Lord
and his service. They enter into the joy of tlte Lord
and participate gladly in the service.
How different the lukewarm! They aFe metehed
and derable, hence very uncomfofiabl$ and un-
happy; because they have no joy in the. b@tdthey
F RW. 3 BEVELATION 49
I
do not understand what the joy of the Lord ia and
they have no appreciation of the hegdom. Thinging
they are rieh, they are in fact poor, beesuse they do
not h o w the value of true riehes which they do not
possess. No one in this day can be rieh in the Lord
who tries to avoid the reproach of Ohrii. 'The re-
proach of Christ is greater riches than all the trea-
sure8 of the world.' (Heb. 11:26) "A good name
[with Jehovah] is rather to be ehosen than peat
riches [of the world], and loving favour [with God]
rather than silver and gold." (Prov. 22 : 1) A good
name with the Lord, and his favor, can be had only
& doing his expressed will, and those who love him
will do so. (Matt. 24: 13; 1 John 5: 3; John 14:
21-23) Those who suffer privation, tribulation, pov-
erty and reproach that they d&t be witnesserr ta the
name of Cod and his kingdom are r i d , as J a u s told
the congregation of Smyrna.-Rev. 2: 9.
"Laodicea" desoribas a condition in the church of
a number who desire to avoid the reproach that fa&
upon the faithful witnesses of the Lord. Not doing
the Lord's will according to his commandment they
are in bad repute with him and have not a good name,
and for this reason they are poor and blind and
wretohed m d miserable m d naked.
The lukewarm ones who claim to have received all v'
. the truth prior to 1917 fail to disoern the two great
organizations of Satan on one side and Jehovah on
; the other. They have followed the course of speaking
easy concerning the clergy and other portions of the
- Devil's organization. They especially a ~ o i dsaying
anything against oppresei~cBig Business and mili-
tarism and other parts of the Devil's organization
that oppress the people. They prefer to take the

course of least rasietance, that they may not receive
any reproach but rather have the approval of the
peoples of the world God foreahadowed this condi-
tion in his record concerning Bphraim, who mixcd
himself with the Devil's organization and of whom it
is written: "Ephraim is joined to idols." Then
Bphraim ip likened unto a cake half baked or under-
done, and who s a p : "I am become rich."-Hog. 4:
17: 7 : 8: 12: 8.
he h r d is long-suffering with these, but he gives
fair warning and s a g to them: 'Because you are
neither hot nor cold, I will spue [literally, vomit]
you out of my mouth [na a detestable thing] .'-Vs. 18.
The Lord givea counsel to theae, evidently for the
purpose and benefit of awakening aome of the luke-
warm ones that they might repent and become d-
om and get in line for the kingdom. He tella such that
the way for them to become rich is to go and buy of
him gold tried in the fire, and white raiment that they
might be attired, and obtain ointment and anoint the
eyes that they might see. (Vs. 18) Thus he shows
them that the true riches in Christ come to those who
actually go through the fiery trials and receive the
reproaches resulting from faithful service unto God.
The reproaches that fell upon God and upon Christ
Jesus must of necaasity faU upon all those who re.
ceive the Lord's approval. (Rom. 16: 3) "When he
hath tried me, I shall come forth as gold."Job
23 :10.
"White raiment" identifiesthe wearer as one of the
Lord's approved ones, and this he buys by faithful de.
votion to the Lord and his service. The "apeaalve",
eye ointment, evidently means the epirit of the Lord,
which is an unse&h devotion to God made pani-
Bv.
2 BBVELATION 51
fest by joyful obedience in keepiq or doing the com-
mandments of God. "The commandment of the Lord
is pure, enlightening the eyes." (Ps.19: 8) "Open
thou mine eyes, that I may behold wolidmus thinga
out of thy law. " (Ps. 119:18) Those who get the eyw
open see visions, even as the prophet foretold. That
is to say, they discern the truth now due to be under-
stood. (Joel 2: 28, 29) "Thine eyes shall see the King
in his beauty." (Isa 33: 17) Such, with the eyes open,
see that the kingdom haa oome. They see that "the
Stone", which is God's anointed King, has beoome
the corner, and which Stone others have rejected;
and they rejoice to say: "This is the Lord's doing;
it is marvellous in our eyes. Thia is the day which the
Lord hath made; we will rejoioe and be glad in it."
(Ps. 118 :23, 24) The faithfnl ones of Laodicea Jenua
permits to share in his meal of joy. The time has come
to vindicate hi8 Father's name and he invitea those
who really love him, and who have proven it, to enter
into his joy. The kingdom service is now meat and
/ drink to such faithful ones:
Those who refm or fail to heed the warning given
to them must of necessity be cast away or apued out,
and then they beoome member8 of the "evil eervmtlj
class.
The great hour of temptation is now upon the
world and Jesw enconragea those who are with him
by saying: 'I overcame the world: be ye of good
courage now. To the faithful overcomers I will grmt
to sit with me in my throne, even as I am set down
with [or by] my Father in his throne.' Jehovah
placed his beloved Son upon his throne in 1914. (Pa
I 2: 6) Now those in the temple, and who continue
faithful and dcvotod to the Lord God and on his side
 L I G H T Itpp. 8
to the end of the way, ahall share with Christ JW
his throne. Let all those who have made a cov~nsnt
with the Lord hear the Spirit of Jehovah s p e w to
them by his anointed Khg. It will be the earnest,
mealow ones who lose Qod supremely that d l joy.
fnlly respond te his wmmdm8nts, aontinue faith-
fally in his semi@ even unto death, and be permitted
to sit with the fiord in his throne.
Summhg up Bhaptanr one to thee of Jhvehtion:
We see Jewe Christ, the Chief OLticer of Jehovah
God, sending a mew@ fmm Jehovah, m d by his
angel, to those who have made a c o v W t to do the
will of Qod; that the mesasge is conveyed in h d ' a
own good way during the period of time when the
way is being prepared before the Lord, and before
"the Mewenger of the covenant" comes to his,tem-
ple; that the mssssge in sent by his an&&, d that
the angels ara not men, but "the holy aq$& of lilod"
mder the commandment and dimtion of Christ Je-
ws, and aze therefow his an& who m m p a n y him
rn his i s u e of &paties when be aomes to his temple
f ~ judgment;
r that the message ie gent to J o b , the
servant of God, representing the servmt. &as on
earth during the period of time of 'preparina; the
way before the Lord'; and that the message could
not be uz~derstooduntil the Lord hsll come to his tem-
ple and the temple is open (Rev. 11:19); and thst
thereafter, and while some of the ohurch are yet on
eartht the mesaage must be understood and published
(Rev. 1:l l ) , and that those who hear and obey shalt
be greatly blessed with increased light from Jehovah,
behold hia increasing beauty, and continue to d c h
out the great riches of wisdom and knowhdg~in hia
temple.
, <'3 His Tem~le
(R-ION, o ~ u m m a4 m 6)
J EHOVAH the Supreme One, the King of eterni-
ty, begun to be appreciated by the church after
the combg of the Lord to his temple. The faith-
ful ones then began to see that the period of time of
'preparing the way before Jehovah' dates from 1879
to 1918; that the Lord came to his temple in 1918,
after ornting Satan out of heaven, and from and aft@
that t h e tiLl Armageadon is "the day of his prepma-
tion'? (Nah, 2 : '8) Beetwe he reigns through hia be-
loved, "the h e m of life," Jehovah is tea.@ @
kingdom. C?hapter four of Bevelation gives a pi&&
of Jehovah at hia temple. Ohapter 5ve pictures his
gloriow representative. The Bible record should here
be carefully read. Thc pictures revealed are m b h e
and thrilling. The facts which have actually come to
- waaa since 1914 are fitting- to the fulfilment of thia
prophecy.
The fbithfnl servant class is the remnant and $3
represented in the faith£ul John. He Icokad~nd,"be-
hold, a door was 0~Enedin heaven." and he hears an
invitation to "come up hither". (VE.1) This indi-
cates that the time has come to have a clearer vision
of spiritual things. The door is the way of e n t r w
into or discernment of spiritual things due to be un-
derstood. Those responding to the invitation are pw-
mitted to entex heavenly realms and to receive @+
most glorious heavenly eight, that is to say, to dim&
Jehovnh the great King of eternity. The opening cvf
68
54 L I O H T REV. 4
the door synohronkes with the outpouring of the holy
spirit upon dl flesh, because it is written that Ood
hath revealed these things to us by his spirit, even
the deep t h i i of God, and which he hm prepared
for them that love him. (1Cor. 2: 9,10) These thinga
are not seen by natural eyes, of wurse, but are dis-
cerned by those who have the spirit of the Lord God.
John, representing the remnant, heam a voice like
a tmpet talking to him. A trumpet-toned voice was
very appropriate because great things were about to
come to paw. The King Eternal was to be &ow11 to
his faithful onoe more clearly than before and they
were to say more concerning his kingdom prepara-
tion. Events of greatest importance were about to
take place, heme the Sounding of tho trumpet. "For
the Lord most high is terrible; he is a great King
over all the earth. Ood is gone up with a &out, the
Lord with the mum3 of a trumpet."-Pa. 47: 2, 5;
see also 1 Ki. 1 : 34; 1 Thw. 4:16.
It was the voice of the Lord Jesus, Jehovah's great
Announcer or Word. The remnant, piotured by John,
is then told: "I will show thee what must occur after
thoee things." (Vs.1, D i ~ g . )Immediately spiritual
things began to be revealed and to appear to the rem-
nant. The door to the temple of Ood being opened to
them, they begin to have Visions of glorious things.
One may well imagine that he is being invited to look
into the mwt gorgwus and glorioua temple that wuld
&. He beholda a throne set in heaven and One who
sita upon the throne. "The Lord hath prepared his
throne in the heavens; and his kingdom ruleth over
all." (Pa. 103:19) "The Lord is in his holy temple,
the Lord's throne is in heaven: his eyoe behold, his
eyelick try, the childm of mon." (Ps. 11: 4) Ezekiel
BaP.4 E
m TmCPLa 66
also &scribes the throne over dl of the divine or-
ganiz&ion. (Eeek. 1: 26) It is the throne of Jehovah
the Most High.
The One upon the throne is not pictnred as being
like a son of man, but is pictured as like the mo&
precious gem atone, glorious in reflwtion of light,
transparently pure and inaexible in righteousnw. It
is God's house, and he js the glory thereof and is that
which would first be seen. His organization is d e J
scribed es "having the gIory of Uod: nnd her light
wes IikG unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper
stone, clear as crystal". Then to John appears "a
raintrow round about tho throne", which, llccording
to Cfod's everlasting mvenant with Noah, represents
the mnctity of life and pietures Jehavah's life Be
cause he "only hath immortality, d w m g in the
light whieh no man ean approach unto': (1Tim.
6: 16) From that glorions light there descGnds rain
of bl-8: "As the appearance of the bow that is
in the eloud in the day of rain, so was the appearance
of the brightness mund about. This w a the appear-
ance of the likeness of the glory of the Lord." (Ezek.
1 : 28) The beauty and glory of the eternal King be.
gan to dawn upon those of the remnant only after
the temple in heaven waa opened to their vision. No
man had anything to do with opening this temple nor
with giving to God's creatures a viaion thereof. It
all came by the grace of Cod through Christ Jesus his
beloved One.
The vision discloses twenty-four mats or thrones
round about The Throne. Upon these twenty-four
lesser thronea were seated a like nnmber of elders
who were elothd in white raiment, a d they had
cram of gold upon their heads. The number being
 REV. 4
twice that of the "apoetka of the Lamb" suggwta
that these not only r e p r w t e d the twelve apu6tles
but piotnred all the faithful who were made members
of the body of Christ. These are heavenly elders, and
if not a0 in age they are eldera of dl heavenly crea-
tures beoauae being membm of the body of Chlist.
The number mentioned would represent those who
died faithful and who have been resafiected to glory
and also thwe on the earth who omtinme fait-,
who me under the robe of righteopwm and in the
aeoret place of the Moet High, and who are +en of
as being "joyful in glory" when the Lord is at his
templa (Ps. 149: 5) It ia those that are faithkul at
the appeclring of the Chkf Shepherd that "receive
a WOW of glory that fadeth not, away". (1Pet, 5 :4;
Rev. 3: 21) "Thou settest a crown of pure gold on his
head" (Pa.2113) Nomancrrntakethetbsafthe
faithful mumant. OhlJr the Loid eoaM da (Bev.
8: 11) Being "alothed in white raiment" iden-
eaoh as being mem- of the gloriow o r g a b t i o n
of Jahovab. The Faithful sod (hath raised up togeth-
er, and made them to sit together in heavenly p b s
in Chriat Jesue'.-Eph. 2: 6.
The record then says that "out of the throne pro-
ceeded lightnings and thundering and vokes". Glod
alone can make lightnings and thunders, and this is
further proof that it is Ood'a throne here described.
(Job 38:35; 40:9; Jer. 10:13; Zech. 1 O : l ; Pa 18:
13) The voices that proceed from the them are
definitely ofieial messages beoaase they come from the
seat of all authority. The "seven lampa of h''.born-
ing before the throne picture the divine ligY*t given
by the spirit of Jehovah for the beneat of t h e m a n t
of &d. Be "aeven" symbolizes wmpletenw mwrn-
ing the King Eternal, the snggestion ia that Gtod
gives to his temple class a eomplete vision of his pur-
p w a as his written Word sets it forth. "The seven
spirits" picture God's complete unlimited and in-
fallible power; and his "lightnings" disclm the
dark pheea of the enemy organization and.light up
the dark sayings of hie Word, that his fnithful onea
may see.
Continuing the marvelow description it 'ia w r i t t g
that s sea of glnas ns olenr as crystal was before the
throne. The laver of the tabernnolo service was made '
of mirrora. In Solomon's temple the larger laver wasl
W e d !:fa,:mol%m soa". (1 Ki. 7 :23) The thing' p e ~ .
taidag 'to Qod's Vgoal people foreshadowed grq>:
heavenly things. (Heb. 9: 1.9.) wae $9
prim& t o w&in. ($4 :6) t$!!pkjgz-ma
God ia pure." (Pmv. 30: 5) The gl&y, irystsl ap-
pearanoe of the sea before the throne pidurea the
purity of the Word of God and how clear he, in h&
own due time, will make it appear to his faithful
ramnant of the priestly order.
The "seven lamps of ibe" shining. upon the sea
ahowa that only those 'cleansed by the waghing of the
water 0-1the Word' .are pleasiag to .Jeh@c ( E h .
5: 26) These having received and fed upon his Word,
and devoting themselves wholly to him, are holy.
'Without holiness [pure, unadulterated devotion to
Oodl no man ean eee the Lord.'-Heb. 12: 14.
"Four beasts" or living ereatures (living ones,
Diaglott) are shown in the midat of and round about,.
the thmne. Theso. are separate from Jehovabb::
peraon, and therefore would not picture his inhe%&
qualities or attributee. Jssus ia "in the midst OY?@
throne'' with the Father and nlso in the midgt.of tM

I
living ones. (Rev. 5 : 6) He is the first of Cod's or-
ganization, and dl other eresturea therein operate
around hia throne. The four living ereat-, or liv-
ing ones, therefore reprwent the fonrgquwenes8 or
completeness of God's organization. These are "fall
of eyes before and behind", &ohowing that thoso of
Cod's organization we ever on the dert beholdin,!
his hand that they may do hi will, hence are @ded
by divine wisdom,-Pa. 128 : 1-8.
The description of the four living creatnres, that
-ia -- God's
, of - .- o r ~ ~ t i o follows.
n, The first is "like
a lion", denotGg conruge and royd j&ice. (Pa. 89:
14) "Thou satest in the throne judging right." (Pa.
5 : 4) Justice holds the place of flrst importance. This
wss foreshadowed by God through his prophet.
(2 Sam. 17: 10; 1 Ki. 7:29-36) The s w n d living
creature resembled a "steer" (Diceg.) or ox. In Sol-
omon's temple the "sea" re8ted upon twelve oxen.
The 'ox' denotes power and strength. The symbol
J seems to say: 'Almighty pow= and strength mpports
the divine organization, and God will accomplish hiis
purposes by and through his organization.'
The third living one or creature had the face of a
m,which depicts love as the motive. "God is love,"
and man ia described as being made in the image of
God. The man Christ Jem said, "He that hath seen
me hath seen the Father," beoaase he was perfect in
love. Every action in God'a orgenieation is ~mmpted
by love. Nothing else could be in harmony with him
or pleasing to him. It therefore show that thoae who
ure privileged to have any part in his organization
L and ia, and i s to come." They announce the four
must be pmmpted wholly by unad5he88.
The fourth living creature or beast waa "like a fly-
ing eagle", which depicts far-sightcdnw, exalted
Em TZWPLB 59
wiadom and swiftness in action. "Swifter than the
eagles of the heaven." (Lam. 4: 19) "They fly away,
as an eugle towurd heaven." (Prov. 23: 5) "Wisdom
ia too high for a fooL" (Prov. 24: 7) The eagle flim
high. Wisdom is never dimmed by age. "Thy yonth
is renewed l i the eagle's," (Fa.108: 5) Every pan,
of God's organization is swift t o obey command.
ments, and they are guided by divine wisdom.
The four living cmturwl hod each six wings. One
of the prophets givea a picture of Jehovah in his
throne for judgment by and through his beloved Son
the Judge and gives a l i i description of the seraphim
attending. (bu.6: 1-3)The three p& of win@ had
by each woald suggest that the powasor can fly and
pmvide pMtection at the same time, therefore that
the creatures of God'a organization move swiftly
without hindrunce in the performanee of Jahovah's
purpoaea and at the same time full protection is pro.
vided for the members of the orgmization which are
on the earth. The proteation, of eourse, is provided
by invisible members of the organization. These crea.
tura never rest, showing thut the organization of Ja
hovuh is dways alert and on the mwe. The q e l s
continuously behold the face of Jehovab. (Matt.18:
10) Nor do tho= of the organieation kaep ailenoe lest
they ahonld distnrb the peace of some of Satan's or-
ganization. (]is& 62: 6, 7) Continuonsly they sing
praises to the name of the eternal King, saying:
"Holy, holy, holy, Lord Uod W h t y , which was,
namea of the great Creaoll Thia *on begun to be
had by the remnant only after their being admitted
to the temple. Isuinh'~prophecy also shows that the
time when a w e of God's creatures on earth bagin to

have the vision and take up the ahout of holinw nuto
Jehovah ia in the b y of preparations for the great
battle. It is the time when the Lord's judgment is at
the temple.
- Then "he that is holy, let him be holy
still".
John announces that when "the living ex eat^^^':
that is, God's aative organization, begin to sing the
song of glory and honor to Jehovah, the twentg-four
eldem, repwenting tho88 of the 144,000, including
the remnant on earth, "fall down before him that
mt on the throne, .. . and east their erowm before
the throne," thereby reverently acknowledging the
svpremacy of Jehovah and that all authority, includ-
ing that of every member of the organization, cornea
from Jehovah. "There is no power but of Goq" and
"tho hond of Christ is God" (Rom. 13: 1; 1 Cor.
11:3); thus showing that every one of the orga*
tion joyfully recognfasa and wilkgly obew Jeb*
vah's method of earrying out hia purpose. Tho faith-
ful sing: '(Thou art worthy, 0 Jehovah." Not that
them could add anything to the glory and honor of
Jehovah, but thereby they Y . 1 d g e that dl pow-
er and authority and honor and goodness pmceed
from Jchovnh. (Eph. 3: 9) Then they say: 'For thou
haat created all things by reason of thy will.' (Roth.)
What a stupendous insult and farce ia the evolution
doctrino which the clergy teach! It is from the Devil
and ia proof that its teachers are the Devil's repre-
sentatives. Those of Uod's orgmkation are thrilled
with the glory and beauty revealed from his temple,
and delight to continuously sing the pmisea of the
Most High. The vision of the temple further diswlbes
the glory of Jehovah,
Eav. 6 HI8 TBKPLEl 61
BEDEEMEB AND KtNB
Chapter flve of Revelation now here considered is
a vision dP the Redeemer and King in the temple b
ginning the unfolding of God's purposea to his faith-
ful ones. Thcse begin the Elkha work, to advertise
the King and his kingdom, to sing the praises of Je-
hovah and. h% enthroned King, which song is later
taken up by others and continues until it lills the
whole earth. Rcsd chapter flve carefully.
The viaion shows Jchovah seated upon his throne,
and at his right hand a book written within and on
the back thoreof and sealed completely, which is rep-
resented by the seven seals. It was aftor 1918 that
those devoted to the Lord began to realize that the
propheoiea, and particularly Revelation, must yet be
oorrectly understood; that althongh there had been
many honest efforts to unravel the mysteries thereof,
these dorta had not succeeded, manifestly because it
wm not the Lord's due time. The faithful began to
see that no prophecy of God is of private interpret.-
tion.-2 Pet. 1:20.
The "right hand" of Jehovah mast make it under-
standable in God's own due time. It had been writ-
ten: "Shut up the wordsl, and seal the book, even to
the time of the end"; thereby meaning that the
prophecies could not be understood prior to God's
due time.-Dan. 12:4, 9.
Whiie Jehovah is seated upon hie throne one of hi8
mighty angels appears and with a loud voice in-
quires: "Who is worthy to open the book, and to
loose the seals theroof l" (Vs. 2) It is not at all nea-
essary to understand that the angel here mentioned
is some human agency, or even what had previously
been written in tAe law. Surely the holy angel8 of
82 L I Q E T BEV.
Jehovah God, who are under the command of Chriit
Jasus and accompany him at his temple as his depu-
tics, are clothed with power .to put questions in the
minds of those who are devoted to God. I t is not nee-
wary for w to h o w jnst how this ia done, but there
csnnot be any question about the power of the depn-
ties of the Lord. Even men aan auggwt thoughts to
other men by conditions or C~W-BBS. Surely
deputies of the Lord have mneh more power. 618ny
of the churoh, partiaularly those pietnced in the con-
dition of Lacdicea, looked for the seventh meweager,
believing him to be a man, to interpret prophecy, par-
tieularly tho propheay of Ezekiel and Revelation;
and when thia did not materialize, many of them
said: 'No one can make the meaning e l m , because
the Lord had given all hie truth to hia people prior
to 1917.' Then a number thereof became &ended at
the Lord's way of doing his wok and they fdaway.
The divine rewrd showa that no one in heaven or
earth was able to open the little book at the right
hand of Jehovah until the due time. This ia p m f that
"the book" in the vision did not and does not mean
literally the printed Bible, but that it does mean
God's purposes which he does not permit any one to
loolr into until hie own due time. Some of thesa things
must wait until God's Mmenger came to the temple,
and then the lightnings of Jehovah alone dkm1oaad
them.
Aa he beheld this tableau, John sags, "I wept mu&,
because no man was found worthy to open gad to
read the book." John here pictured a d ' s wple on
earth. When the World War ceased, God's +y
organization seemed to be about done* so far CM iits
work on sarth was concerned. It was dirrruptea a?&?
5
those having to do with it were reitmined of liberty
and opportunity of 80rPice. Many wondered and
asked, "What now9" There were some who were ac-
tually and i d l y weeping. There was a period of time
in whieh the church waa atunncd and waiting. Then
the Lord disclosed to his people that hie church on
earth had been doing a work which he had caused to
be foreshadowed by theprophet Elijah; thatthiswork
m a now done and must be followed bv another. whieh
was pictured by his Prophet Elisha. kaithfal ones
the Lord's organization diicerned thia. They saw the
going of Elijah and the mantle fall upon E l i and
so they pwed the truth on to others for their en-
clouragement and in substance said to eaeh othw:
'Weep not, there is much yet to be done. Do not be
sorrowful, for the joy of the Lord is your atreng&'
-Neh. 8: 10. (See Watch Tower, 1924, page 104.)
On September 1, 1919, a oonvention of the Lor&
people opened at Cedar Point, Ohio. It was at that
convention that the distinction between the Elijeh
and the Elisha work of the church waa seen and an-
nounced. It was at a convention at the same place in v
1922 when the picture of the "Lion of the tribe of
S u b [God's anointed King]" was unveiled and
when a multitude of his followers shouted for joy in
response to the announced slogan: "Advertise the
King and the Kingdom." John heard the angel aag:
"Weep not, behold: the Lion of the tribe of Jada,
the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book"
The Lord directs the course of his people and brings
about conditions that induce them to take a certain
action. Surely the aqgela of the Lord were preseilt 8t /
that convention and, although invisible to all hurnm
eye#, had the power to direat the course of the con.
 64 LLGIHT RW. 6
vention that it might enmy out the pnrpose of Jeho-
vah. Later the attention of W ' s people (Watch
!Power, Oet. 1, 1923, page 298) wss called to the fa&
that the "oil" p e s s e d by the "virgins" is a -01
of joy and gladnw. The weeping of the Lord's de
voted people had wwe& and they began to rejoice
becanse Qod had &own them hie fawr and W Zhere
was much yet to 80to hi# n&meashonor anrt glow.
In W% due time shd by hie graoe attention was
called to the fact tht The Nation or Engdom ia
born; that t h e had bean war in heaven and Satan
had been eaet oat; that the Lord had committed to
hia people a witnesa; that the Lord had wme to his
temple for judgment; that the robe of righteownes
ia provided for hia people and ia evidenoe that @od
has thlcon out a people for his name and app~V5d
them, and that now a great witness must be gjva to
I/ &OWforth his praiaek ~ h Lo~a w
g ww ~ ~ t c h
Tower to announce these truths. Donf&&*he naed
his invisible deputia to have much to do with it. llhis
is not whst some m y regard as spiriWn, by any
meam; but it doaa mean that God in his own good
way can direct hi8 people without any audible oom-
munioation with them. Those who have seen 8nd ap-
preciated these great truths fiom the Lord have
rejoiced, while thorn who have not discerned the &t-
ference between the Elijah and miaha wo& oF&e
church, and the other blwed tnzth revealed in am-
neotion therewith, continue to complain, and nthg
have entirely gone into outer darknw. The f @ i
weep not, but rejoice. , ? t ~
I t is the Lord Jesus Christ, "the Lion of
of Juda," who opens the seals, that is to
whom God reveda his purposes. The
were seven sealrr to be bmlcen one after another show
the gradual unfolding of the purphsea of Jehovoh to
his temple class as set forth in his Word. Christ Je-
ws is the Just One, and therefore d e d the Lion of
the tribe of Juda. He L the chief one giving praise
to Jehovah's name, therefore of Judah. He is "the
Root of David" b w w e he makes the royal family
grow into the kingdom and he ia the inheritor of the
"everlasting covenant . . . , even the sure mercies of
David". (Isa. 55 :8; 11 : 10) The breaking of the sev-
en seals entails upon the one so doing the carrying
out of that which is exposed to view. Christ the King
is doing this by eausing a great witnesa to be given in
the earth to the name of Jehovah God. To Christ has
been oommitted the work of this t&ony, and he in
turn has committed a part thereof to the remnant and
they are privileged to join him in thia glorious work,
Christ J~EUE is the central One of Jehovah's or-
ganization, being 'far above principalities and pow-
ers'. (Eph. 1: 21) He is the Head over all others.
John therefore doeoribea him as "a Lamb, aa it had
been slain", and standing "in the midst of the throne
and of the four beasts". Thw Christ Jesus is identi-
fled and described es the One whose shed blood has
redeemed mankind m d by whose preaioas blood alone
salvation comes to the human race. He is in the
throne of God, that ia to say, the One having the chief
authority from Jehovah; and in the midst of the four
beasts, which meam he is the Chief One in W'Sot-
ganbation. He appears as "having aeven horns and
seven eyes", which symbolizes that he has the fa.eut$p
of disaerning perfectly the will of God as thh in ra
corded in the scroll or boolr, and is clothed with sal
power and authority to exwute the divine wi&
 66 L I G H T Bm. 6
Jasue Chrkt "onme and took the book out of the
right hand of him that sat upon the throne". Thua
he receive8 from Jehovah and at the hand of Jehovah
hi8 portfolio which sets forth the further work now
to be done. Qod seats or installs Christ Jesus upon
his throne in Zion and sends him forth to begin ao-
Jtion. (pa. 2:6; 110:2) ~t waa in 1914 that arist
Jesus took his pawer and went forth at Jehovah's
wmmand and fought with Satan and ousted him
from heaven. He had overcome in that fight. Ee
comes t o his temple, or the howe of God, as the High
./ Prieet forever after the order of Melchjzedek and he
must receive the Urim and Thummim and d i m the
judgment of Jehovah that he may execute it. His
portfolio thus discloses to him Cod's work that must
be done. Then he begim the opening of the seals, db
closing God's will concerning the work to be done on
earth. T h i ~ma& the inauguration of the Elisha
work of the churah. Then he sends hi faithful ones
forth with the command to 'preach thia gospel of the
kingdom to all the world as a witnw before the fiaal
end'.-Matt. 24: 14.
The divine record then piotnrtx the four bessts and
the four and twenty elders falling down bafcre the
Lamb, every one of them having a harp and a golden
vessel of meet odor& Thus is pictured every part of
God'a organization, including the faithful one8 on
earth, being joyfully subject to and submiwive to the
Lord Jesus Christ ns God's Chief Exmtive Obieer.
"Fear Ood. Honour the king. " (1Pet. 2 : 17) Aa-
cording to the gender in the Greek, eaoh one of the
twenty-four elders possesses a harp. In the temple
service the harp was used in accordance w& the
commandment of the Lord. (2 Chron, 29:25) IFhia
W.
6 Em TEMPLEI 67
ia proof that the twenty-four elders represented the
number of all the royal priesthood mder the Hoad,
Christ Jkus, including the one8 who 'preach thia gos-
pel of the kingdom'. Furthermore, it iR dated that V
the 144,000 stand by the sea of g h with Christ Je-
BUB, harping upon their harps. (See Revelation 15:
2, 8.) This pioture includes the remnant on earth en-
gaged in singing the new song to the praise of Jeho-
vah God
The twenty-four elders are described as having
golden viala or bowls full of incense, "which are the
prayers of saints." In the tabernacle and temple
service of Iarael a golden censer burned in the Most
Holy, and was carried there by the high priest on the
day of atonement. (Heb. 9:3, 4) This further 8up-
ports the wnalusion that the twenty-four elders are
members of the body of the great High ghi& of the
order of Melohized&, and that in the pioture they
aymbolioally represent all the body membem; and the
prayers being "the prayers of saints" ia further
proof that the twenty-four alders are the 144,000
faithful saints constituting the body of the High
Priest. This also showa that prayer is an eaeential
part of the life of the faithful. No one can hope to
get on in hie faithfnl service to the Lord without fre-
quent prayer. This being "the last day", it is the
time to "continue in prayer, and watch in the eame".
(CoL 4: 2) The remnant will not be able to stand
without prayer and watchfulness. (Eph. 6: 13-18)
The Lord hears the prayer of the righteous, and the
prayer of the upright is his delight. (1 Pet. 3:12;
Prov. 15:8, 29) "Let my prayer be set forth before
thee as incenee." XPs. 141:2) They pray for viatow.
-Pa. 118 : 25.
 "And they sung a new song," Thus isr pictured
that no longer ia this a time of weeping, but the time
has oome to sing the new song to the honor and glory
of Jehovah and hia gloriops w g . The new song in
effect says: 'A new epo& haa begun; the kingdom is
here and the tried and ~reeiousStone, Christ J m ,
I "Amen". And the members of hia royal house fan
down before Jehovah and worship him for ever and
ever. They are obedient to his orders, and in tho 8~
to come are the reeipienta of the exw2ling riches of
his grace through Christ Jesus, the Head of his or-

I
ganization, and the Chief 088cer of Jehovah.
haa beon laid in Zion ma w d e the ohief Stone of-the
corner.' "A pie@stone, a preoiow cola@ s'tpl& a
8ure found*6ioLw (Isa. 28 :16) He is a tried, predow,
and wc+wmdation, and the Head of God's orga.niza-
tion, and every member themof sings his prr&isea and
tbe praises of Jehovah. All these (represented by the
twenty-four elders) say: 'Thou art worthy to reeeive
thirs portfolio and to open the se& and to reveal the
truth; thou hast redeemed us by thy blood and made
us unto our God kings and priests.' Thns the Lord
Jesw is identified as the Redeemer and Sf4vi01, Hiah
hi* wd.m g , and $ b ~ . h c n t ~ f o w
..
,:&!a a$,m.&-
MM:of& $54. ma.
Then $<@.marIra b;th& join id @iong of
~idqi:::;'
$i! ' d mnny an& xound
,;&gar& .$ha'voiea
&ci&th~thp& aml h e be& am$.&&&. [Clod's
organization, inoluding W ' s b o ~ emeinlW1: and
the n u d e r of them was ten thousand timd €enthou.
wqd, and ~~ousanda of thousnnds.',' Thus is shown
the entire organisation of Jehovah God giving,pr@@
to the Lamb which has reeeived the richea a d porn
and glory at the hands of Jehovah as his r d $ & ,
faithfulness. The sngeLs mentioned must be .th@
m*ad of angela who act as the retinue of &@@+$g
to the Lord Jesufl and who are at the gene& .@qp
bly. The song thus begun eontinuea until e v + ; v
ture that has breath and lives praisas God. (Ps.1l&8),
The living ones of Qod'a entire organh,ati~,+&~
 CHAPTER Ill

The King
(B%V6UaON, 68 )

J EHOVAH spalu, through his prophet: "I have

installed my king on Zion my holy mountain, let
him tell my decree!" (Pa2: 6, 230th.) The peri-
od of waiting ended with 1914 and there Jehovh
installed hia King upon his throne and dire& him
to begin action. (Ps. 110:1, 2) Chapter sig of Reve-
lation is a tableau in which Christ Jews is the chief
actor. When on earth Jesus gave his great pmpheey
concerning his second coming and the end of the
world. (Matt., %th chap.) Chapter six of ReveIrttion
parall& that prwhecy. Rend .the Bible record now.
It is Wkt J m a who open8 the seven 8ealq t h w
proving that no maa can open the prophecies; but
God permita his men to un&ratand the pmpheciea
after the seals ape opened. at I t m not wen follow
that a man wodd a d e m a n d the propbmiee as soon
ae the seals are open. Zt ean now be men that the
eventa pictured in the first five seals wem fulfilled
from 1914 to 1918,but the meaning thereof rnan could
not understand until after the coming of the Lord to
hi temple, in 1918. Prior thereto the o h m h had been
applying the prophecy of Matthew twenty-form to the
even@that came to pasa from 1874 to 1914.Not until
after 1918 was it underatwd by the church that these
eventa apply after 1914; and hence the seals were not
open to or discerned by the John class, that is to say,
the remnmit, until after 1918, and, in fact, verg little
until after 1W32.
70
I

I EmILmv
6

' be&
THBI gINd

invited him to "come and see".

. . The
73
John saJis the Lord opened one of the seals and he
heard a thunderow annonnoem~rltand om of the
four --.
vitation, "Come and see," came through one of the
in-
-

four living creature#, thus showing that Jehovah's in-

vitation to his own to come and reaeive an under-
standing of hia Word comes through his organization,
of which Christ Jesus, the Lion of the tribe of Juda,
ia tho 'chief. God has not chosen manv warn and I.
mean8 of disolosing his truths to his peoile. ~e does
l 3Z! so through his organization, and with thunderous
tones as of a lion Ood's announcer bids those of the
PI
, temple to behold what is comjng to pas& and with
eagernw they wait and inquire.
The 5rst seal discloses the glorified Christ Jesas
B aeated upon a white horse, equipped for way and p
Erl ing forth "aonquering, and to conquer". The S&p-
5 turea w e the home 8a a m b o l for war activities.
(Gen. 47: 17; Elx. 14: 9) "The horse is prepared
again& the day of battle." (Pmv. 21: 31; Jer. 8:6;
Hab. 3: 8) The whitencsa of the home picture8 truth,
meeknega and righteousness. Of Jesns & was written:
"And in thy majesty ride proapcroudy becawe 02
truth and meelmase and righteousnega; and thy righe
hand ahall tsaah thee terrible things."-Ps. 45:4;
see rrlso Rev. 19:ll.
The period of waiting for the Lord Jesus had come
to an end and Jehovah sent forth his King and
Judgq and he goes into action. The Watoh Towee of
March 1, 1025, commenting on Revelation twelve, and
the issue of September 15, 1926, commenting an
Pbalm 110, called attention to the beginning of the
kingdom and the action of the King. The mightp h e
on tho whits horse wore a crown,denoting hi8 aul
 74 L I G H T 33% 8
'
ity and that he 'whose right it is to mley had wma
(See E a e l 21:27.) The King is present War b e
tween Christ and S a m was fought following; 1914,
to 1918, and S a m and his hosts were defeatd and
enat out of heaven. Tbne Ohrkt Jegas eonqnered, and
he goas on to conquer at Armageddon.
w o r n WAB
The ~ o n aesl d b opened and the w a d living
b w rme unto an ax, the crwtllre mg&~ly dain la
tbe detviae b-y the Israelites, i n ~ t Jobn e ~ to "come
and see". The John clam look and, behold, a weat
bloody sacrifice of human creatures took plaoe bet
tween 1914 and 1018, and that aacrifl~ewc68 not a*
csptable unto God even though the clergy teld the
people that the fallen ones were a part of $he vi&.
0118 atonement. The red horse appeaps, and t9 the m e
riding thereon was given the power !to '*rake peaee
A.om the he,a d thctt %p dx4uId.W one aq-
0 t h ~ " . It is Satan's o r g e t i o n , pd&&rIy the
h o i a l Ynww i , w l i w mi3 !a.d&&esl el*
ments, oollsorting W e e r to psaee the
earth, which they did That o m m d 4Mm 1914 to
,1918,and in that great and terrible slaughter the
hypomitical clergy yielded quickly to Satan, and a s
eepted their blood money fmm the W slheat,
and joined hands with the politiekm f;o
the
people to enter the World War, using t& chnrah
e a c e a as places of recruiting. The i?o~.riptionlaw
followed, aompelling men to idll one a n d r , m d np.
on the law-boards that enforced it were dmgy-
men, and the b l e d of the innoeenta is 9 6 upn
their skirts. (Jer. 2: 34) The "great (FETs,4)
pioturee the great World tPaF which --&4 fore
EW. 6 J='! glW@ 75
told would come to paas at the eed of the world.
(Matt. 24:7, 8) The World War involved &-isten-
dom, so called, alm& axclnsively and claimed a ter-
rible toll and drenched the earth with hnraan blood
unrighteonaly ahed.
PRomm
With the opening of the third seal (Pa. 5) the M
benst says, "Come and see." The third beast or living
ereatureWhada face as a man'', and thereforedenotes
love and invites attention of Qod's people to what is
coming to pass. The mesaage of the picture speaking
seems.to say: 'See how aamanly, unloving, extremely
seliesh and inhuman is that, whioh is now going an!
It is a woeful and mournful sight.' Looktrm, a4hn
states that he aaw a black horm with the rider c a v -
ing "a pair of balancee". That was the prdteercc, or
oomrnercid element of the Devil'a organization, with
false scales or balances, manipulating the p r i m of
food by the connivance and oonaent of the politieim
and the clergy of so-called "Christendom". A "bd-
woe", in the Scriptnrea, s y m b o h sosreity or any-
thing but a good measure N e d and shaken dowe
(Luke 6:88) "Moqwer he said anto me, Sari of
man, behold, I will break the s t a of b r e d Jern-
ealem; and they shall eat bread by weight, and
@re; and they ahall drii water by measure, and
with astonishment." (Ezek.4:16) "Are there yet
*e treasures of wickedaess in the house ~f the
wicked, and the #cant measure that is a b W 1 e t
Sh& I oount them pure with the wicked
m d with the bag of deceitful xeighW8"
10, U. -.
76 L I G H T hw.
There was no real scarcity of food duripg the
World War, in Amerioa m particular, and yet many
were denied a proper portion. The ruling faetom and
their age& had plentyf but the common people were
made to d e r while the hetraae&& men of mmmeme
reaped great proflts from fruits upon which they had
bestowed not one o w e of labor.
Then John wya: "And I heard a voice in the mimidst.
of the four bmta." That must have been the voim of
the pset from Jem when he foretold the famines er
food-ahortagea that would come at and during the
World War and foretold the methods of d d m g at
that time. Only Jesus is dascribed aa 'in the midst of
the four living creatures', thw &owing that it was
his voice that spoke saying, "A measure of wheat for
a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny;
and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine." The
wages for a day's labor was a penny (Ma*. 32: 2)
"A meamre'' (Greek, ohosnis) repmmt.ed the
amount of corn for a day's fwd, hence a day's food '
for a day's labor indiwted that +&e profiteers would
get all exeept what was barely necessary to feed "the
common herd" EO that they could &ht. The oil and
wine dealers must have their &are of the spoils,
hence the price of such must be kept in proportion
to the bread.
Rnssia stopped the use of intoxicating liquors dm-
ing the war. The United States permitted the t r d c
to go on, and stopped it at the end of the war by the
Highteenth Amendment. Bat neither the fozdgn
dealers nor the bootlegger6 have been hurt by %hat
law, and in the government of the United Stabs one
of its high officials is engaged in extensive nwaufac-
tare of intoxicating liquor, by permission, of co,qrme
6 gaw. 8 THEl mN'Q 77
The heavy hand of the profiteers and their associatea
I
in the Devil's organization continues to press down
upon the common people more ten years after the war
than wen during the war.
PWTILENCBl
The fourth seal is opened and the John clam is in-
vited by the fourth living creature, likened unto an
eagle, to "come and see". A scene is disclosed that
would attract bids that would feed upon carrion or
elain carcrnes. Such waa the condition resulting from
the folly orlack of wisdom of the so-caUed"eiviLized"
nations of the world. And this folly waa foreseen by
a few far-sighted men of tho world who gave warning
of what that terrible war would bring. The far-
sighted ones in and out of the truth could see this.
"A pale horse" appem with its rider, which literdy
m e w a horse of pallid hue OP sickness, representing
pesti1enc.e and death; and the name of the rider ia
Death. Thns was pictured the deathdealing agencies
that came with and immediately followed the World
War, to wit, plagues, diseaae and pestilence, which
Jesua foretold. It is authoritatively reported that
millions more people died from the peatilenee of "the
flu" than were killed in the four ye& of the Wo*ld
War. Millions went into premature graves. The uU-
'. dertakera had a big bushw.
- The name of the rider was Death and he waa given
power over "a fourth part of the earth", which mad-
fastly means to the four corners of the earth. Thia
power waa to kill with the sword and hung@ and
.' with the beasts of the earth. The sword pio'tnrm the
division amongst the people and the death tbat R-
sulted from revolution, ae well as ware 6 c h folloved
-x - a. . :4F-. --:
 the World War.I t is written: "I came not to send
peace, but a sword, ...To set a man at variance
agajnst hi# father." (Matt. 10:84, 36) The World
War was followed by great famine in many p w of
the earth, while pestilence, particularly the flu,
spread to every quartez of the earth, and millions
did.
Power to Bin by "the b e d s of the earth" seems
alearly to d m to the beaatly governmen% composing
sat an'^ visibb organization with its visible rulers
having power to oppreas; and they did oppress the
common people, cansing many to fl11 untimely graves.
God had caused his prophet to write foretelling these
conditions and saying: "Ye scornful men, that rule
thii people... . Beeaase ye have said, We have made
a covenant .with death, and with hell are we at agrea-
ment; when the overflowing scourge shall pass
through, it shall not come unto ns : for we have made
lies om re&& and unddd fakehood have we hid our-
dv.88." &(,I 58: 14, 15) Jesus told his di#aiples that
thew things would aome to pasa at "thd end of the
world", and they did.
FAlTHFUL MARTYRS
The opening of the Wth seal discloses the faithful
witneaees or martyrs of the Lord. (Rev. 6: 9-11)
Fkom I:enteeost forward aome witnaw for the Lord
J d i d in faith and faithfd unto Cod. In June, 1927,
The Watch Tower published the proof from the Scrin-
tures that those who thus died-faithful were ade&
,I
in death until the coming of the Lord to his tempie
in 1918. John beheld these under the altar, meaning
that those faithful ones had died under God$ socri-
flcial arrangement in Chrisd and were muatel in aa
a part of hie enorifice. Sueh is Cod%approved altar.
"We have an altar whereof they have no right to eat
which mrve the tabormade." (Heb. 13: 10) Those
faithful ones wore buried with Christ in death, and
therefore died in a hallowed place. "Soula of them"
r e p r m t a the value of their life-blood poured out and
which waa pictured in the tabernade service by the
pouring of blood at the baae of the altar. Although
aotudly dead thoy livcd to God, and in God'e eati-
mation, because their right to live persisted. (Luke
ZD: 88) They died aa f a i W witnesses of God, there
fore slain for the testimony of God whiah they held.
As-the blood of Abel cried out from the ground, so
tha blood of the faithful ones arias out againat them
that dwell on the earth aa Satan'a represontativea.
The ery is: "HOWlong, 0 Lnrrd, holy and true, dost
thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that
dwell on tho earth!" Otherwise stated: 'How long
will you be long-Mering toward those who have de-
famed your holy name?' God ha4 promised to avenge
the blood of hi faithful witn-, and in his due time
hewill do ao. (2 Ki. 9:7;Matt. 23:35;Luke 18:7, 8;
1 Thesa. 4: 4-6; Deut. 32:43) The living snints
thought Cod would avenge the blood of hia faithful
rnaztyrs or witnesses promptly with the coming of
1914; but that time mme and pwed and they saw
that Cod's wrath did not begin until after that date
and that their blood would be fully avenged 'in the
battle of Armageddon.
The crry mentioned indicates the dose proximity of
the time when Jehovah would come forth out of his
place to punish the enemy organization, when the
wwih would “disclose her blood". (18s. 2f3:21)
"When he maketh inquisition for blood, he ram-
 80 L I G H T Brv. 6
bereth them: he forgetteth not the cry of the hum-
ble." (Ps. 9: 12) The cry is therefore not one of
fault-finding or impatience, but calls attention to the
forbearance and longdering of Jehovah. It might
also be properly said that "their brethren" would
make such inquiry when 1914 p d and the ehureh
had not been gloritld. Then the viaion discloses (Vs.
11)that these martyrs or faithfnl witnesses are given
white robea, whioh would show that these have re-
wived God's approval and have the right to live,
therefore they are represented as crying out; but
God's will is that they ahonld sleep on and rest for
a little season. That little season ended with the c6m-
ing of the Lord to his temple, because that mar& the
time when the saints, those who had died as faithful
witnesses for the Lord, should be rewarded- [Rev.
11:18) The record is: 'Until their fellowaervanta
shall be killed [sacrificially].'
Jeaw told his dieaiplas that at the end of the world
hla faithful onea would be delivered up m d afeieted
and that 'they shall kill you, snd you shall be hated
of all nation8 for my name's aake'. (Matt. 24: 9) He
anid furthermore: 'In that dny wherein Antipae my
faithful martyr was slain among you.' (Rev. 2: 13)
It wae in 1918 that the Elijah work, represented as
Antipaa and pictured by Eliiah, was 'killed' and
,.ep&ed, and it was then that the remmeetiin of the
sleeping sainte took place. Therefore they mnst wait
until tho aoming of the Lord to his temple, which
marked the end of the Elijah work.
THEWTEQUAEE
It doee not follow that the seals are o p e in or-
der aa to time, as named in the scripture, w does it
REV.6 T m gING 81
follow that they would be understood in ohronolwgi-
cal order. The events coming to pass in fulfilment of
one part of the prophecy may take place at the samc
time as the events fnlfllling another part of the
propheoy. The seala being opened merely picture dif-
ferent parts of the prophecy in coarse of fd5Jment
and fulaled. When the sixth seal waa opened there
wns a great earthquake. That oocurred after the Lord
cnme to his temple. The word earthquake does not
alwags mean a great dest~ctiveexplosion. The word
earthquake here used is from the Ureek shes, and
literally means ahoclr, agitation, commotion or shak-
ing. The same word is translated "tempest" in Mat-
thew 8: 24. Accompanying and following the World
War haa been a time of great agitation, commotion
and shaking. This waa foretold by J w as a time ~f
..
"distress . with perplexity; the sea and the wave8
roaring; men's hearts failing them for fear, and for
looking after those things which are coming on the
earth". (Luke 21: 25, 26) The nations of the earth
have been terribly shaken; the maps of Europe today
do not appear aa they did prior to the World War,
and there has bcen a great change in oonditions gei~-
erally.
At the same time the sun is darkened and the moon
is colored like blood. "The am''meam the kingdom
truth, aa dincloscd in Ood's due time, and this hsa
become aa tlaclr as a death mask to representativas
of Satan on earth which have claimed to be &a's
representatives. The eoclesiaetioal element of Satan's
organization in particular have cast aside the Word
of Uod concerning the kingdom and have adopterl rl,
Devilaade substitute. At the same time the am
mandment of the Lord 'preach Ehis gospel o$ the
> - -
'
-s< -
'.'Y '
:-I4
82 L I G H T Em, 6
kingdom' bedm to be obeyed and carried out, and
thow, who love God and his kingdom proceed to this
work, and hh truth to them becomes sevenfold
brighter and the indignation of the Lord is apressed
sgaipst the enemy. (Isrr. 80:26) The mesage of the
kingdom contains n o w of comfort for the mlem
of this wioked world. W's law, spnboked by the
moon, to them irc detestable. They think that for them
to w e p t God's Eing and to be subject to him and his
eommpdments is a loathsome thing, and w loath-
some to all the d i g faotors of the world that it is
as wngealcd blood found upon a dead carcass.
T h ~ yhear the worda of God's vengeance, sa ex-
pressed in this day, and they attempt to hide them-
selvas from hearing it by rushing into the supposed
plaee of wurity in the governments. Those ''kings of
the earth", the great men, and the rieh, end the chief
captdw, and the mighty profiteers, and t h w who
are joined to them, attempt to hide themselves in the
govementa of the world by calling upon t b e for
protection. It in a time of darkntxa, and the clergy-
men, inatead of turning to Ood's Word, o d l upon the
president of the nation as the ehief executive &cer
and say to him: 'We are ready to follow your lead
and obey your commandments. Let UR know what you
want UR to do, that we might be saved in this day of
-math.' Although the remnant of the Lord, who are
obeying his oommmdmenta and giving testimony by
radio mwage, by miEo1~8of printed books, and by
other means, point the mlem to the gates of the king-
dom, and to the highway that God is cansing to be
east up for mankind, they shun it and seek probtion
in Satau'a organization alone. I
"And the stars of heaven fell onto the earth." &
tan was onst out of heaven, he nnd his "stars" or
angels with him, at the end of the world; which fact
wast made known to the remnant after the Lord came
to his temple. (Bev. 12: 9) This falling of the stars
took place about the time of the bgginniag of the
great shaking of the earthly or visible part of Satan's
organhation; and now these wicked stara are con-
5ning their operations with the Devil to the earth,
even a~ the Lord foretold. (Rev. 12: 12) At the same
time tho clergymen of the ehurch denominatiom,
olaiming to be repremutative of the Lord, have fall-
en entirely away. Also many of the leaders formerly
of the real church, who had been in present trutht
fell away and want baak into the enrth, or Satan's or-
ganization, 'hiding themselves in the rocks.'
"The day of the Lord" is here and tho time of his
wrath is come, and the nations shnll not be able to
stand, and none will stand who do not randor thcm-
selvcs in obedience to the great Jehovah and hi King
and Judge. His mighty ofYicial representative, Christ
the King, is now carrying out and exwuting the
righteous orders of Johovah. Xfilliona of the common
people who are of honest heart and of good wiU, see-
ing the standard of the Lord lifted up, will go to it
and will survive God's wrath and receive blessings
and live on.

CHAFTYTER IV
His Preparation
(FmELArnON, O E P l m 7)
J EHOVAH stopped the World War. Jesus had
prophesied that he would do so for the sake of
his ele& The eleet servant of Jehovah is made
up of Ch.dst Jasus the Head and 144,000 approved
ones, and the delight of Jehovah is in his servant.
(Isa. 42: 1) Before Jesus came to earth God foretold
by one of his prophets that he would gather his peo-
ple together and complete the servant before Arm5
geddon is fought. (Ps. 50: 5) J e m prophesied in
corroboration thereof. At this time the seventh chap-
ter of Revelation should be carefully read.
Satan got into violent action in 1914, and when he
waa eaat out of heaven he was so angered against
God's organization, and particularly the remnant on
earth, that he would have completely wrecked every-
thing in connection with the human race, God's due
time for Armageddon had not arrived, and he stopped
the World War. Not that God needed time to pre-
pare, but he would not permit the climax until his
due time. No tangible reason appeared for the eessa-
tion of the World War in 1918, but God had a rea-
son. B e would gather together his covenant pwple,
and anoint the approved ones and send them forth
aa his witnesses to serve notice on the organization of
Satan of his purpose to dwtroy that wicked organi-
zation aad to fuUy establish his kingdom of right-
eousnm on the earth.
84
REV. 7 HIB PRBPARATION 85
God does not take such adion by secret methods.
When Armageddon is fought due notice thereof will
have been brought to the attention of the enemy and
of the people and of the prominent ones of the ene-
my'% organization. Jehovah graciously permits tbwe
on the earth forming a part of the elect servant class
to give such notice. They must be prepared for their
work and must do it in God's way.
THE ANGELS
# John, representing the remnmt which forms a part
o the servant elm, "saw four angels standing on
the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds
of the earth." 'Wind' is a symbol of violent power
and force working destmtion. "Winds of the earth"
means the violent forces of Satan and hi organiza.
tion in operation in the earth, where his operations
are confined after his being ousted from heaven. (Rev.
12: 12) "Four" is the symbol of the entire forces of
his organization in destructive operation. These "four
winds': continuing and with the velocity attained in
1918, would have wreclced everything on earth and
would have interfered with the work of God's eleet
in serving the notioe. God caused the wind to sudden-
ly subside. This he did by sending a host of his angels
to carry out his will.
"Four angels standing on the four corners of the
earth" means all the angels required to restrain the
operations of the enemy in any and every part of the
earth. Those angels are not human creatures or hu-
man agencies, but are "the holy angels'> of God in.
visihle to man and who accompany and act as tbe
deputies of Christ Jeaus when he comq for j a d e
meat. (Ddatt. 25: 31) The heavenly power to restrain
. -

Satan's forcaa not only ie wed now, but is specifically
mentioned ae ased on another occasion: "But the
prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and
twenty days: but, lo, Michael, one of the ohief
princes, came to help ma; and I remained there with
the king8 of Persia'.' (Dan. 10: 13) The vieion there
fore diseloaee a host of heavenly ereaturea eontmIling
c e w forces from every quarter of the earth.
ANOTHER IUYGEL
John then ''mw another angel ascending from the
neast, having the seal of the living God". (Vss. 2, 3)
That mighty angel is the Lord Jpsus, the chief and
great executive offlcer of Jehovah The vision shown
him coming from the direction of the rising wn, from
the orb of light, which is Jehovah. "The Lord &d
is a sun and shield." (Pa.84: 11) "da the lIh.tni%
wmeth out of the esat, and shineth even unto the
we&, so ahnll BLso the coming of the Son of mnn be."
(Matt. 24 :27) The angels of God had stopped the
violencs of war. Then appeared Jehovah's chief om-
cer to issue orders or the aommand to "the four an-
gels", meaning those gnardina; every part of the
earth.
Thwe angels were commissioned to "hurt the earth
and the sea". Mnnifestly this commission has refer-
enoe to tlle great and hel battle. The mighty officer
of Jehovnh orders the angels thus w~omissionedto
"hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the treee,
till we have senled the servants of our God in their
foreheads". (VB. 3) The primary purpose of the ap-
parent delay of Amngeddon is m u n o e d to be that
the gervant elm might be completed and &ad in
m. 7 ma P ~ B B B ~ I O X 87
their foreheads nnd sent forth to do the work Glod has
commieaioned them to do.
"The earth'' is the symbol for the peuplea organ-
ized into forms of government ruled by visible crea-
turea and under the supervision of an invisible over-
lord. It is Satan's oBcial visible organieation. 'Prees
grow up out of the earth, and here picture the promi-
nent men of Satan's organizntion who are cruel, am.
tere and haughty, and who rise up and draw nourish-
ment or sustenance from the people. They are likened
unto a green bay trce. (Pa. 37: 86) They are exactly
the opposite of the "trees of ~igliteousnm", whioh
are the planting of Jehovah. (Isa 61 :3) Hence, be-
cause they are Satan's trees, they are mnrked to be
"hurt" in God's due time.
The sea covers four-fifths of the earth, and there
fore must repment the mamea of the human race
that are alienated from God and that give nourish-
ment to and bear up the eommeroe of the world. The
Devil's organization ridea upon "thG sea" and op-
prmea thc people. Theae trees, forming the live agen-
cies of Satan's organization, must be destroyed in
God's due time. Satan, in his wicked and violent de-
termination to turn ell crestion against God, would
have pushed the world on to the destruction of all
the governments of earth, including the prominent
people therein and even the maasas. Satnu's chief
purpoee is to dastMy God's kingdom. Had he ao con-
tinued, the gathering of the saints and the witness
work would have been greatly hindered, if not pre-
vented. Jehovah therefore cut the day of trouble
short for his elect's aake. When the elect has been
gathered, then the four angels will let loose the winds
of violenae that will completely &troy Satan's or-
88 L I ~ H ' P REV. ?
ganization. Violent forces which Satan has raised np
will then be to its own hurt. "For they have sown
the wind, and they shall reap the whirlwind."-
Hos. 8: 7.
"The seal of th8 living God," in the possession of
the angel oomh~gfrom the orb of the sun, must have
to do with the covenant of f d. Circnmeision was
made a sign or w b o l or seal of the covenant between
God and Abraham. (Gen. 17: 10; Rom. 4:11) The
seal in the foreheads of the servants of God would be
a sign or eymbol of righteousness and their approval
by Jehovah in their relationship to the eovenant by
saorifice. All of the twelve tribes of Israel were in the
covenant of God by the sacrSce of the paschal lamb.
Likewise all of the spirit-begothn, or spiritual Israel-
ites, from which the elect servant is to be take& are
in the aovenant with Jehovah by the sacrifice of the
antitypical Lamb of Cod. The 144,OM) are faithful to
the covenant and therefore reeeive the seal of ap-
proval. TO the faithful remnant f d gives a better
appreciation of that aovenant, m d os a sign of their
approval by him God brings them under the robe of
righteousnew, gives them the garments of salvation
and the wedding garments, and thus ident'ies them
with his officialorganization. It is ~ u c hthat ha com-
missions to do his work in attending to the kingdom
interests on earth, The forehead is the prominent
place to be seen by all. It is noted that Babylon's
name is written on the woman's forehead.
The faithful remnant class is prominently marked
in the forehead that all may h o w and mark a, differ-
ence in them from those of the world. They are dili-
gent in giving the witness to the name of Jehovah and
in oaring for the kingdom interest8 eommitted to
REP. 7 HIS P~PSZATION 89
them. It is these faithful ones that are brought into
.
the "everlasting covenant . . , even the sure mercies
of David" and receive the outpouring ar rtnointing
of the holy spirit in the last days. (Joel 2: 28, 29;
Eph. 1:13) Such is the anointing of the holy spirit
for the service of God.
The holy angcls of the Lord, thus commissioned to
turn loose the winds that will bring hurt upon 8a-
tan's organianisation, do so in God% due time, AE the
Wdianites fought among themselves and were par-
sued by Gideon, so in due time the Devil's represen-
tatives will fight one another and will be purmed by
the army of the Lord to the destruction of the enemy,
Bat this mnst wai? until the servant elass is com.
pleted and sealed. The total number sealed is 144,000
and must of necmity include those who died in M t h
and waited for the resmrection. God's sign of ap-
proval upon them is shown by his awakening them
out of death, vhich the Scriptures clearly indigate
too11 place in 1918.
The remnant on earth received the robe of right-
eousnesa and the place in the temple and were given
a better appreciation of the kingdom, and their loving
zeal therefor i s prwf pf their s e d i g . All are "~piri+
ual Israelites" because they are God% chosen nation
and their right t o live is as spirit creatures. The fact
that one is an Israelite after the flesh would p ~ f i t
nothing. (John 6: 63) Nor would the fact that one is
in the eovenant by sacrifice make him eligible. He
must be in the covenant for the lcingdom and be
wholly devoted to the Lord and then receive the
Lord's approva4 symbolized by the seal.
Of the natural Israelites there were twelve tribes.
There are twelve divisions or tribes o-f the spirftual
Israelites mentioned in chtlpter of Revelation.
Judah is the firat named, and appropriately 80, b e
oause Jesus Christ, the Head of tho servnnt elma, is
of the tribe of Judah. ( 1 Chron. 5: 2) The name
means "praise", and Christ Jesus lea& the praising
of Jehovah's name, and all his brethmn join in the
praise of the Father. Christ Jesus leads the iight
againat the,endmy, asd the sweet singers of praise we
in the van with him because they are called, chosen
and faithful. (Rev. 17: 14) "Who shall go np for us
again& tho Canaanites first, to &ht against theml
And the Lord said, Judah sha11 go up: behold, I have
delivered the land into his hnnd."--Judg. 1:1, 2.
Twelve tribes are mentioned, and of each tribe
12,000 are selected and sealed. This proves that the
Lord has no preference amongst the tribes so far as
numbers are eoneerned. There is e v m m and bwuti-
ful proportion in the divine arraugemmt of the glori-
fled Christ. Qod sGts the members in the body word-
ing to hia pleasure. (1Cor. 12: 18) 811 the twelve
tribes of natural I d were in the covensnt of Ood
confirmed at Mount Bd. All the people begotten of
the spirit are in the covenant by mrifiee, but not all
will receive the approval of Ood; and this is shown
in Qod's dealing with natural Israel.
h v i wa# not regularly considered one of the twelve
tribes of Israel, but was a wrt of thirteenth t&e by
r w o n of the splitting of the tribe of Joseph into the
tribos of Ephraim and Mnnmeh. (Nnm. 1:10) Dan
is not mentioned in the Revelation acoount of the
twelve tribes that were sealed. He seems, to p & t u ~ ~
that group of p e r m who have made a @ovenant
with the Lord but who have turned again& their
" o m mother's son" and attempted to h i n k M ' s
organieation and who d e r deatmction. "Dan shall
be a serpent by the way, an adder in the path, that
biteth the horse heels, ao that hi rider shall fall back-
ward." (Gen. 49:17) The tribe of Levi mentioned in
the book of Revelation undoubtedly t a k s the place
of the tribe of Dan.
The tribe of Ephraim is not mentioned in the Reve-
lation account, that tribe evidently being included
under the tribe of Jweph because after separating
the tribe of Mnnaeseh there would be only the tribe
of Ephraim left for Jweph. Ephraim ~ e e m sto repre-
sent that olam that is neither cold nor hot but is
'spued out of the Lord's mouth'. These were in the
covenant by sacrifice but did not receive the Lord's
anointing. The headship ia taken from Ephraim and
givm to the patriarch Joseph.
When Ood selected Israel he gave his word: "Ye
shall be unto me a kingdom of priests, and an holy
nation." (Ex. 19: 6 ) Natural Israel failed and did
not receive that which wan promised to the faithful,
but those who are taken into the covenant by saori-
floe, and into the covenant for the kingdom (Luke
22: 28-30), and who maintain their integrity and
faithfulness, do receive the blmings promised
"What then? Israel hath not obtained that whicb
he aeelreth for; but the election hath obtained it, and
1 the rest were blinded." (Rom. 11:7) The 144,000
members of the body of Christ are thus in the maem-
bly shown ns selected and anointed, or sealed.
I
GREAT MULTITUDlil
After the #enling of the members of the body af
Christ the vision which John had changeg and he be-
holds a "great orowd" of creatures. (Itex 7: 9,
J
Diag.) These are not limited to the Imaelites, but are
of all nations. This proves that the "great multitude"
or "great crowd" ia not made up of those who were
once anointed as members of the body of Christ and
then lost their anointing. There is no Scriptural au-
n -.
thority for saying that any one can lose his anointing
of the holy ~piritand then fall bnck into the great
multitude clm. All of that g r e ~ company
t were be-
gotten of the holy spirit and were called, but did not
respond to the call and hencc were not chosen. How-
ever, they tenaciously hold to the truth that there is
one God, and that the blood of Jesus Christ is the
ransom price for man, and for this the Lord loves
them.
Thii scripture does not warrant the conolasion that
the great multitude is developed after the gloriflca
tion of the church, but seems clearly to mean that
after the 144,000 are d e d the Lord turns his atten-
tion to the "great crowd" that has not prior thereto
taken a positive stand on the side of Jehovah. "There-
fore have I lifted up mine hand against them, saith
the Lord God, and they shall bear their iniquiw."
(Eeek 44: 12) They were never brought into the
covenant for the kingdom and anointed for the king-
dom; therefore thoy stnnd "before the throne'' and
beforo Christ. They are made the servants of the
great High Priest, just as the Levit08were given over
to Aaron to serve. (Nnm. 3: 6, 9) Their "white
robes" beapealc thcir approval only for the position
to which they are now aasigned as servants of the
great High Priest.
The palm branches could not denote martyrdom,
bowuse tho@ who make up thia great ormd fail to
respond to the invitation to become the xealona wit-
aTEl PBEPA3ATION
tion on the Lord's side do they so do. They have been
-
chiefly in the riao on houses., *~ a v i their
93
n e s s ~for the Lord. Only when forced to take a posi-
n ~ remeets and
horn& to thi prison keepers, th;; clergy, A d thcir
allies, "the principal of the floek." But when the
time mmea for them to take their stand for Satan or
for God they stand on the side of Jehovah, and they
must pass through much tribulation. They have not
been willing to bear the reproaches that come from
being faithful and eealous representatives of the
Lord. (Rom. 16:3) The palm branches in their hands
therefore denote that now the time has come when
the7 do aaknowledge and hail Christ as Jehovah's
King and the rightful Ruler of the world; as it was
when Jesus was in the flesh, "much people that were
come to tho feast, when they heard that Jesus wns
coming to Jerusalem, took branches of palm trw, and
went forth to meet him,and cried, Hosanna1 Blesaed
is the King of Israel that comcth in the name of the
Lord." (John 12: 12, 13) The palm branohes are
therefore a symbol of their joining themselves as the
eervanta to the Lord's organization.
The identifloation of the great multitude has cansed
much wmment by the Lord's people. k o m the lab-
guage of verses thirteen and fourteen it would appear
that aome of God's people aee in the faces of others
of their brethren the queetion: "What about the
great wmpany?" And then they propounded that
same question to their brethren merely that the mat-
ter might be diicuwed or considered. This is shown
by the fact that one of the elders propounds the ques-
tion to John. Many Berean clmes have d i a e m d at
length the meaning of the scriptures concerning the
great multitude and have asked many questiong eon-
 94 L I G H T W. 7
J owning tho same. In Cod's due time he ha4 sent forth
information on the mhject through The Watch Tow.
er. Only recently the Scriptural proof was thw
I-.
brought forth, fully supported by the faets well
known, showing that the grent multitude is describes
aa "the prisoners", and aa "the islands", and as "the
solitary plncen", and wss foreshadowed by Sammn.
Much of the prophew of Psalm flfty and W h m y -
eighth chnpter are now seen to apply to the great mul-
tiOnde oIw. Undoubtedly there are many other scrip
# put to tho mprcme tat,.
tnrae likewise applying. When one of the elders of
members of the Lord's orgnnization propounds the
question, reference to these soriptures is now made to
identify the peat multitude. The answer t o the ques-
tion ia: 'These come up out of great tribulation.'
This could hardly be said to mean that the grent
multitude eonld not be loaated until Armageddon.
The fncta are that nocording to their own te8thonies
f
they have had mneh tribulation ever since they aame
to a knowledge of the truth. Their black ties and long
black mta, sad and sanctimonious and pians f a w ,
and the hanging of their heads m e bulrushes (18s.
58: 5), and similar thinga, seem to say: 'We have
much tribulation and are therefore in great distress
and we ahall be so glad t o go to heaven.'
The faithful little flock rejoioe in tribulation and
count it the greatest privilege to d e r with Christ,
and to bear the repronches thnt came upon him b
eanee of his faithfulnew. (Itom. 5: 8; Phil. 1:28,29;
001. 1: 'E4) But not so with the grent mnlthde. At-
tend a gathering of Christian people today and there
w i l l be founds few who are rejoicing in the Lard ,and
are anxioas to be his w i t n e w and bear whatever re-
pro& nttmde, while many 0th- are of ead wun-
RIB PRIIPARATION
tennnce and feel that their &-abaaemen and their
sweet and beautiful oharaeter will get them saved.
Botb in the d~nominational"prhm" and outside
thereof there are those who have side-steaoed am
95
1
participation in any work that would br& the r s
pmaeh of Christ upon them. I t seems nec- for
the Lord to preserve them unto the "great tribuln-
tion" of Armageddon in order that they might be
In the typo the mnpe goat wm led forth by a hnndy
man into the wilderness. In 1918 and 1919 thc clergy
led their flocks into the wilderness by openly adopt-
ing and endorsing the L e n w of Nations as a substi-
tute for God's kingdom. But the time must come
when every one who will get life iaa a spirit creature
must take his stand agninst that makeshift of the
Devil. That time will come either before or with
Armageddon; and then it will be that the claas fore-
shadowed by Samson, and who have been blindly led
amongst the hypooritas, will pull down the structure
on their own heads and die rather than deny the
Lord. That will bring their 6nal tribulation, andJ
their approval will be given by the Lord because t h q
nre holding fast to their faith in the blood of Okist,
and because they have come to a realization that they
must depend upon Ood's provision for salvation
through Chriet J m and oone other.
Now they are eryhg: "Help as, 0 God of our sal-
wtion, for the glory of thy name; and deliver ns,
and purge nway our sins, for thy name's sake." (Ps.
79: 9) They will come to know thttt Jehovnh is the
Savior and there is none other besides him. (Isa
43: 11) Thus John saw the great multitude atan-
with palms in their hands and crying out: '!Salv%
96 L I G H T EaW. 7 Ilw. 7 HU3 F%EPAEATION 97
tion to our God [Jehovd~] which sitteth upon the of refuge, and for a eovert from stom and from
throne, and unto the Larpb." rain."&a. 4: 6.
They have learned that what they thought waa Then they w i l l not mind the heat of permtion.
character development and sanetimonions appearance The Lamb of God shall feed them and give unto them
is of no saving value, but that the blood of Jeans refreshiin~drink. Thev have alwam been somewhat
Christ is God's proviaion for salvation for man. Thoy of a tearhl compnny, ;hioh has been due to the fact
are now in tribulation, but the "great tribulation" that they have rebelled against the Word of Uod and
will wind up their earthly career. In that great trib- fed upon something else. (Ps. 107: 11; Is& 58: 5)
ulation dl who receive God's approval, pictured by When they learn that the kingdom class is complete J
the white robes, will conteas his great name before and they are not in it there will doubtlese be muoh
men even though it cast them their lives. All the holy more weeping, chidy because they have not been
angels at that great gathering will rejoice and aay pleasing to God, whom they will come to love m-
"Amc~." and worship God. pramely. The privilege of serving Jehovah acceptably
The great multitude, not being of the twelve tribes through Chriet and aa the servants of Chriet will
that are sealed, and being counted as Gentilea, could cause their tears to dry up, and their joy will then
not serve as priests. Aa the Levites were given to the b~ evwastinp.
priesthood to serve, so the great multitude will be the
servants in the temple and before the throne. (Vss.
15-17; Nnm. 8: 9, 7) Jehovah, the great King of
eternity, will "dwell among them", or "spread his
tabernacle over them" (A.R.V.); which means that
they will be under the protection of the Lord &d.
For a long whiie these prisoners have sufpered for the
want of convenient food. The Lord is now beginning
to Bend them fwd, and when they have a full supply
they will hunger no more.-%. 16; Ps. 146 :7; Isa.
41 :17,18.
"Neither ahdl the sun light on them, nor any
heat." This swms to refer to the persecutions they
receive from the enemy when taking a positive stand
for Jehovah, and then the Lord spreads his tabernacle
over them. "And there shdl be a tabernacle for a
shadow in the daytime from the heat, and for a place

His Organization
-
(REVDXLATIOX, cE&Pm%a8 m 0)
J EH0VA.H keeps his pnrpom secret until due
time to reveal them. "He revealeth the deep and
secret things" in due time. (Dan. 2 :22) "Surely
15
the Lord God will do nothing, but he revealeth his
secret unto hi servants the prophets."-Amos 3: 7.
The pnrpovea of Jehovah are stated in his Word
by his prophots, but no one can understand them un-
til God by his power opens the seals. Chapter six of
Revelation deals with the opening of the six seala.
Chapter eight ha# to do with the seventh seal. Ap-
parently the sevonth seal could not be opened until
the sounding of the seventh angel, as it is written:
"But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel,
when he shall bogin to sound, the mystery of God
shohld be finjshed, as he hath declared to his servants
the prophets." (Rev. 10:7) The "mystery of Cod"
is not the same as the mystery of Christ. The latter
has to do with Jesus and his body members. The mys-
tery of God is concerning Jehovah's organization and
that organization tvhich opposas
-- God and which tho
Lord will destroy.
d The chief oflcer of Jehovah's organization is Christ
Jerms. In his oraanization are mvriads of angels in-
visible to humG eyes. &so therein are the fkthful
body members ! o Christ now resurrected and tho
anointed remnant now on earth. Since it is God's or-
ganization, the word "heaven" properly applies to
any part thereof. Any member of the o r g e a t i o n w
58
signed to any duty or work, and who performs such,
is a deputy or m-ger of the Lord, and the word
"angel" properly appliea to mch. The word "angel"
is also appropriately applied to Christ Jeclus, the
weat deputy of Jehovah. The context must and will
onable us to determine to whom the word applies. The
body members of ChrUt on earth, canposing the
remnant, and therefore forming a part of the eleat
aervnnt, appear in the capacity of ambassadors or an-
gels by rreasn of acting under the direction of the
Head, Christ Jews, in performing his work Thcre-
fore the words "heaven" and "angela" at times
properly apply to the earthly division of Clod's organ-
ization. At thb point carefully read ehapters eight and
nine of &velation, with which we are now dealing.
"Silonce in heaven" immediately followed the
opening of the seventh seaL The "silence" must refer
to that part of the organization of the Lord on earth,
God'a people, who were inactive for a short period of
t i e from 1918 to 1919. This corresponds to the time
of waiting which marh the division point betwoen
the ending of the Elijah and the beginning of the
Elisha work of the church. (2 Ki. 2: 13) Then John
saw "seven angels which stood before God" and to
whom were given "seven trampete". Manifestly thaw
are spirit creatures clothed with authority to perfonn
oerbin duties in the divine organization and desig-
nated as "seven" because representing all of seven
distinet proclamations to be given, the number seven
being the divine symbolic number of perfection or
completeneae. A "trumpet" would imply a publio
proclamation. "Therefore when thou do& thine alm,
do in the spa~;ogus-andin the str&ts,that
..
do not sound a tnunnet before thee. as the hvworites
have glory of men. Verily I say unto yon, They ham
their reward. " (Matk 6 :2) I t seema certain that the
time must follow the coming of the Lord to his tem-
plc.--1 Thess. 4 :16; 1 Oor. 15:52; Matt. !&4: 31.
In God's typical organization the EOunding of the
trumpet denoted a time of joy (Lev. 23: 24; 2 Chron.
15 : 12-14); slso thc approach of the king (2 E.11:
12-14; 2 Chron. 23 :13; Ps. 47: 6; 98: 6) ; also battle
(Num.31:1-6); alnro war and victory (Num.10: 9;
2 Chron. 13: 1216; Joel 2: 1).Therefore the sonnd-
ing of the seven trumpets would denote a time of woe
to the enemy organization; and to God's organization
a time of hailing the approsahine; of the King of the
organieation: and a time of joy to the remnant on
earth, an well an those in heaven; and a time of battle
and of victory. Thus the time of the falfllment of thia
prophecy ia located, and must begin, after Ood plaoea
his King upon his throne.
"Another angel came and Btood at the altar."(Rev.
8: 8-5) The divine record show that the altar was
golden and had Gre on it, whioh prove8 that it was
Ood's provision for cl&g and preparing his
m a n t a that their service might be acceptable. It
eomponds exactly with the altar of fire described
in tho prophecy of Isaiah (6: 6-8), when the Lord ap-
pear~at his temple, and from whieli altar live wnls
of flre are taken to cleanse the lips of the remnant or
servant claas. The angel standing at the altar mani-
festly is the one in charge of the angelic company to
which is assigned the duty of directing and gathering
and cleming the remnant of the servant elass. Hold-
ing the golden censer by the handle in his hand &om
that his position waa of divine appointment to earry
out divine wmmands. This angel ia provided with
much incense to offer with the prayers of the snints,
or those making up the remnant, whieh ahom that
the angel serving at the altar is different from the
h t s . This offering of the incense with the prayers
was necessary while preparing the servant for service.
The Lord had come to his temple to cleanse "the
sons of Levi" and thns bring forth the remnant.
(Mal. 3: 1-3) It is a time for prayer and oleansing
that acceptable service might be performed. (Ps. 51:
2-13) This is dono that God's displeasure might be
turned away and that acceptable service might fol-
low. (Isa. 12: 1-5) It is the "day of the Lord" and
the enemy ia made known to the remnant, and the
remnant pray for proteetion and greater opportuni-
ties of service. (Eph. 6: 12-19) The remnant also
pray for prosperity and vietory (Ps. 118:24, 25) ;
and for peace amongst their members, that they may
work to the Lord's glory (Ps. 122: 6-8); and for an
open door of service (Col. 4: 3); and that thcy may
not enter into temptation (Natt. 26: 41). "Tho end
of all things is at hand," and the remnnnt pray that
the message of truth may now have a free course.-
1Pet. 4: 7; 2 Theas. 3 :1.
There is a Uerencebetweenthe prayers and the in-
m e . It is the remnant on earth that pray, and with
their prayers the invisible angels send up a meet odor-
iferous evidence of the burning eeal of the remnant,
whieh is pleasing to God, and he hears the prayera
and sends the remnant forth for service. (Isn.12: 1-6)
The angel takes the censer containing the fire, whieh
has been takon from the altar, and casts the coda of
fire into the earth, thereby symbolically saying that
all those now on earth who will be pleasing to Ood
shall be cleansed that they might render an accept-
102 L I Q H T W.8
able service, and they are sent forth to the wrviw.
While trials and tribulation attend the faithfnl serv-
ice, the fire do@ not represent such trials, but do-
represent the cleansing of the remnant on earth that
the servicewhich is about to followmight be acceptable
to Ood. This is conclusively proven by Ieaiah's proph-
ecy, which corroborates the vision in Revelation.
Isaiah, representing God's people, disaerns the
Lord in his temple and the angels about, and cries,
"Woe is me"; evidently became of silence or inac-
tivity in service. Thon the mwscngcr of the Lord
takes a coal of fire and cleanses Isaiah's lips and God
sends hi, representing the faithful remnant, forth
to service. This is the picture shown in the sixth chap-
ter of Isaiah.
Ieaiah the twelfth chapter sows the remnant clam
cleansed and going forth to joyful service unto the
Lord. Revelation 8: 8-5 shows a like preparation of
the earthly members of the servant clasa for serPioe.
The faithful willing ones go forth to service and serve
and fulfil prophecy witl~outknowing they nro so do.
ing. Later the Lord reveals to them for what purpose
he has been using them. Tho work that follows, and
which is porfomed by the faithful remnant c l m thua
prepared, was foreshadowed by the prophet Elisha.
VOICES, TIIUNDERS, LIGIITNINCB
"Voices" symbolically represent intelligible mes-
~ s g e sof
truth. The period of "denoe" ended when
Ood's people, in tho autumn swan of 1919, began
delivering the message of truth foroshdowed by
Elisha. No one of God's people presumptuody as-
sumed to f&U prophecy, but after such have been
used by the Lord in fulfilment of hb prophew they
mV.8 HIB OI~C~ANIZATION ioa
humbly adrnowledge the divine providenee and re-
joice and give all glory and honor to Jehovah God.
His faithful ones are instruments in his hand, and to
him alone is all glow and honor due.
The following quotation from The Watch Tmsr,
November 1, 1922,is appropriate:
"Prophecy can he bettor understood when fulfilled.
Often Cfod eauees his people to enact the hl5lment of
a prophecy without their knowing it at the time, and
later he reveals lo them the interpretation. +4a above
stated, in 1918 t l ~ etemple clam this side the vail was
in mtraint of both liberty of parson and liberty of
action in the proclamation of the message. Until 1919
there wa&a praotioal ~ilenceof the Lord's people, as
far as proalnimii his mwage was concerned. In that
year there mombled in oonvention a t Uedar Point,
Ohio, a large number of representative followers of
the Lord. Suddenly they awoke to their privileges.
Then they flung away their feara. Then they came to
a knowledge of the fact that the Elijah work had
ended, and that now the work pictured by Eliaha
mnst begin.
"When Isaiah saw the.lGng he h e w that an im-
Dure cr&atureaould m%live in his a m n e e . Eenwb.5
b y : 'Woe is me l for I am undo11e; h n s e I am a man
of unclean lip& ... for mine eyes have seen the King,
the Lord of hoats.' E~identlyhis uncleanness or in-
iquity had something to do with the words of his
mouth. He recognizes that he ought to be found praia-
ing sod as the seraphim were; or that he had failed
to speak the message that he should weak. Hiis ped-
tent cry leads to his purgation. The seraph then with
a burning ooal cleanses hia lip. Then he is no longer
den6 but ready t o sem."
 104 L I G H T Bmv.
"Thunder" representa the voice of Go& (Job 40:
9; Ps. 29:3; 18: 6, 7, 13) "At thy rebuke they fled;
at the voice of thy thunder they hasted away." (Pa.
104:7) Lightning precedes thunder; and it is God's
lightning. "His lightnings enlightened [exposed] the
world: the earth saw, and trembled." (Ps. 97 :4) "In
thy light shall we see light." (Ps. 56:9) Because of
the flashes of light or lightning from Jehovah his mes-
sage of rebuke js sent forth. The Golden Age maga-
zine began ita publieation in 1919, and within a short
time thereafter Number twenty-seven, which cox-
tained the Lord's rebuke to those of Satan's organi-
ati ion, was publied. It exposed the members of the
Devil's organization, and particularly the hypoerit-
ical clergy. Other measages or "voicea" followed
quickly, such as, Tallciag with the Dsad, i i i % l l hNow
Living Will Never Die, and many world-wide lee-
/ tnres. All thia was "the Lord's doing", and he gave
his people on earth aome part therein.
"And there [was] an earthquake." The symbolic
meaning of "an earthquake" is agitation, shock or
eommotion. It doas not mean a revolution, but rather
a commotion and agitation amongst the ruling faators
of Satan's visible organization. The witnm work of
God's people that shortly followed the World War
caused much agitation amongst the clergy and the
zation. .
principal ones of their flock forming Satan's organi-
The short period of "silence in heaven" undoubted-
ly ended in 1919, and from that time until 1922 the
Lord's devoted people on earth were doing a prepara-
tory work in making strenuow efforts to strengthen
the organization. Besides doing what they could in giv-
ing a public witness, they purchased and iastalled
8 REV.8 HIS OB~AiiSUTION 105
b
printing machines and aorta were made to print and
publish the message of God'a truth entirely independ-
ently of worldly institutions. Although the Lord was
in his temple putting the consecrated to the test, they
did not understand it. Being devoted to the Lord they
have wanted to be faithful to him. Doubtlesa the an-
gels, acting aa the deputies or servants of Christ, had
much to do with the preparatory work that was being
carried on at the time in getting ready for a more
Btrenuous witnw that was to follow. The remnant
was being prepared and the inanimate machines were
being prepared "and the seven angels which had the
@even trumpets prepared themselves to sound". These
invisible members of God's organization encamped
1 round about the visible onas and protected them and
donblla directed the oourse of the latter in the5
aotions and preparations for carrying on the Lord's
work.-Ps. 34 :7.
TBE SOUNDING
11 Sioe the Scriptures are written for the encourage.
ment and comfort of GodC conmrated people, upon
whom the end of the world has wme (Rom. 15:4;
1 Cor. 10:11); and since Revelation is prophecy, and
God is the interpreter of prophecy (2 Pet. 1:20,21);
it is to be expected that God, by and through his
deputies, or angels, and particularly his ohief one,
Christ J m , would muse his people to perform cer-
tain things that would be in fulfilment of prophecy,
and aftemarb show those consecrated ones the ap-
plication thereof for their own encouragement and
comfort. Such is an act of love on God's part; and
God is love.
 The q e l a proceeded with the s o m of ~ the
trumpets. The facts seem to clearly ahow tbat it was
in 1922 that the 5r6t angel began to sound his trum-
pet and God's conaeorated people were given a part
therein; and now after eight yeag have elnpsed the
Lord aeem pleased to ahow his people how they had
aome part in the W m e n t of his prophecp because
they wew his devoted and willing instruments. Hin
name be praisedl All honor and glory be given to
him 1
On Sunday, September 10, 1922, more 10,000
of God's people were assembled at Cedar Point, Ohio.
A resolution was offered, mpportedby oral argament,
and una,nimoudy adopted. That resolution ww a proc-
lamation declaring that Jehovah is Cad and Chi& ig
Eing and that his kingdom has come. It was n chal-
lenge to tho rulera of the visible part of SaW's or-
ganization to prove that man has wisdom to rule the
earth, or else admit the truth of God's Word that
peace, prosperity, life and happines etln eome only
through J&ovah by and through Christ. Incidentally
it i a mentioned that a Magnavox waa used to amplify
the voice of the spenker and all present in that vsst
audience heard. Visible human creatures had to do
with that mesaage, yet, in fact, it was a memage of
the Lord sent through hia invisible angels, became
without a doubt thsse are clothed with authority to
d i the couwe of earthly membem of God's organ&
eation.
"RESOLUTIQN
"(Adopbe6 by the Intornational %We Bt&sa6s &.
sociQtion in Convefltien at Cedw Point, Okio, 6sn-
d*yy, BeptentBsr 10,1922)
"The International Biblo Students fn convention
assembled deem it a duty and privilege to send thh
messa.ge to the nations of enrth.
"A8 a body of Chriatiane consecrated to obey and
follow our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, we nre o p
posed to engaging in war, revolution, anarchy, or
violence in any form; and we sn, opposed to fraud
and deccption being practiced upon the people by the
misrepresentation of the Word of God or other&&.
We carnasUy desire peace, prosperity and the ble85.
ing of the people with life, liberty and happiness; and
we hold that the only meam by which this c a n be ac-
complinhed ia by and through the reign of Christ.
"In the light of the Word of God, and part3cularly
of ful5lled prophecy, we submit the following as n
true statement of the faata relating to prwent wadi-
tions :
"1. That the rulera of earth have frequently
1 boasted that the World War was fought to make the
world safe for democracy, which claim has proven to
I be a deluaion and a snare;
"2. That the international conferences at Paris,
I Wnshington, Genoa and The Hague, participated in-
by the financiers and atatemen and approved by the
denominational clergy of the world, held for the pnr-
pose, 0s announcod, of establishing peace on earth,
have failed to bring forth the desired result;
"8. That dl of the nations of earth are now in dir,
trem and perplexity, as the Lord foretold they would
'
I be at thie time, and that the ontire soci;l and politi-
a d structure is threatened with aomplete diisolution;
and the leading statesmen and rulers of the earth, bp.
ing aware of this fact and of their inability to estab
liih peace and prosperity, are frmtically d i n g upon

the denominational churches to save the world from
disaster;
"4. That it is the desire of all the nations and peo-
ples of earth that they might dwell in peace and en-
joy life, liberty and happiness;
"6. That the people are being misled by those who
are attempting to bring about thie desire through in-
ternational coderenoes and agreements in the form
of the Lengue of' Nations and like compacts.
"We therefore call upon the nations of earth, their
rulers and leaders, and upon all the clergymen of all
the denominational churches of earth, their followers
and allies, big business and big politicians, to bring
forth their proof in justifloation of the position taken
by them that they can establish peace and pmsperity
on earth and bring happiness to the people; and their
failing in this, we call upon them to give ear to the
testimony that we &er as witneema for the Lord, and
then let them say wh~theror not our testimony is
true.
"Relying upon the Word of Ood and hie provi-
dential dealings with mankind through Chriat Jesus,
we as his witnesses hold and testify as follows, to wit:
"1. That the World War came in 1914 and was
followed by great famines, pestilences and revolu-
tiom in various oarts of the earth exactlv a4 foretold
by the Lord;
"2. That 1914 marked the legal ending of the old
world and there Christ the rightful Eing took unto
himself his power as king;
"3. That the Lord Jesus Chridlt is now preent, in.
visible to.man, and proceeding with the work of a-
tablishing his kingdom, for which kin'gdom he taught
his followers to pray;
Fa?. 8 HIEl OBaANlZATION 109
"4. That Satan, long the god of this world, hns d e
ceived the ststmen, financiers and the clergy, by in-
ducing them to believe that by international agragrce-
ment or other combined efforts they can bring tho d e
sire of all nations;
"5. That all of the world's preaent organization
eonatitutes the visible part of Satan's empire or or-
ganization, nnd that Satan's empire mnst now fall
before the forward march of the King of glory;
"6. That all international conferences and 811
agreemen@ or treaties resulting thorefrom, including
the Leagne of Nations compact and all like compncts,
must fail, becaw Qod has decreed it t h ;
" I . That dl effort8 of the denominational church
organizations, their clergy, their leaders and their
allies, to save and reeetabliah the order of things in
the earth and to bring peace and prosperity must of
n e c d t y fail, bemuse they do not constitute any part
of the lrmgdom of Messiah;
"8. That on the contrary, during the World War
the clergy of these varioua c h m h denominations were
disloyal to the Lord Jesus Christ in this, that they
mngfully united with big business and big politi-
ciana to M e r the World War; they preaehed men
into the trenches and falscly and blasphemowly told
them that their death upon the battlefield wodd be
counted as a part of the vicarious atonement of Je
sw Christ;
"9. That they furtber repudiated the Lord and
his kingdom and showed their disloyalty by volun-
tarily unitiig themselves with Satan's organization
and boldly announcing to the world that tho League
of Nations is the political expression of God's king-
dom on earth, whiah announcement so made by them

110 L I G H T Rsv. 8
w k in utter disregard of the words of Jesns and the
apostles.
"10. We further hold and testify that this is the
day of God's vengeance against Satan's empire via-
ible and invisible;
"11. That the reestablishment of the old world or
order is an imposaib'ity; that the time is here for the
establishment of the kingdom of God through Christ:
Jews; and that all the powers and organizations that
do not willingly submit to the rightww reign of the
Lord will be destroyed;
"12. That if the politicians would f a i W l y rcp-
resent the people, and big business would cesae ex-
ploiting the people, and the clergy would tell the peo-
ple the truth eonwning God's arrangement and the
people would cease from strife, the kingdam of Mes-
siah would be established by him without further
trouble or distress; but failing thw to do, greater
trouble must shortly follow;
"13. That for this reason there is now impending
and about to fnll upon the natione of earth, according
to the words of Christ Jesus, a great time of 'tribula-
tion such as was not since the beginning of the world
to this time, no, nor ever shall be' again, and it is
this impending trouble that the ruler8 and mighty
men of eaxth see coming.
"But we hold and declare that Messiah's kkgdom
is the complete panaces for all the ilh of humnnkind
and will bring pea@ on earth and good will to men,
the desire of d l nations; that those who yield them-
mlves willingly to hie righteous reign now began will
be bleased with l&ng peace, life, liberty and end1888
happinesa
Bw. 8 HIEl OEQAWIZATION 111
"Therefore we bring to t b peoples of earth God's
measage of good tidings contained in the Bible, hia
Word of truth, and we publish to them hia mwnge
of peace and everlasting salvation, to wit, that the
Eing of glory, the Deliverer of man, is invisibly pres-
ent and has begun hi reign; that the old world, un-
der the control of Satan, has ended and soon will
be broken in pieces, to make way for the everlasting
kingdom of righteousness now being sot up, and that
millions of people now living on enrth, if obedient
to the laws of that righteous kingdom, will continue
to live and never die; and we c d upon all nations,
peoples, kindreds and tongues who love righteousnem
and hate iniquity to recognize and freely aclmml-
edge that Jehovah is the oniy true God and that hi
beloved Son Christ J m ia King of king8 and Lord
of lords."
It is stated (Itev. 8: 7) thst the iimt trumpet was
followed by "hail and fire mingled with blood" being
"cast upon the earth". The ~ymbolsused are deoply
signifioant. Hail is a phenomenon, "a sign and a won-
der" that glorif3es the Lord and fnlflls hie will. (Ps.
148: 7, 8; Ex. 9: 29; Ezek 38: 21, 22) It is cold,
hard, and destructive to lies and liars. It ia such as
is reaerved for the time of trouble, and it mites. (Isa.
28 :Mi'; Hng. 2: 17; Job 38: 22, 23) "Hail" c a m
unconsecrated men to blaspheme. (Rev. 16 :21) "Fie"
e x p r m God's indignation, and is destructive, nnd
devours before God's army. (Ps. 60: 3; 97: 3; 79: 6;
Joel 2 :3; Luke 12: 49) "Blood" poured out in sym-
bolie of death, and pollutes and befouls thoso coming
in oontact with it. These symbols in figurative phrsse
describe the &wta of the "pmclamatibn" upon those
of Satan's organizatioa

T h e "produmation" charged that the nations of
earth had been bofonled and polluted with the b l d
fi
of men unrighteously shed and that the clergy who
hypocritically clnim to be W ' s representatives are
largely responsible therefor. The clergy and their
allies, the resolution aharged, resorted to lies, fraud
and deceit to mislead and exploit the people and to
misrepresent God and hie kingdom. Them were hard
trutha, and destructive of liea. The public press gave
wide note of tho resolution. OctoSer 31, 1922, masked
the. beginning of a world-wide distribution of the
resolution and argument in support thereof in many
languages, and upward of forty-live million copies
were put in tho hands of the rulcrs and of the people,
The visible part of Sntan'a organization on earth re*
ceived it; and the effect the Lord described in the
sgmbols that follow.
"The third part of the earth ww burnt up."
(R.V.) The peoples of earth may be properly plisced
in three divisions, to wit: (1)the agricultural group;
(2) the artisam, mechanics, seafaring men and other
laborem, nud (3) the financial, religions and political
group; tho last forming the ruling class. The pro*
lamation was a challenge to the latter to bring forth
their witnesses and prove their position, or admit
they are l i m ; and their failing to do so plaees them
in a position of disrepute and proves their counsel
without value, and therefore they must admit it.
"The third part of the trees was burnt up."
"Trees" represont the selftsh, exalted and ruling
group of living oreaturea that draw sustenance from
the people and cast their shadows upon the earth.
"All green grass was burnt up." "The people is
grabia" and withereth, when the qSrit of the Lord
BIB OM1.ANIZATION
blows upon it. (Isa. 40: 6, 7) "Green grass" would
represent the peoples' hop@ centered in the an-
nounced 8chemes and plan8 of the ruling class. Such
are burned up, nnd today the people have no hope
in the schemas of men.
The forty-five million copies of that message of
truth went a good way toward showing the people
that they cannot hope for any blessings from the
devil'^ organization, represented on earth by s&b
men. With the earth charred, and the trees and the
green grass burned, it is a desolate outIwk for the
Devil's earthly. organization, and this is held up be-
fore the peoplo. The clergy warned their flocka not to
read the "proclamation" and the accompanying lit-
erature, but their warning went unheeded.--See
Watch l'otver, 1925, page 83.
Then followed the sounding of the second angel, A
convention of God's people aasembled at Loa m l e s
on the 26th day of Augwt, 1923, and adopted and
sent forth a resolution entitled "A Warning". The
resolution was directed against those who falsely
claim to represent God and Christ and who had
built up a mighty organization in the earth which
they likened unto the kingdom of Cod, and which
is symbolized by "a grcat mountain". The resolution
warncd the people against these false t d e m and
urged thom to desert the unholy orghation. And
now, seven years later, it seema clear that the spirit
of the Lord, oporating by his invisible angels, dirated
his people on earth to take this action and that such
was the beginning of the sounding of the second an-
gel. (Itev. 8: 8) Millions of that resolution, together
with the supporting argument given in a public dis-
course entitled "All Nations Marching to Armaged-
don", were freely distributed amongst the peoples of
earth, and the servant class of Jehovah did the work.
The resolution was not the "trumpot", but it was
the tangible manifwtation of God'fi action by and
through the member8 of his orgeniestion. The effect
thereof is indicated by the symbolic language used in
vorse nine:
"And the third part of the creatures which were
in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of
tho shipa were destroyed." igymbolioally "the sea"
represents the peoplw of Christendom, so called, ae
a whole, which nourish, bear up and support tho eom-
morcial and governing fadow. (Ps. 65: 7) The peo-
ples of C11l'isbdom claim to represent God and
Christ on earth, and taken ss a wholo they may be
put in three separate divisions, to wit : (1)The agnos-
tio and unbeliever; (2) fundamentalists; and (8)
modernists. Of the third division are those who re-
pudiate the blood of Wi; and to them his blood
has beaome lifeless or dead. At that time the "mom-
tain" of Satan, hi orgsnization called Christendom,
was "on &e" with the modernist and fnndamental-
ist controversies, in which the politioians and finan-
ciers took part; and more pnrtioulnrly "on fire"
with God's indignation; and his organization on earth
emphaticoJly exprmsed the will of God concerning
such hypoeriticnl organization of Chriaten$om, which
for a long time had deceived the people. By this res-
olution the ieaue was put squarely up to the people,
who were called upon to decide whether or not they
would withdraw from the unrighteous system and
take their stand on the Bide of the Lord.
"RESOLUTION
"We, the International Bible Students h generd
convention wembled, again declare our abaolute
fnith in and alleairanae to Jehovrah God our Father
and to his belovk Son, Christ Jews, oar Bedeemer
and King, and our absolute eoniidenee in the Bible
ss God" inspired Word of truth given 60 man for his
guidance and instruction in righteousurn.
"As followers of our Lord who are diligently 8triv-
ing to be liia true and faithful witnwes, we deem it
our privilege and duty lo call the attention of all
peace- and order-loving peoples of all the nationa to
the deplorable conditions now existing in the world
and to point them to Magsiah's kingdom as the only
remedy for national and individual ills.
"We hold and deolare that Jesus Christ organized
his ohurch in purity to represent him upen earth ;that
eelflsh and ambitions men, loving earthly honor and
glory more than the approval of God, have brought
in false doctriuos destructive of faith in God and his
Word; and that as a result there now exist in the
variona denominational ohurchea two general classas,
towit:
" F ~ TThose
: who pretend to be Christilms, W
do not believe in the Bible ae Glod's w i r e d Word of
truth, who repudiate the doctrines of the fall of man
and his redemption through the blood of Josm ChrM,
which class is made up of apostate clergymen and
. 'the principal of their floeh', who are worldly men
of strong financial and political influenee, which clm
exeraipces the controlling iniiumce and power in tbe
'
denominational organizatiow; and
"SEOOND:That great multitude of peoples who
I claim to be Uhristians Elnll who hold and believe the
116 L I Q E T IOEv. 8
fundamental doctrines of Ch&ianity, namely: That
the Bible ia the Word of God written under impirk
tion of the holy apirit; that the Lord Jasas came into
the world to redeem man from sin and death; that he
gave his life a ransom for mmanldnd; that he was
raised from the dead and mended into heaven and
w i l l come again and set up his kingdom, aci he prom-
ised.
"The dase first above mentioned are lovera of self,
covetow, boasters, unthsnkfnl, unholy, flexfierce, de-
spisers of t h w who strive to be good, heady, high-
minded, having a form of godlimean but denying the
power thereof, and who slander, misrepresent and
persecute tho88 who faithfully try to represent our
Lord. (2Tim. 3:1-5;Matt. 24: 9; Mark 13: 9) While
alaiming to be representatives of our Lord, they mis-
represent him in this,to wit:
" (1) They have forsaken the Word of God, denied
the fall of man and denied the Lord Jasns, by whose
blood man must be redeemed,-Jude 4.
" (2) They have used the name of Christian nnd
the Chriiian religion as a cloak to hide their un-
righteousnw and to enable them to deceive the peo-
ple, and have conuuitted spiritual fornication by unit-
ing church with political and flnancial power.-Jer.
2 :21-24; Rev. 18: 3.
"(3) While pasing as the representatives of the
Prince of Peace, they have prepared war, openly ad-
vised, encouragad, and advocated the same, and by
appealing to the patriotism of the people have in-
duced them to engage in war; they have wrongfully
preached the men into the trenches, caused them to
fight and die, have filled the land with a host of wid-
REV. 8 HIB O ~ ~ I ? O N 117
o m and orphans, and thereby increased the m m w
and suffering of mankind.-Rom. 13:9; Matt. 26:52;
Eeb. 12:14; ad.6:lo; Luke 3:14,
"(4) They have with selfish design invaded the
schools, colleges, seminaries and universities with
their God-dishonoring doctrines of higher criticism
and evolution, have led the peopl~into g r w error
and dwtroyed the faith of multitudes in the inspired
Word of God.-Jcr. 12: 10, 12; 83 :13, 14; 5 :25-30;
8: 11; 9:8, 9.
" (5) They have apnmed the true t e a a h i i of Je
rms and the apostles, have mattered the floclc of God,
have produced a famine in the land for the hearing
of the Word of the Lord, and have cawed the hungry
and thirsty to starve for spiritual food.-Amm 8:11;
Ps. 107:4, 5; Ezak. 34:4-6.
" (6) They have hated the light and the bearera of
the light (Matt. 6: 14), refwd to give meat to the
hungry and drinlc to the h t y Christian, turned
away the stranger, failed to minister to the sick, per-
secuted and caused to be imprisoned honest and
faithful Christians, resorted to deeds of violence
against peaceable and order-loving Chrietians, and
'on their skirts is found the blood of the soda of
poor innocents'.-Jer. 2:34; Matt. 25:42, 43.
" (7) They have wilfully repudiated and rejected i/
the teachings of Jesus and the apostles concerning the
Lord's second coming and the eatabhhment of God's
kingdom on earth for the blessing of the people, and
have substituted therefor a man-made, Satan-directed
Leaye of Nations which they hail as the savior of
mankind and as 'the politieal expression of God's
kingdom on earth', thus blaspheming his name and
cause. They have taken c o d together against the

Lord and his lringdom, which counsel Jehovah de-
clares shall not stand.-Ps. 2: 1-12; Isa. 8 : 9, 10.
"Furthermore, we hoId and declare that of those
described in the seoond class there is a multitude of
the peace- and order-loving ones in the denomina-
tional churches, both Catholic and Protestant, who
have held and yet hold to their faith, who have been
kind and considerate with and respected the faith of
their M1m regardless of creed or denomination,
have fed the hungry and given drink to the thirsty,
have taken in the stranger, clothed the niakcd, dsited
the sick and ministered to those wrongfully im-
prisoned, all in the name of our Lord; that these have
hope in the lringdom of our Lord Jesus Christ and
its attendant blessings; and that for suoh the Lord
has dcclarcd ins love.-Matt. 25 : 3440.
"We point to the fact that God through his Word
has declared his vengeance against all unrighteous-
ness, and particularly against the present evil order
[Is&. 34: 1-4, 8) ; that the Lord Jesus is now invisibly
present judging tho nations of earth; that the end of
the world has come and the dashing to pieces of Sa-
t a n k organization will follow next (Matt. 24: 7-14);
that all who willingly ally themselves with Satan and
hi organization shall suffer terrible punishment; that
those espousing the righteous eause of the Lord and
serving him shall pass through the trouble and re-
ceive boundless blessings (Zeph. 2: 2, 3; Zeeh. 13: 8,
9; Ps. 41: 1, 2) ; that the line of demarcation between
the two elasses of Christendom is clearly drawn, and
that the time has come for the separation of those who
prefer evil from those who love rightwusness and dc-
fie..
sire the Lord's kingdom.
Rnv. 8 HIS ORGANIZATION 119
"We, therefore, in the spirit of love sound the
warning to all such peaee and order-loving and Cod-
fearing ones who are rmociated with the denomina-
bional churches, and poiut them to the faet that they
I can have no part in nor fellowship with that class of
pretending Christians who repudiate the Word of
God and dony the Lord Jesus Christ and his king.
dom; and we call upon them t o heed tlie Word of God
and separate themselves from the unolean tliing
( 2 Cor. 6: 17), to withdraw themselves from the un-
righteous ocdcsiaatical systems designated ity the
Lord as 'Babylon', and to 'come out from her, last
1
they be partaliem of her sins and receive of her
pIagues' (Rev. 1% : 4) ; and
"We appeal to a11 such to recognize Jesus Christ
as King of ltings and Lord of lords, and that his king.
dom now at hsnd is the hope and salvation of the peo-
ples; and that they individually and collectively d e
elare thmsclves on the side of the Lord and in sym-
pathy with his cause, and he ready to receive lhe
bleesings of God's kingdom which he has prepared
for them from the foundation of the world."
Attmtion i~ especially called to the last two para-
graphs of the resolution, which are a warnirq to all
I God-fearing people to withdraw from the unrighteous
organization and an appeal t o identify themselves
with the Lord.
A "ship" symbillieally represents the cornmweial
dement using the religious and political factors for
selfish purposes in carrying on their trafIie. (IJrov.
31: 14) Modernist "sbips" were busying themselves
importing so-called spiritual food from sources other
than the Word of God, which is Satan's sehelne to
I,
- turn the peoplc away from God. Those who had o n e
120 L I Q l I T Wv. 8
reoeived the light of revealed truth concerning Christ
aa the Ztedeemer, and then repudiated God's Word
and his Son, and used the name of Chriat for eommer.
cial purposes, became as blood and died, and their op-
portunity for the kingdom ended. This cannot mean
that the third part of the people died, but the "third
part of the ereaturea which were in the sea, and had
life", that is to say, had raoeivedenough of trnththat
they might obtain life through Christ. Repudiating
thie, such favor to them ended. Sincethe great procla-
mation of the message concerning God's kingdom
throughout the earth during the peat I%@ years there
is no exeuse for anyone to pose as a preacher of God's
Word and at the same time to misrepresent him and
his means of salvation; and God's indignation is ex-
pressed against all such.
Again God pqt it in the mind of his people, by his
angel, to a d and to carry out hie purposes. In July,
1924, at an international oasembly of Ood's people at
Columbus, Ohio, a resolution designated "Indict
ment" was adopted, and which, together with the
supporting discourse, "Civilieation Doomed," was
later printed and widely distributed amongst the peo-
ples of earth and was hortly therenfter followed by
a world-wide series of discourses by many speakers.
"INDICTMENT
"We, the International Bible Students, in cbnven-
tion assembled, declare our unqualified allegiance to
Chrkt, who is now present and setting up his king-
dom, and to that kingdom.
"We beli~vethat every anointed child of God is
an ambasdador for Christ and is duty-bound to give
a faithful and true witness on behalf of his kingdom.
As ambmadors for Ohriit, and without &g
any self-righteousness, we believe and hold that God
has commissioned us to 'proclaim the day of ven-
geanee of our God and to comfort all that mourn'.-
ha. 61 :2.
"We bcliove and hold that it is God's due time for
his displeaeure to be expressed against wicked systems
that have blinded the people to the truth and thereby
deprived them of peace and hope; and to the end that
the people might h o w the truth and receive some
comfort for future bleasinga we present this indict-
ment, based upon the Word of Ood, and point to the
divine provision aa the remedy for man'e oomplete
relief :
"We present and charge that Satan formed a con-
spiracy for tho purpose of keeping the peoples in ig-
norance of God's provision for blagsing them with
life, liberty and happiness; and that others, to wit,
unfaithful preachers, conscienceless profiteers, and
unffirupulous politicians, have entered into said con-
spiracy, either willingly or unwillingly;
"That unfaithful preachers have formed themselves
into ecclesiastical system, consisting of councils, s p
ods, presbyteries, sssociations, etc., and have desig-
nated themaelvca therein as popes, cardinah, bishops,
doctom of divinity, pastors, shepherds, reverends,
eto., and elected themaelves to suoh offlces, which ag-
gregation is herein designated as 'the olergy'; and
that these have willingly mnde commercial giants a d
professional politicians the principal ones of their
flo&
 I
''We present and charge that the o l q y have
gielded to the temptations prwented to them by S a
tan and, contrary to Uad's Word, have joined in said
conspiracy, and in furtherance thereof have com-
mitted the overt acts as follows, to wit:
" (1) That they have need their sairitual aowers.
enjoyod by r e m i of their position, t o grati& the&
own s c l f i desim by feecling and exalting themselves
and lailing and refwing to feed or teach the people
@d'$Word of truth;
" (2) That loving the glory of this world, and de-
siring to shine before men and have the approval of
men (Luke 4 :8 ; Jas. 4 :4 ; 1 John 2 1 15) they have
clothed themselves in gaudy apparel, decked thm.
aelvw with jewels, and have m e d a fopm of ~fodli-
nossr whilc denying Qod'a Word and the power there-
of;
" (8) That they have failed and reLused to preach
to the people the message of M&ah7s lringdom and
to point them to the evidences relating to his gecond
coming; and being unwilling to await the Lord's due
time to set up his kingdom, and W i g ambitiow to
appear wise and great, they have, tagether with their
coconspirators, claimed the ability to set up God's
kingdom on earth without God, and have endorsed
the League of Nations and declared it to be 'the po.
litied expression of God's kingdom on earth', thereby
breaking their iregiance to the Lord Jesns Christ
and declaring their allegiance to the Devil, the god
of evil; and to this end they have advwted a d sane.
tifled war, turned their church BdiAces into m r u i t w
stations, acted na recruiting doera for foray, and
preaehed men into the trenches, there to d e e r and
I
die; and when the Lord presented to them thv clear
and indkputable proof that the old world has ended
and that his kingdom is at hand, they have scoffed
at and rejwted the testimony, permuted, arrested
and c a d the imprisonment of witnemea for the
Lord.
“mCTBINEB
"We further present and charge that the clergy as
a e l m have constituted themselves the fountain of
dootrinw which, in the furthernnce of said w p i r -
acy, thcy have sent forth to the people, claiming suoh
doctrines to be the teachings of God's Word, well
knowing the same to be untrue] in this, to wit:
(1) That they falsely cl&imto be the divinely ap- J
pointed suecessors to the inspired apostlw of Jesus
Christ; whereas the Soriptures cl~&sXyshow that
there are no successors to tho Lord's apostles;
"(2) That they alaim the sole right to interpret
the Scriptures, and that therefore they alone know
what the people should believe; and by this m e w
they have kept the people in ignorance of the Bible;
and now in this time of increased knowledge and
much reading, when the people might read and un-
derstand, these solf-constituted 'successors to the
apostles' discourage the people from reading the Bi-
ble and Bible literature, deny the inspiration of tho
Scriptures, teach evolution, and by them means turn
the minds of the people away from God and his Word
of truth;
"(8) That they have taught and teach the divine
right of kings to rule the peoplw, claiming such rule
to be the kingdom of God on earth; they hold that
$h0y a d the prinoipal of their floclra are commie-
moned of Qod to direct the policy and coarse of the

nations, and that if the people do not mbmjssively
concur in such poliaies then the people are unpatri-
otic or disloyal;
J "(4) That they are the authors of the unreason-
sble,nnd falee doctrine of the trinity, by which they
elaim and teach that Jehovah, Jesus, and the holy
spirit are three persons in one, whieh fallacy they ad-
mit cannot be understood nor explnined; that this
false doctrine has blinded the people to the true mean-
ing of the great ransom sacrifice of Jesus W i t ,
tlrrongh which men can be saved;
"(5) That they teach and have taught the fabe
dodrinc of human immortality; that is to say, that
dl men are created immortal souls, which cannot die;
which doctrine they well know to be false, for it is
based exclusively upon the statement of Satan, which
statement Jesus declares to be a great lie (Cten. 3:
1-6;John 8 :44) ;
"(6) That they preaah and tea& the doctrine of
eternal torment; that is to say, that the penalty for
sin is conscious torment in hell, eternal in duration;
whereas they lmow that the Bible teaches that the
wages of sin is death; that hell is the state of death
or the tomb; that the dead are unconsoions until the
mmmection, and that the ransom sacrifice is provided
that all in due time may have an opportunity to b e
lieve and obey the Lord and live, while the wilfully
I
wicked are to be punishod with an everlasting de-
struction;
"(7) That they deny the right of the Lord to e 5
tabliih his kingdom on earth, well knowing that Je-
sus taught that ha would come again at the end of
the world, and that the fact of that time would be
made hown by the nations of Chriskndom engaging
Bm. 8 . HIS OBaANIZATION 125
in a world war, quickly followed by famine, pesti-
lence, revolutions, the return of God'e favor to the
Jews, d.i8treae and perplexity of the nations; and that
during mch time the God of heaven would set up his
kingdom, whieh will stand forever (Dan.2 :44) ; that
ignoring arnd refusing to consider them plain truths
and evidences, they have willingly gone on in dark-
nwa, together with their allies, profiteers and poli-
ticians, in an attempt to set up a world power for the
purpose of ruling and keeping the people in wbjw
tion; all of which is contrary to the Word of God and
against his dignity and good name.
"The doctrines taught by the clergy, and their
course of action herein stated are admitted; and up-
on the undisputed facts and upon the law of God's
Word they stand mnfeawdly guilty before God and
in the eyes of the world upon every charge in this in-
dictment.
"Upon the authority of the propheoy of God's
Word now being ful6lled, we deolare that this is the
day of God's wrath upon Christendom; and that he
stand# in the midst of the mighty and controlling
factors of the world, to wit, the olergy and the prin-
cipal of their ftocks, to judge and to exprw hia rig&
eous indignation again& them and their unrighteous
@ems and doctrines.
"We further declare that the only hope for the
peace and happiness of the peoplas of earth is Mw-
siah's kingdom,
- - his followers
. for which Jesus taught
to pray.
"Therefore we oall upon the peoplas and nations
of earth to witnm that the ataternents here made are
true; and in order that the people might, in this time
of perplexity and distress, have hope and comfort,
we urge upon them t h p r a i d and diligent a t u ~
of the Bible, that they might learn therefrom that
Gbd through Christ and hi kingdom has a complete
and adequate p r o d b n for the blming of mankind
upon earth with peace and prosperity, liberty, happi-
noss and eternal life, and thet his kingdom ia at
hand."
Thna in his own due time God fulfilled hie proph-
eay by m d through his organization, and his faithful
people on earth had a small part therein, even though
without their knowledge at the time that it was a Pul-
9lment of prophecy. It wsa at that same convention
that the proof brought forth cxmelusivdy showed that
Satan is not b o d , but is actively endeavoring to
turn all creation away from Gbd. The "Indictment"
charged that the faithlese clergy, the profiteer8 and
the politicians were in a conspiracy with Satan to
keep the people in ignorance of Qod'a Word and his
Idagdorn, Gbd's conseerated people at that eonvention
and following it began to snaounw what the angel of
the Lord had m d e d by his trumpet:
"And the third angel sounded, and there fell a
great star from heaven, burning sa it were a lamp,
snd it fell upon the third part of the rivers, snd np-
on the fountains of watom; and the name of the star
ia called Tvormwood: and the third part of the waters
bccame wormwood; and many men died of the waters,
because they were made bitter."-Rev. 8: 1%11.
The "great star" falling from heaven as a burn-
ing lamp was Satan. "I beheld Satan as lightning
fall from heaven." (Luke 10: 18) Ee wea one of bhe
great stars before Jehovah Ood. (Job 98:7) Being
a& out of heaven, and seeing civiliiation in great dis-
taws, he pmtmded to become a lightbearer and the
torohlight of civilization. (2 Cor. 11: 14) His purpose
was to deceive the people, but (tod aent his angel and
caused the annonncment to be made that Satan'a
'civilization is doomed'. This was done in the "In-
dictment" and in the world-wide witnese that fol-
lowed and by the Wribution of upward of fifty mil-
lion copioa of the resolution. It was about that time
that God revealed to his people that there had been
a went war in heaven and thut Satan was aast out
of heaven, which t r u t b were later published in The
Watch Tower under the caption of "The Birth of
The Nation". (Z 1925, page 67) The exact time of
Satan's falliig from heaven is not stated, but mani-
featly it was between 1914 and 1918, and was after-
wasds revealed to Oad's people.
"The star," Satan, fell upon the "third part of
the rivm, and upon the fountaim of waters", which
evidently refere to the professional ruling group
as distinguished from the agrieulturd and artisan
group. The ruling group is made up of tliose who at-
tempt to tell the people how the world shall be op-
erated, and who claim to be divinely assigncd to the
work of conducting earth's affairs. Thcy are the
"fountains of waters" who have ignored Jehovsh a~
"the fountain of living waters". They have hewn out
water holes of their own, whioh hold no truth. (Jer.
2: 13) They have attempted to dictate to the people
concerning their every affair of life, and Satan has
complete charge of all such.-Rev. 12:12.
The name of this star is called "Wormwood",
which means bitter. Being mat out of heaven Satan
is in the "gall of bitternw". (Acts 8: 25) He has
tried to make the liva of God's people bitter and to
turn all people to bitterness against Jehwah sod. He

is bitter against Jehovoh and againat the 'seed of
promiae' and is making the existence of the people
bitter.-Gen. 8 :15; Rev. 12 :17.
"And the third part of the waters became worm-
wood.'' The many policies and theories that have
been brought forth by the ruling factors and tried
out on the people have eventuated in bitterness to
the people and to the chagrin of the authors of such
schemes. They are the ones "who turn judgment to
wormwood, and leave off righteoasnem in the earth".
/ A m 5 :7; 6 : 12) This ruling group, 5 d partieu-
Iarly the fraudulent, religiom profitears, are a wicked
arowd, having turned away from the light which they
onae had. "A righteous man falling down before the
wicked is as a troubled fountain [bitter waters], and
8 corrupt spring." (Prov. 25: 26) "And many men
died of the waters, because they were made bitter."
The policiw adopted and carried on since the World
War by the ruling gmup have prolonged and in-
creased human WfEwkg, musing great wastsge and
a tremendous loas of human life. At the same time
eome of the spirit-begotten ones, being deceived and
5lled with bitternem of the Devil, have aho died. The
ruling group since the World Wnr have held over two
hundred conferences, all of which have failed, much
to their chagrin. The Lord is giving these governing
fnctora, and partienlaxly the false clergy and the
principal of their flock, a dose of their own medicine.
To each other they say: "Why do we crit sUl? assem-
ble yourselves, and let ns enter into the defenced
cities, and let w be silent there; for the Lord our God
hath put us to silence, and given'us water of gall to
drink, because we have sinned against the Lord."-
Jer. 8 :14.
R ~ v8. HIS OIl(tANI5ATION 129
The sounding of these trumpets exposes Satan'a
I organization and disclosw God's organieation and
somc of the work being done prepurntory to the great
and finalc o ~ c t .
FOUILTH TRUMPET
Jehovah continuing to direct the movement of his
organization, the fourth angcl of the Lord sounds his
trumpet: "And the fourth angel aounded, and the
third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part
of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so as the
third part of them was darkencd, and the day shone
not for a third part of it, and the night likewise."
(Rev. 8: 12) The third part of the group aomposed
of Big Businem, and symbolized by the golden sun of
prosperity; the so-called ~tatesmen or law-making
element, symbolized by thc moon; and the fraudulent
clergy, symbolized by the stars, claimed to be the
light of the world, and thcy have falsoly used the
I slogan: "Make the world safe for democracy." They
hold forth themselves and their schemes aa the saviors
of men. Their glory must be broken.
God directed his angel, the fourth, to sound, and
directed his people on earth, ae members of his or-
ganization, to take up the message aounded and
r
herald it on. In Auguat, 1925, at a general eonvention
of God's people assombled at Indianapolis, a resolu-
tion "Mwage of Bope" was unanimously adopted
I
which, together with the supporting discourse, "A
1 Standard for the People,1pwas herdded by word of
mouth and by radio and by the printed copiea to mil-
lions of people throughout the earth.
180 L I G H T WY* 8
''MBSSAG'E OF HOPN
"To All Peoples of Qood Will:
"The International Bible Students in general con-
vention aeaembled send greetings:
"When in the course of human affairs the nations
have reached a condition of extremity it is due time
that the peoples give consideration to the inducing
cuusa, to the proffered remedies and to the true
remedy. We humbly invite consideration of this mes
sage to the end that the peoples might 6nd comla-
tion therein and hope for their future welfare.
"For centuries man hae been the victim of oppras-
mon, war, famine, sickness, sorrow and death. At all
times he has desired peace, prosperity, health, life,
liberty and happineas.
"World powers, science am3 philosophy, eommem
and religion, have each in turn offered their respec-
tive remedics for man's relief. I n the name and under
the gnise of democracy, these combine in offering
their joint and several powers to meet the require-
me& of man. Together they claim to be the sunlight
of the world, holding forth all the light that shines
to enlighten and guide the human race.
"Intrigue, duplicity and trickery are fieely re-
sorted to by the political and commercial powera;
scienco and philosophy are marked by vanity and
seE-dcieney; while the religionists, both Catholio
and Protestant, are eonspiouous by their arroganoe,
self-conwit, impiety and ungodliness. Therefore it is
apparent that the remedies offered by any and sll of
these aforementioned elements arc vain, impotent and
powerless to sntisfy man's desire.
"Catholicism claims and assumes that which justly
belongs cxcluaively to God. Noodornists denz h d ,
&. 8' HIS ORQbMZATION 131
deny hie Word and hiis p u r w e of redemption and
offer blind force as a remedy for man's undone con-
dition. Fundamentalists, while professing to believe
the Bible, by their eouraa of action deny the same.
They teach false and God-dishonoring doetrines and
together with Catholics and Modernists are allied
with the political and commercial powers of the world
in hlaaphemously. claiming the abiity to establish
God's kingdom on earth. All of these have combined,
under Satan their superlord, to push God into a wr-
ner and to dishonor his name.
"The r d t s are that the peoples are smarting un-
der the oppressive weight of oommercial profiteers
and their allies, have loat faith in their political lead-
era nnd no longer have respect for the religionists
who have misled them. Being guided by thefalse light
of such an ungodly and unholy alliance, the peoplca
have fallen into darkness. They are like logt Bheep
soattored upon the mountain topa without a shepherd
and are without food and shelter and are made the
prey of wild beasts.
"Tha causes
. for this deplorable condition are that
man by reason of originai sin fell from perfeation:
and that Satan the enmny of God and all r i g h t e ~ w
n w is the invisible ruler or god of this evil world
and by his various agencies hss turned the minds of
many peoples away from God and from his truth.
"The greatest crisis of the ages is impendig and
about to fall, because the old world has ended and
Satan's lease of power is done. Knowing this, and
that his time is short, the Devil is trying to over-
whelm the peoples with a great flood of false and de- .
ceptive dootrines and to turn their minh completely
away from Jehovah. The time has come for God to
 L I G H T E
m'.8
make for himself a name in the eartb and fop the
peoples to h o w the truth concerning the divine pur-
pose, which is the only means of salvation for the
world.
"Therefore, in the name and in the spirit of the
Lord, the standard of God's truth and righteousness
is here lifted up against the enemy and for the bem-
flt of the peoples, which standard is, to wit:
"That Jehovah is the only true God, the &I&
- - . the author and 6nisher of hi
Hiuh, the Almiuhtv.
purpose for the salvation of man, and is the r e
warder of all that diligently seek and obey him;that
the Bible is his revealed Word of truth; that his be-
loved Son Christ Jesus is the Redeemer and Deliverer
of manlrind and, true to his promise, has come to rule
and bless the peoples; that the present turmoil, dis-
trem and perplexity of the nations is in fulfilment of
propheoy, proving that Satan's empire must fall
m n and that the Lord of righteonmeis is taking
p@swsion; that the Lord Jesus is now establjshing
his righteous government and will sweep away Sa-
tan's Btronghold of lies, l a d the peoples into the true
light and judge the world in rightmumeas and the
peoples with hi truth; and that his kingdom of right-
eousness is the only remedy for the ills of humankind.
"We confidently appeal to the peoples to rally to
the divine standard of truth thus lifted up and there-
by learn the way that leads to life and happiness. We
call upon all the peoples of good will of every nation,
kiidred and tongue, to disaard the errors invented by
the enemy Satan and for many years taught by man,
and to receive and believe the divine purpose for sal-
vation as set forth in tho Scriptures.
"God's kingdom for which the peoples have long
prayed is at hand. It alone can and will egtahlish and
stabiliie the world so that it cannot be moved. Its en-
sign of righteousness is the standard now lifted up
for the pwple. Christ Jesus, as glorified King and
great executive ofaoer of Jehovah God, has become
the rightful ruler of the world. Let the pwplw re-
ceive, believe and obey him and his laws of righteom-
neas. All who ao do are certain to receive the bl-
of pence, prosperity, health, life, liberty and eternal
happiness.
"Dated Inddonapolis, Bug. 29, 1925."
That message expoeed the intrigue, duplicity and
trickery of the ruling group. When it fell upon their
earn it cast a gloom on the brightnem of their light.
Their father and leader Satan, and his schemes, and
their own schemee, were exposed to the gaze of the
people, which dimmed the brilliancy of the enemy's
organization. The message pointed out that the cause
of the distress and d e r i n g among the peoples of
earth is due to Satan and his sel5h agenciw. In
striking contrast it held forth a d ' s standard for the
people, pointing them to the divine Btandard as the
only hope of salvation and telling them that Cod's
kingdom and his m i n t e d King has come and is
marching majestically on to the complete deatruetion
of Satan's organization. It was a maasage of gloom to
the enemy organization. It was a message of hope and
joy to thoae who have faith in God. It wag a part of
God's ever-inoreasing light to those who love him.
- --- -- --,the -light
"Mnr~nvnr. --- of- the moon shall be as the
light of the sun, and the light of the sun shall be
sevenfold, as the light of seven days, in the day that *
the Lord bindeth up the breach of hie people, and

hedeth the &&e of their w d . " (18s. 30: 26) On
the 31et of October, 1925, began a world-wide distri-
bution of %his resolution and it8 supporting argu-
ment, and millions of wpies in many langoages were
put in the hands of the people; and this had the effect
of darkening the sahemes of the worldly orgepiza-
tiom.
AN EAGLE
John (the servant clnss) then bchcld, and heard an
"angel" wing in the midst of heaven A nmnber of
versiom render this word "eagle" instead of "an-
gel". (Diag., Roth., A.R.V.) The eagle is far-visioned.
(Job 39: 29) It symbolizes the servant8 of the Lord
who are privilegd to have some far vision of what
the Lord b about to do. It was believed that Jehovah
had provided the radio to proclaim hi mess* of
tmth. Amidst muoh tribulation, which was to be ex.
peeted, the radio station WBBR was built and put in
operation, and at leaat five other radio atatiom were
then broadcwthg the truth. The resolution known
aa the " M e ~ ~ a gof
e Hope", and the aeeompmying
discourse, "A Standard for the Peoplq" was broad-
east throughout America wid Canada on radio st*
. tiom, as well a4 in other forms mentioned
The viaion says that the eagle b heard to say:
"Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the w l h , by
reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three
angels, whi~hax$ yet to soundl" It was in that same
4 A
year that God's people saw clearly that the battle of
Armae;eddon would be the battle of God against S a
tan, and not a meI6e between contending forcas of
mankind. (Bee Watch Tower, January 1, 1925.) It
was seen that there remained much work to be done
to give the witnw before the great and tel~ibleday
EEV.8 HIS OBQANJ.ZA.TION 136
when Jehavah's forces nhall completely triumph. This
fumightednesa of God's people is illustrated by the
eagle. God's devoted people, therefore, with eagle-
vision, have gone forward with the work in proelaim-
jng the vengeance of God against Satan's organiza-
tion, which is a "woe" to those composing the or-
&ation. The elear implication from this statement
muat be that the "voices of the trumpet of the three
angels'' yet to sound would Bnnounee God's ven-
geance upon Satan's organization and assign the rea-
son therefor,
a-. THE JWILEE
At this point will be of intereat to read an article
it,
appearing in the Watch Tower of February 15, 1925,
under the caption, "The Year of Jubilee." It is an
example of how Uud pennib his people to have part
in the f a l m e n t of his prophecy and then later tells
them about it. Without previona knowledge or design
on tho part of any one connected with The Watch
Tower, the time for the Columbw (Ohio) eonvention
was flxed for July, 1924. Exactly ten years, to the
day, from the beginning of the World War the me&
sage "Civilination Doomed" wae delivered in mpport
of the *'Indictment", which time marked the last
typical jubilee; and, &owing that the antitypid
jubilee must begin in 1925, the mwage mnounced
the doom of Satan's organization and that the time
had come when the people should go free. The y m J
1925 marked the due time for the great jubilee, and
the announcement was made in due course. But the
world rulers failed to heed God's message and to
"proclaim libert~throughout all the land". (Lev.
25: 10) On the contrary, the oppression of the people
186 L I O I I T Bw,S
wntinued with increasing power. The wodd ruling
alass had promised the people that the world would be
made safe for demwracy, whioh was equivalent to a
promise that they should be free; but "they turned,
and caused the servants and the handmaids [the class
really doing the laborious work], whom they had let
go free [aa promised], to return, and brought them
into subjection... . Therefore thus saith the Lord, Ye
have not hearkened unto me, in proelaiming liberty,
every one to hi brother, and every man to his ncigh-
bow: bohold me! proclaiming to you a liberty, d e
dareth Jehovah; unto [I] the sword; unto [ Z ] the
pestilence; and unto [a] the famine. .. .And their
dead bodies shall become food for the b i d of the
heavens, and for the beasts of the earth. [And. the]
king ... with his prinoes will I give into the hand of
their enemies, and into the hand of them who are
seeking their life." (Jer. 34: 11,17, 20, 21) (See also
Rotherham.) This prophecy accords with the 1igur5
tive or aymbolic portrayal of the ninth chapter of
Revelation concerning the "two woes", which is now
here considered. Please read Revelation the ninth
ohapter.
TEE BTAU
Jehovah's greatest "star" is Jesus the beloved
"There shall wme a Star out of Jacob, and a Sceptre
ahall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the eomers of
Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth. Out of
Jacob ehall oome he that shall have dominion, and
shall destroy him that remaineth of the city." (Num.
24: 17, 19) This prophecy must have a complete ful-
sent in God's due time. The "fifth angel" was now
due to sound and it marks the fulilhent of tho
prophecy.
We want to believe, we must believe, and we do be-
lieve that the Lord direota the wnme of his people
who are wholly devoted to him. (Pa. 32: 8; 48: 14;
78: 24; Iaa. 68: 11) A convention of a d ' s devoted
people aasemblcd in London, England, in May, 1926.
A dimourae entitled "The Servant and Service'',
baaed upon Isaiah's prophecy in chapter forb-nine,
disolmd for the Arat time to God's aasembled people
the true meaning of "The Servant". A rwolution
entitled "A Testimony to the Rulera of the World"
waa than introduced. It was supported by a public
addreaa delivered at Royal Albert Hall entitled "Why
World Powers Are Tottering". The morning follow-
ing the adoption of thin resolution, ''The Testimony,"
and the delivery of the supporting argument, a daily
paper of London published a full report of both, and
more than a million copies were put in the hands of
the people that day, and later upward of m y million
copies were published in many languages and d b
tributed thronghont the world. At the same conven-
tion the Deliver~lcebook waa released international-
ly. The Lord's people began to see and appreciate,
aa they had not previously, the two opposing organi-
zationa and the privilege that Qod's anointed ones
have in W i g hi witnesses and servaata
"A TESTIMONY
"To THE R u m OF TEE WORLD:
"The International Bible Students in general con-
vention assembled declare their unqualified allegiance
and devotion to the Almighty God, and believing it
to be their privilege and duty so to do, in obedience
to the wmmandments of God, send this tcatimonv to
the governing powers of the world, to wit:
188 L I d H l Fav. 9
"FIRST. That it ia of paramount impo4ance that
all reoognize that Jehovah, the Creator of h e a m and
earth, is the true and Almighty Glod besidea whom
there ia none other; that hie purpose for man is set
forth in the Bible, which is his Word of truth, and
that Christ Jesus ia the Bxecutor of Jehovah's pur-
pose; that it is now apparent to all that the nations
of the world are in dire distress and perplexity, and
great trouble miore terrible than any heretofore ex-
perienced is now threatened; that the efforts of the
rrileru to establish a desirable govesnment or world
power have failed; and, now be it known unto you,
that the outworking of God's purpose concerning
man, and that alone, can and will stabilize the world,
and bring lasting peaoe, prosperity and happinem to
tho peoplea, and that the time has come for W e who
are exercising governing power over the peoples to
recognize theae great truth
"SECOND. That the reason for the prevailing
condition of perplexity and distress is beeawe m m
disobeyed the true God and yielded to the wick& in-
fluenco of Satan, the false god; that Lucifer, origi-
nally the rightful overlord of man, became of his dii
loyalty to God became Satan the Devil, the instigator
of all evil, and the advemary of God, and the arch
enemy of man; that the evil one alienated man from
the true God, and caused him to sin, by resson of
whiah man lost his perfect home and his right to toe
and happiness; that aince then man hm organized
governments and world powera in an attempt to
govern himself, but in so doing ha^ ignored the. Word
of God and submitted to the control of Satan the
Devil; that until now God has not interfered with
Satan to tho end that man might be free to choose
BSW. P HIS O I Z Q ~ T I O N lap
right Or Wrong. But now the time hse oarme when Glod
will intedere in behalf of the peoples.
"THIRD. That Christ Jesus, by his faithfulness
unto death, became the Redeemer and Deliverer of
mankind; that when on earth he taught that the time
for the deliverance of the people would begin when
the evil world under the rulership of Satan &all end,
and that he, Christ Jesne, would return and set up
Glod's kingdom of righteousness that the peoplerr
might know and follow the right way; and for this
reason he taught hia followers to pray, 'Thy king-
dom come. Thy will be done on earth as in heaven';
that in the meantime world powers have been or-
ganieed and carried on for the purpose of m l i and
controlling the peoples, and them world powers are
d-ated in the Scripturw under the m b o l ‘beast'
for the evident r e m n that they are the result of the
combiied efforts of the commercial, political and ec-
eleaiastical leaders of men and are influenced and
dominated by Satan, the gad of this world, and have
been, and are, military, h a d , muel and oppressive,
and manifest the spirit of Satan, their invisible ruler,
or god; and now the repeated cries of oppressed hu-
manity have reached unto the Qod of heaven, who
w i l l hear and deliver them.
"FOURTH. That divine prophecy now fulfilled,
and in the course of fulfilment, beam testimony to
the fact that Satan's lease of power is done, and that
the old world has ended, and that the time is at hand
when Christ Jesus, the executive offieer of Jeh~vah
and the rightful King of earth, will onrrt Satan the
evil one and begin hia righteous government9 whlch
shall establish W'e will on &h; that beginning
with 1914 divine prophccy in the c o r n of fuliihent
140 L I G H T REV. 9
gave testimony that the end of the evil world had be-
gun in this, to wit, the World War, famine, pesti-
lence, earthquakes, revolutions, the return of the Jews
to Palestine, and later follo~vedby general distress
and perplexity of the nations of the world; that this
testimony of the fulfilment of the divine prophecy
having been plainly given to the governing powers of
the world, there is placed upon the sl~ouldersof the
rulers a responsibility that cannot be avoided.
"FIFTII. That although Jehovah God furnished
conclusive proof that the evil world had ended and
that the time for the reign of his beloved Son had
come, yet this testimony was ignored and pushed
aside by those who should have known better; and
contrary to the Word of God the commercial, political
and ecclesiastical rulers attempted to stabilize the
world and keep the peoples under control by adopt-
ing that malashift which is called the League of Na-
tions and which was wrongfully and hlaspl~cmo~xdy
hailed as the political expression of God's kinqdom
on earth; that the real author and father of the
League of Nations compact is Satan the Devil, the
god of this world, which was put forward by him as
his last desperate effort to deceive the peoples, turn
them away from thc true God, and hold them under
his own wicked control; that now after seven ycars
of laborious effort on the part of the proponents of
I there shall be no cnd: it will bring the heart's desire
that compact to establish peacc and prosperity, i t is
practically conceded that the League of Nations is a
complete failure and that its utter collapse is a mat-
ter of o111y a brief space of time; that even now mhile
its advocates are striving to re-assemble their forces
to maintain that disintegrating and unholy alliance,
the peoples are hearing the solemn warning of God's
REV. 9 HIS ORGANUSTION 141
prophet concerning the federation, saying, 'Associate
yourselves, 0 ye people, and ye shall be broken in
pieces; and give ear, all ye of far countries; gird
yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces. Take
counsel together, and it shall come to nought; speak
the word, and it shall not stand. '-Isa. 8: 9, 10.
"SIXTH. That by reason of the blinding influence
of Satan the minds of the rulers and the ruled are
turned away from the true God, and the evil forces
are gathering the wholc world unto the great battle
of the Lord God Almighty; that there is now impend-
ing a time of troublc such as the world has ncvor
known, during which conflict Satan's powerful or-
ganization shall fall never to rise a.gain, and there
shall be such a demonstration of divine power that
all the nations will lcarn that Jehovah is God and
that Christ Jcsus is IGng of kings and Lord of lords.
"SEVENTR. That the great tribulation will re-
veal to the people thc kingdom of God, which king-
dom shall rest upon the shoulder of his beloved Son
the Prince of Peace, and of the peace of that kingdom
of all peoples of good will, and in that kingdom the
blind ignorance with which the people have long been
afflicted will be forever removed and with the knowl-
edge of and obedience to God there shall come to the
people everlasting peace, prosperity, health, lifc, lib-
erty and happiness; and that the kingdom will be the
complete fulfilment of the prophetic song of thc an-
gels, 'Peace on earth, good will toward men.'
"Therefore we earnestly bear before you this testi-
mony: That Jehovah is The Cod, and that he has in-
stalled Christ his Son, as TILEKing of the earth, and
bids you to give Idl obcdicnce to earth's rightful
142 L I O I I T ~aov. B
King. Do so and use your infiuence to turn the minds
of the people to THE: TRUE GOD, that disaster may
not befall you.-Pa. 2: 2-12.''
Concerning the vision John says: "I saw a star
fall f m heaven unto the earth: and to him was
given the key of the bottomless pit [abyss]." The
proper identification of thia atar will be the key to
the underatanding of the prophecy. Undoubtedly that
star is Clrist Jeans: "The Lord himself shall descend
..
[come down] from heaven . with the voice of the
arehangel, and with the trump of Uod." (1 Thess.
4: 16) The Diaglott renders this text:"A Star hav-
ing fallen from the hcaven to the earth." Rotherham
renders it: "A star out of heaven fallen unto the
earth." The fall, as stated in this text, doex not de-
note something bad. Rather the thought is that tho
atar has come down from heaven to earth. Coming
from his exalted position to earth is beat represented
by the word "fall" or "descend", and the Azcthor-
ieed Veraiolc nscs the word "descend". The thought
might be well expressed that thia mighty Star here
and now condescended, descended or came down to
give attention to things pertaining to the earth.
The words of Revelation 9: 1, "to him was given
the key of the bottomless pit [or abyas]," definitely
identify the Star as Christ Jesus. (Rev. 1:18; 20: 1)
No one but Christ Jesus ia given the key to the bot-
tomlass pit, or abyss; hence the Stm mentioned must
be the Lord J c m Christ himself. At his d&h he
went into the abyss, or "pit", but God brought him
up therefrom; and having gained thia victory over
death ho would be the one properly entru4ted with
the key thereto. (Ps. 16: 10; Acts 3: 15) The gtss
mentioned could not be Satan; because if mo, then he
HI8 0RQA.NIZATIQN Y.48
would have the key to let himaelf out of that pit. The
I divine record is that Jesua will open the bottomlm
pit at the end of the thousand years to let Satan out
for a short season; and Jesua opens that pit or abyas
for the sleeping saints to come out in due time. When
Jesas was on the earth he, and none other, had re-
wived authoriw over the a b p or pit. (Luke 8 :30-33,
Diag.) These scripturea identify Jesas as the Star,
beyond any queation.
The record is that when this mighty Star came
down from heaven he opened the bottomless pit or
abyaa and "there arose a amoke out of the pit". The
moke ascending aa from a great furnace is a precur-
sor of destruction coming from that source which
is controlled only by Jehovah and hia Christ. It there-
fore symbolically pictures dastruction. Likewise the
'unruly tongue aet on fire' is one of dastruetion, as
the Soripturm describe. 4 Jaa. 3 : 6) The "whirlwind':
whioh Ezekiel aaw, was a aymbol of the same thing.
(Bzek. 1:4) AE further proof that the "smoke" is a
symbol of coming destruction God's prophet wmte:
"For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an
oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wicked-
ly, .ehall be atubble: and the day that cometh Bhsll
burn them up, aaith the Lord of hoeta, that it &all
leave them neither root nor branch." (Nal 4: 1)
"And the sun and the air were darkened by reason of
the mnoko of the pit." (Rev. 9: 2) Symbolically this
s a p 'the time haa come to proclaim the vengeance of
Jehovah God againat the enemy's organization'.
The resolution adopted at London, above mentioned
aa "A Testimony to the Rulers of the World", and
the supporting meaaage, was the preaching of the
Word of God concerning his vengeance, and giving
 L I Q H T
the reason for the impending fall of the world pow-
ers. This was not the messa$e of man or men, but the
message of t he Lord's Word which God through his
angels, without a doubt, directed should be spoken.
J We must therefore conclude that the angel of the
Lord dire& the movements of Cod's organization in
obedience to the command coming from "the higher
powers", Jehovah and Chriat. The message contained
in the Debivsranoe book, released at the hesame time,
was a more detailed description of Satan's organiza-
tion and God's organization preparing for battle.
T h w messages especially make mention that the
name of Jehovah is exalted and expose the wiclrednes
of the enemy organization. These great truths of J e
hovah therefore caused "the brightness of the firma-
ment" of Satan to be darkened.
Isaiah, giving a description of the Lord in his tem-
ple, says: "And the posts of the door moved at the
voice of him tbat cried, and the house wm filled with
smoke." (Isa. 6: 4) Thus the glory of the Lord ap-
peared, f i l l i i his temple. The proolamation of this
messwe of truth began to put Satan and his cohorts
in the shade. The army of the Lord is now being
mustered, and concerning that army, and what ac-
companies it from the Lord, hi Word says: "The
earth shall quake before them; theheavens shall trem-
ble : the sun and the moon shall be dark, and the stars
shall withdraw their shining; and the Lord shall utter
his voiee before his army; for his camp is very great:
for he is strong that exeauteth his word: for the day
of the Lord is great and very terrible; and who can
abide i t ? And I will shew wonders in the heavens and
in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke."
(Joel 2 : 10, 11, 30) Even the Devil's organization
began to take notice that something undesirable was
approaching. The "moke" and tbat which came out
of it worried the Devil's agents.
LOCUST9
John describes "locusts" coming out of the smoke
upon the earth and that there was given to them pow-
er or authority 'as scorpions have'. (Vs. 3 ) These lo-
custs could not symbolize Satan's servants, but they
do symbolically represent the servants of Jehovah
God. The proof of the correetnesa of this statement
is submitted. Verse eleven of this same ninth ehapter
of Revelation says concerning the locusts : "And they
had a king over them, which is the angel of the bot-
tornleas pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is
Abaddon, but in the G~eektongue hath his name
i Apollyon." This shows that the locusts symbolize an
organized band or company going forth under their
. supreme commander, and ather scriptures identify
Jesus Chrkt as that King and Commander and the
Head of the elect servant of God. The "locusts" there
fore must represent the remnant. The remnant "hon-
or the King".-1 Pet. 2: 17.
The word "Abaddon" is derived from the Hebrew
term abad, and is applied to Jehovah, who iri the One
. that is "able to save and to destroy". Jehovah de-
stroys them that hate him. (Deut. 7: 10) Many Serip-
ture %ex%apply this Hebrew word to Jehovah rela-
tive to destruction. For example : "I will destroy thee,
0 covering cherub." (Ezek. 28: 16) "Shall I not in
that day [day of the Lord], saith the Lord, even de-
stroy [Hebrew, abad] the wise men out of Edom, and
understanding ont of the mount of Esau [Satan's or-
ganization] ?') (Obad. 8) To the same effect it is writ-
 146 L I a n T mv. B
ten: "And it shall come to paas in that day, 4 t h the
Lord, that I will cut off thy horses out of the midst
of thee, and I will destroy thy chariots."-Mic. 5: 10.
The Greek word Apollyon, which the Revelator up-
plies here, mesna "destroying one", and is applied
many timtw in the Scriptures to Jehovah, who is
called the destroying One. (Matt. 10: 28; 21: 41;
Jude 5) If there could be snp doubt abont this, James
settle8 it when he write#: "There is one lawgiver, who
ia able to nave and to destroy [Greek, apollynil: who
art t h ~ nthat judgest nnother9" (Jas. 4:12) The
overwhelming Scriptural authority, in both the Old
and the New Testment, applies these titles to Jeho-
vah. Christ Jesus bcir- the chief executive officer of
Jehovah, to whom is committed all power in heaven
and earth, and being authorized to act as Jehovnh's
officer to destroy, the titles Abaddon and Apollyon
therefore properly apply to him. (Nnm. 24: 17-19;
Mark 1:24; Luke 4: 34) The only mamnable conclu-
sion, therefore, is that Jesw, the glorified King armed
for war and having the key to the bottomlarr pit, is
J the "king" over the "locnsta". Thia definitely identi-
fltw the "locusts" as members of God's organization.
The day of God's vengeance against the enemy. or-
gnnization having come, it is appropriate that Jeho-
vah assume tho role of Destroyer, that is, Abaddon, or
Apollyon ("for our Ctod is a c m m n i ~ gfire"),
which title particularly applies at the time the king-
dom is boing announced. (Heb. 12: 29) His beloved
Son, then, the King, bears the same title, and the title
has a special application in the "day of %heLord",
which day began in 1914 and continues &ereafter.
The description of the "locusts" shows that they
form a pnrt of God's army, the fighting o~ganiaatioon,
. .
aSv. 0 S I B OIcaANIZATION 147
and therefore proves that the same refera to t h e m -
nant on earth, who "keep the commandments of God
and have the testimony of Jesus Christ". These are
the willing volunteers in the day of the Lord's power.
(Pa. 110: 3) John snys: "And the shapes of the lo-
euata were like unto horses prepared nuto battle."
, (Vs. 7) Thia further identiflea them as the same ones
who form the Lord's army as deaoribed by the Proph-
et Joel.--Joel 2.
The home is symbolically wed in the Scriptures to
represent warfare. "The horse rueheth into the bat-
tle." (Jer. 8: 6) God's remnant now on the earth
have taken the offensive. Fearlessly they volunteer
and move forward to battle under their Leader and
Commander. (PB. 110: 3) Jehovah's description of
the horse follows: "Hast thou given the home
etrengtht hast thou clothed his neck with thunder$
Canst thou mnke him afraid as a grasshopper! the
glory of hia nostrils is terrible. He pnweth in the vnl-
ley, and mjoiceth in his strength: he goeth on to meet
the armed men. He mocketh at fear, and is not af-
frighted; neither turneth he back from the sword."
(Job 39: 19-22) Such ia a good description of.those
who fearlessly follow the Lord J m whithersoever
he leads.
'And the locnsta had golden crowns, and their
fwes were aa the faces of men.' (Vs. 7) Thii shows
that W ' s militant remnant is clothed with divine
authority to do kingdom work, which is the crowning
work of all work now to be done, and 'their faces like
men' symbolize that they are benevolent, loving and
kind, and the motive is pure. They reflect God's
imry~cbecause they represent him. They are not
"bald" locusts, such as the Israelites were permitted
to eat. (Lev. 11:22) They have not 'cut off their
hair' for mourning, but they are joyful in the Lord
and are in the liken- of the Lord Jesus, in this,that
they have hair. (Rev. 1:14) The Merenee is, they
have "hair as the hair of women", which qmbclizea
that they are in mbjection to their Head Christ Je
w.-1 Cor. 11:15.
"And their teeth were as the teeth of lions," show-
ing that they are prepared to eat "strong meat" and
are not babes. They are wholly devoted to the Lord
God (1Cor. 3: 1-3; Heb. 5: 14; Joel 1:6) And they
had "breastplates of iron", therefore unbreakable,
because they have on "the breastplate of faith and
love", "the brenstplate of righteousness," and are
"strong in the Lord and in the power of his might".
(1 Thess. 5: 8; aph. 6:12-17) "For he put on right-
eousnesa aa a breastplate. " (&a. 59 :17) They know
that they are right and on Jehovah's aide and they
fear neither man nor devil. They are the e h t i n g
contingent of the Lord's people, joyfully following
their Head and Leader.
"And the sound of their wings waa as the sound of
chariots of mnny horses running to battle." (Vs. 9)
When the Lord's remnant are in action they make
a sounding noise which frightens the enemy. Their
ohief business is to make a joyful noise to the glory
of the Lord. This is another proof that they are of
Qod's organization. By the use of the radio and the
millions of boob they make a great noise; so it is
thought by those who are frightened. One real Chrb
tian can put to fight a thoaennd ecelesiastioal frauds.
"One thousand shall flee at the rebuke of one. " (Iaa.
30: 17) "Like the noise of chariots on the tops of
mountaha shall they leap, like the no& of a flme
of flro that devoureth the stubble, aa a strong pwple
' set in battle array. " J o e l 2: 6.
When God's children learn that there is a remnant
of spirit-begotten ones on earth to whom the Lord haa
wmmitted the testimony of Jesus Christ (Rev. 112:
l l ) , and that they are the witnesses of Jehovah sent
forth to declare his vengeance, it is easy for t h m to
see that the desoription concerning the ' ' 1 ~ ex- "
actly fits the remnant. It shows that this symbolically
represents that division of the Lord's nrmy which is
on earth and which delights to keep the command-
ments of God. About this there cannot be the slighteat
doqbt.
Further descrribing thia militnnt army of "locwtsw
the Revelator says: "And they have tail8 B e soor-
pions, and Btings; and in their tails woa their pdwer
to injure men five months," (Vs. 10, Dbg.) God h
hi own interpreter. He saya: "The prophet . he is ..
the tail." (h. 9 :15) If the prophct teaches lies, then \/
he is a lying prophet; and if he teaches the truth he
is a true prophet. God's people under Christ J w
are teachers and leaders. (Is& 55: 4) The prophecy
or message which they deliver is from the Lord. This
exposea Satan and his organization and his agenta who
teaahlies ;therefore the measage which the locustsleave
behind stings, and has power to hurt. I t is the message
of God's vengeance. It is the prophecy, "the tail.,"
that doas the hurting. No phpieal force is to be used, '/
- but the "locusta" (God's remnant) use their mouthti
, to preach and leave behind the prophecy in printed
form, and the mcaaage does the hurting.
The London proclamation or resolution and the a a
;- oompanying argument set forth that Satan is the god
of this world; that tho British empire is the wt of
t
150 L I G H T Rgv. 9

his beastly organization; that the League of Nations

is the child of Satan, and its mother is the beastly
governments of earth; that God had set his beloved
Son upon his throne as earth's rightful King and
soon SatanJ@organization must go down, and there-
fore the tottering and impending fall of the world
powers. These statements were clearly proven from
the Scriptures, or prophecy of God's Word. The wide
publication of this m e w e stung the British imperi-
alists advoeating the League of Nations, and all the
big men in Satan's organization were stung and hurt
by the prophecy. When more than B t y million copies
were put in the hands of the people the stinging eon-
tinued, and their torment increased "as the torment
of a scorpion, when he striketh a man". Those stung
cried out in woe and in bitter indignation The Brit-
ish press and the olergymen in bitter t e r n denounced
those who had to do with the declaration of this sting-
ing prophecy. The American olergy and press joined
in denouncing the message and the messengers.
This wss the first "woe", and the fact that it is
called a "woe" shows that it must be inflicted by
God's organization upon Satan's organization; and
t h b is further proof that the locusts represent the
Lord's army. "Woe to the inhabiters [ruling factors]
of the earth, by reason of the other voices of the
trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound I"
-Eev. 8 : 13.
The angels of the Lord were instruments used by
him directing his people on earth to give out the mw-
sage above mentioned at London, and this was the
&st "woe"; and two more "woes" must follow.
(Rev. 9 :12) This proves that the two remaining trum-
pets must be woes upon the same organization, which

LOCUSTS DELWDBINQ TEN TBSTWONP Pages 148,149
i a the enemy of God, and that these woes mmt be in-
Ected by Oodk organization. Ood keeps an accurate
account of the tormenting measage and he ahws no
quarter to the enemy. His measage is a torment to the
enemy because they cannot get away from it.
The command given to the lwuata (army of the
Lord) waa that they should not hurt the grnas* nor
any green thing, nor any tree, but hurt only those
men which have not the scal in their foreheads; and
they were not to kill, but to torment. (Rev. 9: 4, 5)
The locnsts God sent upon Egypt ate up every green
thing. (Ex. 10:IS-15) The army of the Lord is dif-
ferent. Pietmd by the "locusts", they do not come
to feed therpselves upon the fruits of the labors of
othera. If these locnats repregented the Devil's agmts
they would devour everything they could lay hold
upon, and particularly those who are sealed by the
Lord in their foreheads. (Rav. 12: 17) It ia only
God's organization that can hart the f e c l i i of and
torment the Devil's servants. God makes it clear in
this prophecy that none of his sealed servants &an
be hurt by the loousts, and this is another proof that
the locusts represent the army of the Lord.
A poisonoas wound by a scorpion often p;N,ves fa-
tal,but these loenats with the power of scorpions were
not sent to kill, but thcy were sent to torment the
devil'^ agents for a fixed period of time. The torment
began in 1926 and in still going o n Concerning the
Devil's visible organization that take counsel against
God and hi anointed he says: "Then will he speak
h t o them in his anger, and in his wrath confound
them." (Ps.2: 5, Roth.) Many instancres of the my-
ing out of their torment might be hore given if waee
permitted, but a few are given to prove the faat.
154 L I C t H T Esv. 0
The British and American clergy, through the pub-
1.k press and from their pulpits, set up a dreadful
howl following the expos6 of the League of Nations
and other parts of Satan's organization. Big Busi-
ness, working under cover with politiaians and the
clergy, proceeded to monopolize the radio in the lands
of Britain and did practically the same thing in
America, although the radio belongs to the Lord. At
a hearing before the Federal &do Commission at
Washington, D. C., Big Business was there with a l l
of ita power, W e d and supported by politiciam and
the clergy. The Federal Council of Churches of Amer-
ion put one of its clergymen on the witnw stand to
support the elaim of Big Business. That clergyman
wan subjected to a eroae-examination undei*which he
sutPered terrible torment and doubtless wished he
might escape by sinking through the floor. He made
himself and the organization for which he stan& ap-
pear ridiculous in the eyes of all present.
Another agent of Big Bnsiness took the stand in an
effort to show the importance of a monopoly. With
great boasting words he told of the attainments of
Satan's organization in the radio business, On croruc
examination he was not only made very uncomfort-
able but was taunted and tormented to the point that
his own action at the time led to a further torment at
the hands of his fellow servants of Satan that lasted
many months. By his indiscretion he opened the way
for the next "woe" to bc broadcast by radio and to
be forcibly inflicted upon Satan's organization, and
this brought tormont to h e l l and many others of
Satan's organization. They fought among themselvea
and cursed each other and many others because of
their torment. The public press and the clergy w
am.9 E I B ORGANIZATION 155
pecially howled because of what took place. The "eve
months" of torment mentioned in the Itevelation evi-
dently means the entire period of time until the other
woes have ended, beoause five is a divine number and
here marks a flxed period of time without designating
how long.
The public proas of London devoted much space to
an arraignment of those who had had to do with the
pawing of the resolutiou and its distribution. It is
stated that in the period of torment men "shall de-
sire to die", or "seek death, and shall not fhd it".
(Vs. 6) The Lord's army is commanded not to kill,
therefore the torment must continue; and while the
agents of Satan have tried to escapc the 'pest' of the
continuous proclamation of the truth of God's proph-
ecy, they have been unable to do so. "Death" sym-
bolizes a way of escape; but they were unable to find
it. They must take their medicine as God has decreed,
because "it shall be, if they refuse to take the cup at
thine hand to drink, then shalt thou [the locusts,
Uod'a representatives] say mito them, Thus saith the
Lord of hosts, Ye shall certainly drink". (Jer. 25:
28) They tried for a time to be dead (indifferent) to
the strong truths brought by the army of locusts; but
thst would not work, and then they began to howl
beoause of their torment.
The British press and the New York Tgrnes and
other like papers vented their spleen by repeated as-
saults upon the poople of God. On September 12,1926,
and within five montbs after the pansing of the " R w
olution" at London, the London ij'unday Exprsss de.
voted two columns to a denunciation of the "Testi-
mony" to the world powem and the address suppcrt-
ing it. By so doing it gavo a further wide advertise.
156 L I G H T &w. 9
m a t to the truth. Shortly thereafter the New York
T i m , the New Yorlc S w , and the New York H s M
supported the British press in an attack upon God's
people. These papers had entered into a contra& to
advertise a public assembly of Bible Students to be
held at Madison Square Garden, New York city, nnd
then repudiated their contract and said unkind things
about the Lord's people. (See Watch Tower, Dee. 1,
1926.) The torment of these members of Satan's or-
ganization is due wholly to the messnge of truth,
I qatems have not taken a bold stand on the side of the
I
which .&in@.Although knowing it is the truth, they
repent not, but continue to blaspheme God. The army
of the Lord, under its King, continues to sjng out
the messnge of truth to the glory of God.
'LOOBE TW BOUND oms1
"And the sixth angel aounded" and the commnnd
was given: "Loose the four angela which are bound
in [at] the great river Euphrates." (See Itevelation
9: 13-21.) To d h i t e l y identify the "bound" ones
will aid to underatand this prophecy. From and pin%
1875 particularly there have been many people who
have desired to serve God and who have consecrated
themaelves to do so. Almost nll of them nnited them-
selves with some church denomination. Aa Christ con-
tinued to prepare the way before Jehovah, prior to
coming to his temple, a goodly number of these peo-
I political element ruled the city, but did so through
ple sepnrnted themselves from the denominations and
were drawn together for the study of God% Word,
and for his service; and it is from this latter dass
that the "remnant" is taken and anointed of the
spirit of Jehovah to do his work. The greater number
of the wnaeerated, however, remained in the denomi-
I mv. 0 BIB OBaANT4ATION 157
national system. Before all the spirit-begotten ones
the opportunity ww set to become God's witnwes or
measengem, otherwise spoken of as hi^ nngels. The v
"great crowd" that remnined in the denominntional
Lord. They have bwn held in restraint, which makes
them prisoners in the denominntiom, beeam of their
fear to take a stand against the denominatiom nnd
to publicly and boldly doclare the Lord's m w q e .
When the time comes and such are released and do
trike their stand on the side of the Lord, although
they will not be among the anointed witness clam, yet
by their lives they will benr testimony thnt they are
Jehovah's children and will receive approvd by him,
which is represented by their 'robes washed and made
white in the blood of Chrint'. They being God's be-
gotten ohildren and bound in the prison and held by
the prison keepera, God will loose them and use them
in his own due time for his purposes.
The ancient city of Babylon wns the greatest city
ever built upon the river Euphrates. By the commerce
carried on that river the city was supported and
maintained. It had suspended gates that swung out
over the river, and these furnished a m e w of mili-
tary protection and defonse. The commercid and
the p o w and influence of the religionists "Baby-
lon" is one of the names the Soriptures give to the
Devil's organization, and particularly when the re-
ligion of Satan is in the saddle and controls. (See
book Prophecy, pagw 126-144.) "Babylon" is ~
mother of Satan's organization which gives birth to
and nourishw Satan's seed. "Organized Chistian-
ity," so salled, is a part of Satan's organization, sinoe
 L I Q H T Fa% 0
he has gotten control thereof; and it is supported by
the people, pictured by the great river Euphrates.
In ancient Babylon the men of influenoe were the
religionists and cxereised power by and with the aid
of the commercial and political allies. Today the
clergy of so-cnlled organized Christianity exercise
their power of control by and through the conuner-
cid giants, who control Big Business, and the politi-
eians, who make and enforce the laws and carry on
the governments. All the clementa of Satan's or-
g h a t i o n , and particularly the clergy part thereof,
oppose the message of truth concerning God's kingdom
and perseoute those, who proclaim it. They induce
their allies, Big Business and the political element, to
persecute God's anointed. Had it not been for their
evil influence so exercised today there would be mil-
lions of people praising God nnd hailing Christ as
earth's rightful King, and doubtless Armagddon
would be unnecessary. It is the evil influence of these
r u l w in Babylon that holds tho prisoners in re.
straint, which prisoners me timid, have agreed to
serve Uod but me fearful to take a positive atand
Note that at the sound of the sixth angel a voice is
hoard from among the four horns of the golden altar.
(Rev. 9: 13, Roth.) It must therefore be a voice of
one of Jehovah's organization, to wit, Christ Jesus,
the groat Priest of the Most High, who giaes it, be-
muse it aomes from all parts of the altar, the place
of swrificc, and Christ is the one great saorifiee for
all. The command given is: "Loose the four angels
which are bound at tho great river Euphrates."
(R.V.) In this connection mark another prophecy
from Jehovah: "Thna saith the Lord to his anointed,
to Cyrus, whose right hand I have holden, to wbdue
Esv. Q HI8 OBBAXWATION 159
nations before him; and I will 1- the loine of
k i n g s , to open before him the two leaved gates; and
the gates shall not be shut. I have raised him up in
righteousness, and I will direct all hie ways: he shall
build my oity, and he shall let go my oaptives, not for
price nor reward, saith the Lord of hosts. '-Ian, 45 :
1, 13.
By this prophccy Jehovah picturw Christ his be-
loved, the groat antitypical Cyrus, acting as his chief
officer, swinging back the two leaved gates of Babylon
that the imprisoned ones might be loosed In thia
work the Lord usw his angek invisible to men and
8180 mambers of his organFeation on the earth. With-
cut a doubt the 'prisoners held at the Euphrates' are
those who compose the "great multitude" olw; and
since they are mentioned aa "fonr", it would symbol-
ize those who are in every quarter of the earth and
in dl the prisons. In his own due time the Lord re-
vealed to hie people who they are that compose the
prisoners, and it was made known to them through
the column8 of The Wafoh Tower (November 15,
1926). These "prisoners", when loosed and brought
into the organization as servants of The Christ, are
properly designated "angele", because they will be
servants of the Lord. (Rev. 7: 9, 15) The Lord having
come to his temple and built up Zion, the due time
had arrived for God to 'hear the cries of the prison-
ers'. "When the Lord shall build up Zion, he shall
appear in his glory. He will regard the prayer of the
destitute, and not despise their prayor. This shall be
mittan for the generation to come; and the people
which shnll be created shall praise the Lord. For he
hath looked down from the height of his sanctuary;
om heaven did the Lord behold the earth; to hear
. ... .A
.Mrn
the groaning of the prisoner, to loose those that are
appointed to death; to dedare the name of the Lord
in Zion, and his praise in Jerusalem." (I%. 102:
16-21)"Jerusalem" is a Bymhol of Qod's orgaaim
tion, and includes the "great multitude". "Zion"
particularly diatina;aishes the members of the body
of Christ from the other spirit-begotten ones.
BIXTH TRUMPET
The Lord sent his angel to sound the sixth -pet,
and at the anme time the command is given to loose
the bound ones; and such mwnge must of necessity
be a "woo" to Satan's organization that rula the
arch. The Lord caused his people to assemble in gen-
eral convention at Toronto, Canada, in July, 1927.
The Lord had so arranged conditions that the bmad-
casting combine was put in n position that i@radio
facilities muat be wed to the glory of the Lord. Un-
wittingly Satan's agents fell into the Lord's trap,
and this increased the torment for Satan's orgmim-
tion. Before a visible audience of 15,000 people, and
within the hearing of an unseen audience of millions,
an addrcsa entitled "Freedom for the People" was
delivered at this Toronto assembly, and the resolution
entitled "To the Peoples of Christendom" was read,
and the visible and invisible audience by vote adopted
the resolution. Fifty-three radio stations were lidxed
together, extending from the A t h t i c to the Paoife
coast, and these, together with short-wave broadonst-
ing apparatus, heralded the truth through the United
States and Canada and to the lands acrm the sea.
The spirit and substance of that message was: "Loose
those who are bound in Satan's orgnnkation and let
them go free."
The Lord sent hi^ nngel to dirwt this meeaage, and
caused it to be given, and ased his w i t n m on earth
in connection therewith, and it waa heard by mil-
lions; and then later more than fifty million printed
copies were put in the hands of the people; which
message follows:
"RESOLUTION
"To TEIE P E O P LOF~ CHRI~TENDOM :
"Tho International Bible Students in general wn-
vention assembled send greetings:
"A8 Christians and witnwes to the name of Je-
hov& God we deem it our privilege and dnty to call
your attention to the following vital facts:
"FIRST: That God made of one blood all peoples
and nations of men to dwell on the earth, and granted
to dl peoples equal rights. There is therefore no jast
cause or excuse for one nation to mnke war n g W
another nation.
"SECOND: That the foremoat nation6 of the enrth
I claim to be Christian nations and, taken collectively,
they constitute lChrktmdomv or 'organized C k r b
I tianity', ao called; that the men ahielly responsible
for the elWm that these are Ohriatian nations are the
clergymen of the variow religions denominations who
e& themwlvea by the name of Chriit but who in fact
have denied him; that their purpose of claiming that
these nations are Christian ia to induce the people3
to beliew that said nations, although military and
cmel, are the representatives of God and his W ion
earth; that such claim is fraudulent and false nnd has
turned the minds of millions of honest people away
from the true God and from his Christ; that the in-
.
vieible ruler of the nations of 'Christendom', or 'or-
m- ' I
a62 L I G H T m.9
II.
ganized Christianity' so called, is Satan the Devil,
who hw fathered the scheme of forming 'organized
Christianity ' to deceive the people and to keep them
in subjection to himself and his agencies.
"That the massea of the peoples of the nations are
entitled to self-government exercised by the people
for the general welfare of all; but instead of enjoying
such rights a mall minority rules; thnt the money
power of the world has been concentrated into the
hand8 of a few men called high haneiers, and these
in tarn have corrupted the men who make and exe-
cute the lam of the nations, and the faithlw clergy
have voluntarily joined forces with the high finan-
ciers and professional politicians and that said un-
holy alliance constitutes the governing powers that
rule the peoplos; that the mwea of the peoples, act-
ing under a misapprehension of the true facts, have
borne up, carried, supported and maintained 'organ-
ized Christianity'; and that without the support of
the common people the unholy alliance constituting
'orgnuid Chrietianitf could not long exipt.
"THIBD: That for centuries the privilc,-a en-
joyed by men have been wholly unequal and unfair.
The multitudea have produced the wenlth of the
world, but have been unjastly deprived of the fruits
of their labors. That the lenders of 'Christendom',
instend of tcaching the children of men the doctrines
of Christ, whom they claim to follow, teach them to
murder thcir fellow creatures; and thnt now the
rulers are amalgamating the common people with the
military, in order to make all the peoplas a part of
and subject to their great war machine; that by un-
just lam the common people, contrary to their own
wishca, have been compelled to go to war against w h
other, d t i n g iin great m m w and d e r i n g , multi-
tudea of broken hearb snd milliona of untimely
gravw, that 'organized Christianity' hm turned a
de& ear to the petitions and entreaties of the people
for relief, and now the criea of the oppressed people
hsve entered into the eam of Jehovah &d, and his
time ia at hand to give the peoplca deliverance and
freedom.
"FOURTH: That Jehovah is the only true &d,
the Friend and Benefactor of the ueonles. He has
now set his beloved Son C h h t ~esrm-u~in his throne .
and bids all the peoplca of earth to hear and to obey
him who is earth's rightful King.
"FIFTH: That the kings and rulm of the earth,
to wit, tho@ constituting the said unholy allianc@,
have been duly notifled that God has set hk Ehg
upon his throne and that hi kingdom irr at hand; but
they rduee to understand or to take heed, and they
walk on in darkness. Therefore God has decreed and
deelnred that there shall come upon the world a time
of tribulation such as never was known and that dnr-
ing that trouble 'Christendom' or 'organized Chris-
tianity', so called, and all of Satan's orgunkbtion
shall be destroyed; and that Christ Jewa, the right-
eoue K i i , will assume complete authority and con-
trol and will bless tho peoplea of earth.
"SIXTH: That it must be now apparent to all
thoughtful people that relief, comfort and blwinge
RO mwh dcaired by them can never come from ths
unrighteoas #@em of 'Christendom' or ‘organizes
Christianity', and that there is no reason to give
further support to that hypoeritieal and o p p r d v e
system. In this hour of perplexity Jehwah G)od hidti
the pcoplea to ahandon and forever forsske ' Chtbk%.
 L I C H T REV.
dom' or 'organized Christianity' and to turn com-
pletely away from it, because it is the Devil's or-
ganization, and to give it no support whatsoever; and
that the peoples give their heart's devotion and al-
legiance wholly to Jcliovah God and to his King and
kingdom and receive full freedom and the blessings
God has in store for them.
"SEVENTH: For four thousand years the cher-
ished desire of Jews has been God's Messianic king-
dom. For nineteen centuries that kingdom has been
the hope of real aristians. It is now at hand. True
to his promise God by and through the reign of
Christ will lift the burdens of the peoples, free them
from war, fraud and oppression, from siclmess, suf-
fering and death and give to them a righteous gov-
ernment and the blessin@ of everlasting peace, pros-
perity, life, and happiness."
Here again the Lord through his angel directed his
people on earth in his service to have a part in his
work; and all the glory and honor is due to Jehovah's
name. God had foretold that the bound ones would
be crying out: "Bring my soul out of prison, that I
may praise thy name [be thy 'angel' or messenger to
serve thee]." (Ps. 142: 7) "The Lord looseth the
prisoners." (Ps. 146: 7) Jehovah anoints his faithful
servant class to 'preach the good news, the opening
of the prisons to them that arc bound'. "That thou
mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth." (Isa. 61: 1;
42: 7; 49: 9) His servants on earth began that work
in July, 1927, and it still goes on to the glory of God.
The record is, "The four angels were loosed, which
were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month,
and a year, for to slay the third part of men." (Vs.
15) This seems to say that the 'loosing' work shall
9
Rav. 9 HIS ORGANIZATION 165
continue until God's fixed time to finish it, when that
class of prisoners, pictured by Samson, shall pull
down the structure on tl~eiro m heads; and at the
same time God will complete the downfall of the gov-
erning element, which is pictured as 'slaying' them.
(See Judges 16: 29, 30.) The work of declaring the
message for the release of the prisoners, and to the
glory of God, still goes on; and it is done by and
through many radio stations broadcasting the truth,
which message goes into the "prison houses" regard-
less of the effort of the clergy, or 'prison keepers', to
prevent it.
The service workers of the Lord followed up this
barrage with the message of the kingdom in printed
form. Thc facts show that a t the beginning of 1930
more than seventy-seven million volumes of books, in
thirty languages, containing this message of the king-
dom have been put in the hands of the people. This
part of the work is assigned to members of God's or-
ganization on the earth, and they continue to joyful-
ly sing forth his praises while the mighty forces of
Jehovah march on to complete the downfall of Sa-
tan's organization in due time.
The number of the "army of tho horsemen" is
given as two hundred million. (Vs. 16) The "bound"
ones could not be of this army that make the direct
attack upon the outside of Babylon's walls, because
they are inside. The army must therefore be conSned
to those whom God has anointed for that purpose.
"And the armies which were in heaven followed him
upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and
clean. " (Rev. 19 : 14) These armies donhtless include
the myriads of angels, as well as a little company of
people on earth. "EIis camp is very great: for he is
166 L I G H T Ztev. #
etrong that executeth hie word." (Joel 2: 11) Ood's
army is wall equipped and is fearlei%. (Job 39: 19-25)
This two hundred million of the Lord's army sound
the m a g e of woe to the "inhabiters" or rulers un-
der Satan. The anointed on earth should be en-
couraged. Let them rejoice and say: 'They that be
with ua are more than they that be with the enemy.'
-2 Ki.6 :16.
The vision diaclo~~esthat the horses and ridem have
breastplates of fire, jacinth, and brkwtone, and the
horses had heads like lions, and out of their mouths
iaaued fire and brimstone. (Vs. 17) Such a flew, snl-
phuroua breastplate would be a terrifying sight for
the enemy to behold. In symbolic languee the Lord
says : "The day of vengeanoe is in mine heart. " (Isa.
63 :4) Such also is the heart attitude of the Lord's
army, pictured by the fiery breastplate, and that fiery
zeal for Jehovah is pietured as covering the most vital
organ, to wit, the heart, and it W e a the enemy
but speak8 victory to Qod'e anointed.-PhiL 1:28.
"The Lion of the tribe of Juda," Chist Jssns,
leads the army of the Lord, and the members of his
body are appropriately described as 'having heads
like liona'. (Vs.17) This is a very appropriate d e
%ription of the cavalry division of the army of the
Lord, which is strong in the Lord and in the power
of his might. "What is stronger than a lion?" Like
those who followed David, they are "men .. . fit for
the battle, ... whose faces were lilte the faces of
lions". (1 Chron. 12:8) The Lord's people are of the
Davidic class. "The wicked flee when no man pur-
sueth: but the righteous are bold as a lion." "The
king's wrath is as the roaring of a lion." (Pmv. 10:
12) The power of these soldiers of the Lord is in their
REP. 0 HI8 O M ~ A T I O N 167
mouths and in their tails, which are like the tail of
a serpent. (Vss. 18, 19) Jahovah hos put his message
in the mouth of hie people and has made them hin
witnesses while he does hi great work. (ha. 51: 16)
These preach his Word and aing his prsises, and thie
message issues from their mouths. The "tail" is the
prophetic message which they doliver. God has n o t v
authorized the wielced to speak his Word, but has
commissioned hisl anointed ones to deliver his mwsage
of truth and lapeak his word of vengeance against the
enemy organization. (Ps. 50: 16, 17) These aervsnts
of the Lord speak the message by their mouths, and
leava the prophetie message, as the "tail", behind,
which the people read; and therefore they assault the
enemy organbation "both coming and going". The
publio witness message that went forth from Toronto
waa spoken by word of mouth and broad& over
my-three radio stations. Without a doubt a great
number of mouths (loud-speakers of meiving sets)
took the message from the ether and heralded it to
millions of listening people. The immediate response
by wire and letters from every part of the e o ~ ~ ~ . t r
proves thia fact to be correct. Then followed the
world-wide distribution of the measage in printed
form. This message from the mouth and "tsilJ' has
dung the enemy organization, and atill stings. By the
three destructive agencies, 'fire, arnoke and brim-
stone,' many were killcd; that is to say, their M u -
ence and power to dewive the people was rendered
nil. The message of the Lord, following in printed
form in the Freedom booklet, went both to the gov-
erning powers and to the people. I t was sot man's
m q e , but God's measage taken from his Word,
and t e h of his deatruotion of the unrightaow
168 L I G H T REV. S Em. 9 HIS OEf.3ANI5ATION 169
tems. "The breath of the Lord, Like a stream of brim- it sets itself up as the one to determine what shall be
stone, doth kindle it. For Tophet [which % the valley given to the people in religiow matters.
of Hinnom] is ordained of old; yea, for the king The Lord sent forth his invisible angels to sound
[worIdly ruling powers] it is prepared : he hath made the trumpet and direct the message, and he caused
it deep, and large; the pile thereof iS fire and much hi visible servants on earth to join in the worlr. By
wood. "-Isa. 30 :33. their mouths they have spoken the message; and they
This work the Lord does when he comes to his tem- have left behiid "the tail", which is the prophetic
ple for judgment: "The Lord % in his holy temple, message, and thii has cawed the Devil's representa-
the Lord's throne is in heaven: his eyes behold, his tives to squirm and writhe under the torment. Mani-
eyelids try, the children of men. Upon the wicked he festly this is what the prophet saw when he wrote:
shall rain snares, fire and brimstone, and an horrible "He that sitteth i n the heavens shall laugh: the Lord
tempest: this shall be the portion of their cup." (Ps.
11:4 6) That memage, spoken by word of mouth,
and then thrust into the hands of millions of people,
and left behind for them to chew on, left a smarting
sensation like the sting of a serpent. God had said:
"Behold, I wiU send serpents, ... which will not be
eharmed, and they shall bite you, saith the Lord"
(Jer. 8: 17), and this prophecy was fuliilled.
The public press, whioh is the tool and mouthpiece
of the ruling powers, immediately thereafter sent up
a ery or howl, aa a result of the sting. The Toronto
press the next day urged the legal department of the
government to take immediate steps to deport the
public speaker of the occasion who read the resolu-
tion, and then vigorously denouneed the message that
was delivered. The New Pork Timas broke its silence,
and for once screeched and howled against the truth
and delivered the cries of the olergy. The National
Broadoastiig Company, another mouthpiece of the
unholy alliance, joined in the howl and denunciation,
and ever thereafter has refused to have its radio fa-
cilities again used in broadcasting the mesage of
God's Word of truth. In an effort to offaet the truth
170 L I G H T REV. 9
shall have them in derision. " (Ps. 2 : 4) God's people
laugh with him.
The message showed the close alliance between the
clergy, Big Business, and the politicians. Thereafter
many of the clergy went out of the business and went
into commercial pursuits. Their preaching business
was killed.
...
"And the rest of the men which were not killed,
repented not." (Vs. 20) aten of the world of all
divisions thereof still insist on a government without
Cod and without Christ. Even though the truth is
pointed out to them that God has set his King upon
his throne, and the time has come to establish his
kingdom, and that this is the panacea for the ills of
humankind, they still persist in their wicked course
of oppressing mauliind, and insist on ruling them.
They refuse to welcome earth's rightful King. They
continue to bow down to Satan and his doctrines con-
I
cerning man's origin and his destiny. They worship
material things rather than the Creator. The influ-
ence of Satan still induces many of them to hate
(which is murder) the Lord's people and to persecute
them. Many who profess to be Christians still eon-
tinue their illicit relationship with tlie unrigliteor~s
things of this world. They have a preference for tlie
doctrine of devils rather than for the Word of God.
Under the pretense of a sanctimonious religion they
endorse and carry on a wicked system of laws which
are unrighteously enforced. They rob and lrill their
fellow men. They rob God of that to which he is just-
ly entitled, by drawing away the people from him
and to the side of Satan. Jehovah continues to move
his organization into position for further positive
action.
I:
CHAPTER VI
Transition
(REVELATION,
CnaPmRs 10 AND 11)
J EHOVAH raised his beloved Son out of death,
took him to heaven, and made him his chief
officer forever. Although clothed with all power
and authority to act, he must await Jehovah's due
time for him to act in taking possession of the world
and ousting the enemy Satan. The time for the be-
ginning of that period of transition Jehovah definitely
fixed: "The declaration of Jehovah to my Lord
[Christ] "; thus begins the Prophet David, who fore-
shadowed Jesus, and then adds that Jehovah said to
his beloved Son: "Sit thou at my right hand, until
I make thy foes thy footstool." When the due time
came to end the waiting period, and therefore to
begin the transfer of possession, Jehovah through his
prophet says to Christ: "Thy sceptre of strength will
Jehovah extend out of Zion, tread thou down in the
midst of thy foes."-Ps. 110: 1,2, 220th.
The period of waiting ended in 1914 and there be-
gan the transfer period. No longer will Jehovah per-
mit Satan to go on nnhimdered and unrestrained in
his rulership of the world. The kingdom or rulership
of the world must come into the possession of earth's
rightful King. (Ezek. 21: 27; Rev. 11: 15) The due
time having come, Jehovah addressed a sweet message
to his beloved One and said: "Beautiful, beautiful!
thou art, beyond the sons of men! a gracious charm
hath been set on thy lips; therefore hath God blessed
thee to the ages. Gird thy sword upon thy thigh, 0
171
172 L I G H T Em. 10
hem! in thy maje&y and thy state; t d the bow,
smceed, ride onl for the sake of truth and the hu-
miliation of righteollsnes, and thy right hand w i l l
teach thee fearful things. Thine a m nre sharp--
peoples under thee fall:- in the heart of the foas
of the idng. Thy throne, 0 Ood, is to the ages and
beyond, a weptre of equity is the Eceptre of thy king-
dom; thou ha& loved righteousness, and hated law-
leaan-: therefore hnth God, thy h d , anointed thee
with the oil of gladness
- above thy. partner&"-Pa.
. 11:26); "and the Lord oame d o m in the pillar of
45: 27, Both.
Christ Jesus, the great executive o5cer of Je-
h o d , now t u n a his attention to things pertaining
to earth and to the one who had for long misruled it.
Thus he m e down from heaven to earth. (1 Thw.
4: 16) He began a war in heaven and cast the enemy
out and into the earth, and proceeded to carry out
his Father'a purposes. Jehovah foretold this by his
prophets, including the book of Revelation, and in
due time he reveals the understanding thereof to his
people. Chapters ten and eleven of Revelation have
to do with tho transfer of the posaeasion of the king-
dom of this world fmm Satan to Christ, and inciden-
tally to the p h g from one state to another of the
work done and to be done on earth by the faithful
people of God. Chapters ten and eleven of Revela-
tion should here be onrefully read; and bleased is he
who understands.
"And I saw another mighty angel come down from
heaven, clothed with a aloud: and a rainbow waa
upon hie head, and hia face was as it were the sun,
and his feet aa pillars of jire." (Pa. 1) The mi$hty
angel here mentioned is Michael, the Anointed, Ood'e
beloved Son. The coming of Jehovah's Christ down
t Cjhriat Jews has "the everlasting covenant" and
TBANSITION
from hewen to earth was much better underatocd
after the sixth trumpet had sounded. In proof of
this, see W ~ t c hTower, February 1and 15, 1928.
"Clothed with a cloud" the mighty angel comes
down from heaven. In symbol this menns four sep-
arate and distinct things, to wit: (1) Invisibility. v'
The coming of the Lord is unseen by human eyes
because he is spirit. "And the Lord [Jehovah] oame
down in a cloud, and spoke unto him [Moses] " (Num.
the cloud, and stood in the door of the tabernacle"
(Num. 12: 5) ; (2) it denotes hie presence with favor
to hia faithful servants: "In the light of the king's
eoantenanoe is life; and his favour is as a cloud of
the latter rain" (Pmv. 16: 16); "thou shalt bring
down .. . the heat in a dry place; even the heat
with the shadow of a cloud" (Iaa. 25: 5) ; (3) it
denotes his presence with woo to hie enemies: "And
I looked, and behold, a whirlwind came out of the
north, a grent cloud, and a 6re infolding itself"
(Ezek. 1:4) ;and (4) it denotes the glorioue preaenca
of Johovah attending him: "Then the glory of the
Lord [Jehovah] ... stood over the threshold of the
house [temple] ; and the house wna 5lled with the
cloud, and the court was full of the brightness of
the Lord'a glory." (Eeek. 10: 4) The same meaning
of the word cloud would be applied to the Son, who
is now the expm image of the Father, and the
brightnew of his glory.-Heb. 1:3.
A "rainbow" waa about the head of the mighty
angel, and thus shows he is Jehovah's representative,
since the rainbow is aka shown es ~ I I C ~ I ' C ~Jeho-
~~R
vah'a throne. (Rev. 4: 3; Eeek. 1:28) ~vidently

must take to aaaount the &era of the world who
have unrighteously shed muoh human blood i n viola-
tion of the covenant. "My bow in the cloud, and it
&dl he for a token of a covenant between me and
the earth." (Qen. 9 :13) The sipif3cance of the rain-
bow na a symbl of the evorlaating covennnt was bet-
ter understood &er the sixth trwnpet had sounded
and before the soventh had sounded. See Watch
Tower, Dee. 16, 1927.
Further describing the "mighf~angel" it is writ-
ten: "His fnee was as it were the sun, snd his feet
as pillars of fire." Thus Christ Jerms is identifted as
the Sun of righteousness. (Mal. 4: 2) On an oeca-
&on he was transcgured before his faithful diseiplw
and "his faoe did shine as the mu". (Matt. 17: 2)
The sun rules when the day comes. (Pa. 136 :8 ; Jer.
31: 35) Ohrist J m , tho great ~ n nand light of the
world, has come.
'His fiery feet' symbolically says: 'He must tread
down and deatroy the enemies and mnke them his
f o o W L ' (Pa. 110: 1 ) It is the feet of Jems that
bruise Satan. (Rom. 16: 20) Jehovah put dl thin@
under his feet. (Ps. 8: 6 ; 1 Cor. 15: 25-27) All thin@
are put under his feet.-Eeb. 2: 8.
A 'little book open and held in his hand' symboli-
cally apeaka of the revelation of a d ' s purposes in
the band of his beloved Son, with power and author-
ity to reveal them. (Deut. 31 :26 ; Pa. 40 :7) This
is further a conclusive proof that the truth is not the
product of any man, and it is wrong to g h any mnn
6 t for the revelation of the truth. The truth and
the revelation thereof belongs to Jehovah, and he
osss his High Prifst, C W Jcws, to open it and to
TRANBITION 175
make it lmown in due time. The fact thnt the book
was open signitles that the time hae come to make
known to his people the purposes of a d .
The mighty angel, Christ Jesus, sets one foot upon
1 "the .nJJ nnd the other upon (Ithe earth"; that is
to my, upon "the sea", the people that @upportand
bear up Satan's orgnnization ; and upon "the earth",
the ruling powers of Satan's visible organiEation.
Therefore the time approaches for 'woe in the earth
and in the sea' becam of these "pillars of &.".
'
(Rev.12: 12, A. It. V.) In symbolic language Christ
Jesus is shown tnking charge of the &airs that had
bean aommitted to his hand by his Father. Now he
would %topthe World War, and did atop it, that the
people of Cod might be gathered together and do the
witness work before the h a 1 end. In h e , this swrm
to correspond to the sealing of the saints. (Rev.
7 :2,3) 'Crying out with the voiae like a lion' agm-
1 bolically says: 'It ia the time for justice and judg-
nent, and judgment must hegin at the house of God.'
( 1 Pet. 4: 17) Having assumed his place as King,
and hnving ousted Satan from heaven, Uhrist Jaus
I
comes to his temple for judgment. "The Lord will
roar from Zion, and utter his voice from Jemnlem ;
and the habitations of the shepherds shall mourn, and
the top of Camel shall wither." (Amos 1:2) "The
Lord also shall roar out of Zion, and uttcr his voice
from Jerusalem; and the heavens nnd the earth shall
shake: but the Lord will be the hope of his pcoplc, and
the strength of thc ahildren of 1arael."-Joel 8: 16.
"When he had cried, seven thundors uttered their
voices." (Rev. 10: 3) The thund?rs represented the
I voice or message of Jehovah rebuking the enemies
176 L I Q H T Bmo. 10
and expressing his indignation. (Ps. 104: 7) The
thundem mund, for the temple is open-Rev. 11 :19.
Looking now to the faat8 well known, which seem
to clearly fit the ful5lment of this prophecg, it is
found that early in 1918 the enemy beheaded the
"John the Baptist" witness work Elijah had done
a work and had prophesied, whieh propheey John the
Baptist fuUZled in mininture; and when the Lord's
people were atoppcd in their witness work in 1918
those faithful onea engaged in that work wlledively
ful.6lle.3 the picture of John the Baptist b e i i b e
headed in a more complete way. It seem certain that
it wan about this time that the "thunder&" were ut-
tered. These thundera represented the indignation of
Jehovah against such things as the persecution of
his people and the stopping of his work by the im-
prisonment of many who were serving him; also rep-
resented his indignation exprwsed against the pro-
fessed people of Christendom who adopted a League
of Nations in plaw of the kingdom of God, and also
agsiant the atrocities committed by the Devil's or-
ganization against God's pwple. It was after 1919
that Glod's people lcarned that Satan's organization
iooludea Big Businem and professional politieians, as
well as the religious frauds. The wrath of W muat
be exprassed against all of these three factors of
Satan's organization. "Seven thunders" therefore
symbolicallp repment the expression of Cod's right-
eous indignation against all parta of Satan's organi-
zation. There had been muoh truth publisked against,
the religious wing of the Devil's organisation, par-
tieulazly in the latter part of 1917 and the early part
of 1918. Then later Number twenw-seven of The
Colden Age brought forth the proof that Big m e w
lo TBANBITION 177
i and the pmfessional politiciana are partdl of mch
wicked organhation. The oopy for that Nmber
twenty-seven of The Golden Age was written ohidy
bdrind prison walls. The massage of God now "thuu-
dered" against all parts of Satan's wicked organiza-
tion.
"I was about to write: and I heard a voice from
heaven saying unto me, Seal up thoee things whieh
the seven thundera uttered, and write them not."
(Rev. 10:4) It was expeeted by God's faithful wit-
nesses that Number twenty-seven of The Goolden Age
would be quickly followed by much more testimony in
the way of denunciation of Satan's organieation, but
this expectation wan not at all realized. The Lord,
through the colnmns of The Watch Tower (January
- 1, 1921), revealed to his people the true symbolic
meaning of the term "beast", as used in the Scrip-
tures, showing the same to apply to the vimble pa.rt
of Satan's organization, the ruling factors of which
are Big Business, pliticiana and the clergy. Th%
wvas an expression from Jehovah's Word of his indig-
nation against the unholy alliance that would make
void The Kingdom; hence morc was expected quickly
to follow in like manner. But the time was at hand
to gather the saints together and seal them and then
sand them forth to give notice and to witness to the
name of Jehovah. Seemingly Jehovah would teaeh
his people that while it is important to dealare the
day of hie vengeanoc there must Anrt be some pre-
paratory work done in behalf of the witnesses and
for the preaddhing of the kingdom message; h w e
"a yoiae from heaven saying unto me [the serva~lt
dam pictured by John], Seal up thme things which
the seven thundem urnred, and writ0 them net".
178 L I G H T m.10
The Lord by his duly constituted offieem was di-
recting his servants aa to what should be done. In-
stead of further denunciation of Satan's org&
tion immediately following there wae issued the book
entitled Ths H w p of Gbd, which contains the plain
and simple statement of some of the beauties of God's
revealed purposes, setting forth how he is redeeming,
saving, and w i l l b l w the people through his kingdom.
I t may be here noted that The Harp of Ood contains
not one criticism of the enemy's visible organixation,
This was not premeditated by any creature, but was
doubtless the result of the Lord's direction, given
through the duly constituted deputies or aug& in-
visible to man. The seal on the seven thunders seem
to have been lifted at the close of 1922, when God's
servest class waa sent forth to declare the day of hia
vengeance and epeci5cnlly to advertise the King and
hie kingdom. This unloosening of the seals is clearly
referred to when the Revelator writes: "Sen1 not
the sayings of the prophecy of this book, for the time
is at hand." (%v. 22: 10) The time had come for
Ocd's people to begin to have a clearer vision of his
pnrposcs nnd to carry out the work that he had com-
mitted to them.
Tho events of Revelution do not ocom in chmnolop
ical order and we are not to expect to iind a f f l -
ment taking place in chronological ordar. The vision
now t u r n back a few yeam and shows events that
came to pass after that whioh is portrayed in the four
preceding vemw. "And the angel which I saw stand
upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand
to heaven, and swam by him that livcth for ever and
# (%v. 6: 1 1 ) ; the time to "finish the work, and eut
TEANBIZIFON 179
ever, ... that there should be time M longer.'' (Rev.
10: 5,B) That was a solemn declaration thut the
time of trnnaition had arrived and no longer should
there be any waiting. This text is mdered by other
translators in this wise, that "time shall be no longer
[delayed]" (Diag.) ; "delay no longer shall there
be" (Roth.) ; "there shall be delay no longer."
(A.R.V.) It meant a great turning point or transL
tion period. The mighty angel could not have made
that declaration prior to 1914, because it was there
that the 'poriod of waiting at the right hand of the
Father' ended.-Hcb. 10: 12,18.
It semns that the declaration refers more particu-
larly to 1918, when the Lord came to his temple, 80
far as Ood'a people are ooncernod. The "adminirtra-
tion of the fulnw of the appointed times", as Paul
puts it, had now oome. (Eph. 1:10, Dicag..) The time
h d come for the Ruler, who had east Satan out of
heaven, to come forth from Bethlehem to mske the
enemy his footstool. "Therefore will he give them
up, until the time that she which trnvailcth hath
brought forth ; then the remnant of his brethren shall
return unto the children of Isracl." (1ILic. 5 :3) There
mwt be no tarrying now. "For the viaion is yet for
an appointed time, but at the end it shnll ape&, and
not lie :though it tarry [seem to delay], wait for it ;
because it will aurely wme, it will not tarry." (IIab.
2 : 8 ) In 1914 the Lord's pcople expected many
thinffa that did not seem to wme to p m , some of
which began come to pass in 1918 nnd which they
mw thoreaftor.
The time had now come for the sleeping saints,
who were 'resting for a little seoson', to be r a i d
180 L I G H T BIPP. 10
it short in righteousness". (Rom. 9 :28) The time had
come for the fnElment of the worda of the prophecy:
"I bring near my righteousness; it shall not be far
off, and my salvation &all not tarry [delay] ; and I
will place sslvation in Zion for Israel my glory."
(Isa. 46 :18) Sinae the Scriptures are written specif-
ically for the bendt of (rod's people, this time
seems to apply more particnlerly to the coming of
the Lord to his temple, the selection of his remnant,
and the raveding to them thereafter the purposes of
Jehovah. This also would mark the time for the pre-
paratory work immediately preceding the beginning
of the great witneas work.
Then the record is concerning "the mysteqy vf God"
being W h e d : "But in the dam of the voice of the
seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the
mystery of God ahould be .finished, as he hath de-
clared to his servants the prophets." (Vs. 7) "The
mystery of C%rist" pertains to the selection of the
'seed of promise' without regard to whether they be
Jewa or Gentiles, and shows the gathering of the body
members with Christ as the Head. (Eph. 3 :4 6 ;
Gal. 8: 27-29) There mms to be a clear distinction
between the "mystery of Christ" and the "mystery
of God", which should be hished during the sound-
ing of the seventh angeL There are a number of quee-
tions relating to Jehovah which were a mystery to
Qcd's people and which have been cleared up since
the coming of the Lord to his temple. Who is God!
What is the ~ e a n o of e the names by which he
reveals himself P Is (rod responsible for ull the aor.
rows and woes of earth, including the calamitiesl Has
he an organization, and what is it? What is meant
by his wming forth out of hb plrwe to punish a l i
l&v. 10 TBANSITION 181
the inhabitants of the earth and vindicate his name?
What ia the organization that opposes him, and of
what does it consist? Is Satan and hie organization
responsible for the sufferin@ and cralsmities of men
and the alienation of men from &dl All these thinga
God had long ago foretold or snnounced by his proph-
eta; but the time must wme for them to be under-
stood by his faithful people on the earth, because it
is for their benetit that such Scripturea were written.
-Ram. 15:4 ; 1 Cor. 10 :11.
By his prophet he said: "Surely the Lord (rod will J
do nothing, but he revealeth his soeret [mystorg.]
unto his servants the prophets." (Amos 3: 7) There-
fore the statement of Revelation 10:7 seems to say
that following the sounding of the seven angels &d
would cause his servants to have an understanding
of the prophecies which have heretofore been secret.
Those who compose the remnant of the servant class
have received a great enlightenment in the past few
years and now have an understanding of many proph-
ecies that have heretofore not been understood. This
is due to the fact that the Lord ia in his temple and
the flashes of light from his temple illuminate his
people.
The seventh verse begins with the conjunction
"but", which indicates a transition point has been
reached; and it seems clearly to be a transition f ~ m
the Elijah to the Elisha work of tho church. Before
this latter witness work is done the remnant must
be gathered together and purged, that they may be
witnesses to the name of Jehovah. It ia written:
"God at the first did visit the [nations] to take out
of them a pcoplo for his name." (Aots 15 :14) This
people Ood bPings into his organization and makea
 L I G H T ILW. i0
msnifest the remnant, the gathering of which rem-
nant began with the coming of the Lord to his temple
in 1918; therefore from the time 02 the coming of
the Lord to his temple the vision shonld no longer
tnrry: "There shonld be time no longer." From
henceforth God would gradually reveal to his people
the understanding of the hidden thinga of his Word.
"[Jehovah] maketh lightainga for the rain, and
bringeth forth the wind out of his trear3urie.a9'4er.
10: 18, R. 77.
His lightnings illuminate his Word and mnke known
to his servant class his purposes that have been hid-
den, and also revenl the hypocrisy and duplicity of
Satan's wicked organization. Having laid the "pre-
dous oorner Stone" as the Head and ehief Stone of
the temple, he muses his light to shine thereupon and
to illuminate those of the temple class. (&h. 3: 9)
This he does from and &r the coming of the Lord
to hi temple in 1918.
The viaion disclosea Christ Jews, the mighty angel
with the 'little book open in his hand', and John
(picturing the servant class) henrd the voice from
heaven saying: "Go and tnke the little book which is
open in the hand of the angel." The "little book''
manifestly is the revelation of God's will and pur-
poses concerning hi people. John the servant class
are shown going to the anml and aaking for the book,
which is delivered to them nnd they are told to "eat
it". The eating would 8ignify the building up of the
mind by acquiring a howledge of God's purpose,
and the performanee of the privileges of service that
would come to them by virtue of receiving that knowl-
edge. The Head of God's dect servant clclass, Ohrist
Jesus, now wedm for Jehwah, and therefore it was
a voiae from heaven, and says to God's people:
"
Gather youraelvea unto me, ye my men of loving-
Idndneas, who have solemnised my covenant over
sacri8.ce." (Pa. 60 :5, Roth.) The time had come for
the remnant class to receive the portfolio of service
which is outlined in the volume of the "little book".
They muat now take this book and eat it, and thereby
learn God's purposes concerning them. These must
now orgnnize for service. By hi prophet God had
add: "Be not thou rebellious like that rebellious
house: open thy mouth, and ent that I give thee.
.. . Eat that thou flndest: eat this roll, and go speak
unto tl18 home of Israel [all spirit-begotten onos].
90 I opened my mouth, and he caused me to eat that
roll." (Ezek. 2: 8-8: 2) This is undoubtedly addressed
to God's faithful people on earth. The Lord Jegus
hocked at the door and those composing the servant
clam opened and aaked for service and it was given
to them. (Matt. 7: 7; %v. 8: 20) The "little book"
held in the hand of the angel, being the same as the
"roll" doscribed by the Prophet Ezekiel, is or can-
tains the purposes of Jehovah, which have long been
a secret or mystery, which mystery is now "finished"
and ia to be made lmown to hi faithful people. The
'eating' of that little book or roll is the revelntion of
his hidden purposes to them, making known to the
faithful ones what God requires them to do.
John (the scrvnnt elnss) ate the little book as com-
manded and 'it was sweet ns honey in the mouth, but
bitter in the belly '. (Rev. 10: 9,10 ; Ezek. 3 :5-71
The servant class wcre hungry for more spiritual
food, and every bit of the food received was sweet
and is meet to them. "To the hungry soul every bit-
ter thing is sweet." (Prov. 27: 7) The bitterneas has

purgative properties. Coming to hia temple the Lord
enlightened the remnant by feeding them upon
the Word of truth, and thb was meet to them. But,
as the newlator foretold, it becomes bitter to the
belly. It fills the servant e h with bitter indignation
against Satan's organization. (Jer. 15: 17) The faith-
ful servant clam, by eating the little book or roll,
receive heavenly wisdom, which is sweet to them:
"My son, eat thou honey, beaause it ia good; and the
honeyaomb, which is meet to thy taste: so shall the
knowledge of wisdom be unto thy soul: when thou
h& found it, then there shall be a reward, and thy
expectation shall not be cut off."-hv. 24:13, 14.
J Thus it is shown that the eating of this book brings
knowledge and henvenly wisdom. Properly received,
this knowledge has a purgative or purifying effeet.
The Lord Jesus site in judgment at his temple to
purge or "purify the sons of Levi", to the end that
these approved might offer an aeeeptable sacrifice unto
God. (MaL 3:2, 3) No longer would these faithful
ones make their belly their god. (Phil. 8: 19; Rorn.
16:18) Seeing their privilega they become wholly
and completely devoted to God and to his service,
and the prophet has put the worda in their mouths:
"How sweet are thy words unto my taste! yea, sweet-
er than honey to my mouth!" (Pa. 119:103) "Thy
words were found, and I did eat them; and thy word
was unto me the joy and rejoicing of mine heart:
for I am called by thy name, 0 Lord God of hosts."
J e r . 16: 16.
The lcnowledge and heaveply wisdom received from
feeding on God's revealed purposes disclose to the
faithful onea that they were commissioned to go forth
aa W ' s witnwes. They enme to know what Satan
Bm. 10 TBARSITION 185
had been doing and is doing by and through his
agencies, and this caused them to be righteonsly in-
dignant. "I eat not in the wsmbly of the mookern,
nor rejoiced; I sat done, because of thy hand: for
thou hast Wed me with indignatioa1'Jer. 15: 17.
The bitter indignation, however, did not at all take
away the sweetness and the joy of serving the Lord.
This knowledge and d d o m disclosed to the servant
alas3 their privilege of going forth as God's witnesw.
Doing so in obedience to the Lord's eommmdmenta
has brought bitter trials upon them; but in such trib-
ulation they rejoice, becam mch is an evidence or
proof of God's approval. (Rorn. 5:3-5)Them rejoiae
to have a part in the vindioation of Jehovah's name
nuder any and all conditione that the Lord ia pleased
to have come to p w .
F M 1918
-. ~ to the f d of 1919 the servant das3 Was
" - -
in exile, and therefore in silence. This was symbolized
by John on the isle of Pntmos. The servant clsas mnst
be releaaed from mch exile in order to carry out the
commandments prophesied by Jesus concerning the
preaching of this gospel of the kingdom (Matt.
24: 14); heme John the servant dess is told: "Thou
mwt prophesy again before [again&, Roth.] many
peoplas, and nations, and tongues, and kings." The
indieputable fsats &ow that from and after 1919
marks the beginning and carrying forward of the
Elkha work of the servant olaas. Until 1922 the or-
ganization of the workers was progregsing and the
work was going forward. In 1922 the Lord's people
were permitted to have an understanding of Isaiah's
prophecy wherein the Lord ia discerned in his temple,
and then it was clearly aeen by them that them must
be s great witnw work concerning the kingdom. In
 186 L I O H T gw. 11
that picture Isainh zeprwents the Lord's servant class,
and eonceining the witnets work that is to be done
he asks the question: "How longt" And he is an-
swered: "Untii the cities be wasted without inhahi-
taut, and the houses without man, and the land be
utterly desolate." (Isa. 6: 11) The Prophet h i a h
himsell did not live to see the destruction of the city
of Jemsalem; therefore these prophetic words must
apply to God's servant c l w whom Isaiah pictured,
and this proves that the servant must continue and
the witness to the name of Jehovah mast go on until
Armageddon, when the name of Jehovah shall be com-
' pletely vindicated. This should not only enwurnge,
but thrill the aervant class of the Lord to go faith-
fully on with the work until the Lord's due time to
finish it.
THE WITNEBS
Jehwnh by his prophet foretold concerning a faith-
ful remnant claw among the eonaecrnted followers of
Christ Jeaus, which olaas was foreshadowed by a rem-
nant of natural Israel. I t is the remnant of spiritnnl
Israel to whom is committed the testimony of Jeaua
Christ and which class becomes the witnesses for Je-
hovah on the earth in the last days. This class mast
paas thmngh certain events, also foretold, to deter*
mine their qualification to be Jehovah's witnmes.
Otherwise stated, there must be an examination of the
wnseerated ones and from these the remnant elasa
be selected.
The eleventh chapter of Revelation should now
and hem be d u l l y read, nn it is considered in the
following paragraphs. It deals with the qualifications
of the faithful witnw c l w ; ahow how these wit-
Em. 11 TBANBITION 187
nesses were hindered in their work and stopped, and
a speci5e pnrt of the witness work finished ; how these
w i t n m aftarwnrds revived and carried on the work,
and how more witness- were gathered into the com-
pany; and discloses the opening of the temple of God
md the sounding of the seventh trumpet announcing
"the third woe".
The vision recorded in the eleventh chapt0r of
Revelation begim by disclosing John, who represented
the servant elass on earth, reeeiping a measuring
"reed like unto a rod" and receiving the direction
from the angel to "rise, nnd mensure the temple of
God, and the altnr, and them thnt wonship therein".
The word "reed" is from the .Greek kalamos, which
Is a divine unit for meawment. (Eeek 40: 85;
Rev. 21: 15,16) Kalamos wns one of the ingredients
of the holy nnointing oil and ia undemtood to ~ym-
boliie the knowledge the nnointed received from God's
Word. The reed's being "like unto a rod" symbalieed
that the mea~wementshould be made according to
the standarh of God's kingdom and the approved
ones must measure up thereto. (Ps. 110: 2) Be Is
first to measure the temple. God's people constitute
his temple; henm judgment or measurement must
begin at the house of Qod. (2 Cor. 6: 16 ; 1Pet. 4: 17)
The Lord often causes his people to perfom certain
duties and pnsa through certnin wentrc and nfter-
wards discloses to them the meadvly thereof. Such
&oras an opportunity for the child of God to show
his willingrim to obey and follow whithersoever the
Lord leads.
It was in 1922 that the people of God first hnd am
understanding thnt the Lord had come to his tanple
in 1918. The Lord Jnsus, the great Judge, is the One

188 L I ( t H T
who judges the people of God; but it is noted that
Rm. 11
John was directed to do the measuring, thus augge8t-
1 The hutruetion is not to mewre the court out-
ing that after the Lord had come to his temple for
judgment the John clans, or the faithful ones of the
Lord's servants, must come to a proper n n d e d -
ing of what constitute#the quaMeati~111for member-
ship in the kingdom. They mu& m m r e themaelvea
t
by the divine standard and thus themelves learn the
q ~ c a t i o n required.
s present truth. The onea that measure up to the di-
&amring ('the altar" symbolizes that the remnant
c l w come t o an appreciation of the fact that they
are not sacrificing priesta who are doing anything to
add to Chriat Jews' sskrifioe. Christ J m is the
great sacrificing Priest, and his sacrifice wos sufIicient
once for all for the atonement of sias. The remnant,
that is to say, the approved servmt elaas on earth,
mast offer an acceptable sacrifice before the Lord and
must come to know that such is merely rendering
unto the Lord their "reasonable service", and that
their mriflee, which is acceptable to him, ie their
devotion and praiw and service rendered unto the
Lord. The purging or measuring which discloses the
qualification of the servant claas takes place when the
Lord comes to his ten~ple,that they may offer an
offering in righteonsness unto the Lord. 'They that
worship' in the temple would be measured, that is
to say, those that worship the Lord in ~piritand in
I the treading down is therefore Gxed in 1914,bwause
truth; and these are they that when approved are
permitted to stand in tho holy place. (Ps. 24: 3-5)
Those who thus measure themselves by the standard
divinely given learn of their privileges of servioe and
delight to have a part therein. The remaant, there-
fore, is made manifest, and one may determine for
himself whether or not he is of the remnant,
Btv. 11 TBANBITION 189
side the temple but to lo1mwt [it] outsidepJ (Both.),
because it symbolieea t h m who merely profass to be
OodJs children but who are not. These are known
by their fruit.* If they were devoted to the Lord
they would bring forth fruits of the kingdom; that is
to say, they would show a devotion to and service for
the kingdom. The meamring must be done among
those who are comecrated and who claim t o be in
vine standard are evidently the onea who are taken
into the tomple and made a part of the servant class
and who form "the holy city" which is Ctod'a govern-
ment. (Rev. 21: 2) Those who merely pretend to be
followers of the Lord are represented
- as in the court
and are left out.
Then it ia stated: "And the holy city shall they
tread under foot forty sad two months." The word
-
"thev" mu& of n@2W&V~+D- D- ~toYt h who ~ OPPOSe
God6 lcingdom and who treat it and its reprebttl-
tives with contempt, It was in 1914 that Christ Jesua
macc placed upon his throne, and it was there that the
nations of the earth began t o manifest a contempt
for the new govement of Chrkt,and thns symboli-
eaUy to tread it down. The date of the beginning of
the treading down must begin ahortly after the Lord
takes his power and begins his reign.
The "forty and two months" of the treading down
equals 1260 days, and this period is identical with the
1260 days that the "two witnesses" prophesy in sack-
cloth. The treading down of the "holy city" and
the prophasyin$ of the two witnewas in sadicloth
being identioal as t o time, the events aoming to pass
within that period of time apply to both. This proves
that the time mentioned at this point is properly
counted as forty-two months of thirty days each, or
1260 days. The faets diselose that the time is literal,
and not symbolio. Most of the numbers in Revelation
are Literal; and this is especially proven by the num-
ber of the members of the elect dass, as set forth in
the sevcnth chapter of Revelation. The Dicsglott reu-
daring of the text is: "And I will endow my two wit-
nesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hun-
dred and sixty days, clothed in sa&cloth." The iden-
titleation of the two witnesses and the treading d o m
ts Important, and the interpretation thereof is dis-
closed by the facts that came to pass and are well
known.
In verse ten of the same chapter these same two
w?~nmsesarc called "two prophets", and this furnish-
es a key to their identitleation. Elijah and John the
Baptist were both prophets and foreshadowed a work
to be done by the faithful saints on earth, and there
fore such fdrthful saints are properly called "-two
witncases". Jesus mid: "It is also written in your
law, that the testimony of two men is true." (John
8: 17) The fact that two men were used to forwhadow
the witness work of the saints, or faithful servant
class, Droves that their work is true and was divinely
foreordained.
For the manifcst purpo~eof further identifying
t h w p a witnwcs'it is written: "These are the two
olive trees, and the two e a n d l ~ t i c l rstanding
~ before
the Ged of the earth." (Vs. 4) Those who were faith-
fully dsvoted to Jehovah Cod prior to the earning of
the Lord to his tgmple, and who mere doing the Lord's
service, doubtless had received the anointing of the
holy spirit. Olive oil was the liquid ingredient of the
priestly holy anointing oil. (Ex. 30: 24) Oil is also
a symbol of joy. The wise virgins had oil in their
v w I s and had joy in doing the will of Cod. (Matt,
25: 4) That the two olive trees symbolized thosefaith-
f d onea on wrth who had grown up in Christ J m s ,
and who had delighted to serve Cod, is further sup-
ported by the following texts:
"But I am like a green olive tree in the home of
Cod: I trust in the mercy of Cod for ever and ever,
I will praise thee for ever, because thou hast done it:
and I will wait on thy name; for it is good before thy
saints." ((P. 52: 8, 9) (See also Romans 11:17-24.)
These witnea8e.9 are also identified as "two eandle-
sticks", which symbolically means that they are light-
bearers and approved hy Jehovah and hold forth his
Word in the earth. Jesus said of John the Baptist:
"He was a burning and a shining light." (John
5: 35) Of and eonoerning his faithful followers, f o r e
shadowed by John the Baptist, he said: "Ye are the
.
light of the world. , . Let your light so shine before
men." (Matt. 5: 14-16) God gave the Prophet Zech-
ariah a vision which illuminates this point and
further idcntifiea the "two witnesses". "And the
angel [of the Lord] talked with me; .. . and said
nnta me, flliat seest thou? And I saiid, I have looked,
and behold a candlestick all of gold, with a bowl upon
the top of it, and his seven lamps thereon, and seven
plpes to the seven lamps, which are upon the top
themof; and two olive trcw by it, one upon the right
side of the bowl, and the other upon the left mde
. .
thereof. And I . said unto him, What be thlsse
two olive hnnohes, which through the two golden
p i p s empty the goldm oil out of themselves? And
 Clrist J-,
who stand before
Uod and hold forth
his light of truth.
he answered me and said, Elijah was taken away in a fierg
I4nowest thou not what those chariot; John the Baptist was be-
be? And I mid, No, my lord. headed; thus foreshadowing condi-
Then said he, Those are the tions that wonld mark the end of the Elijah work
two anointed ones [margin, They were of the ggfent "cloud of wibesscs", and of
sons of oil] that stand by the John it was said that 'he was a witnegs and bore wit-
Lord of the whole earth."- ness of the Light'. (Heb. 12: 1;John 1:7, 8,15) See-
Zeeh. 4 :1-3, 12-14. ing that those two witnesses foroshadowed a witness
Elijah, one of the anointed work to be done, and which wes done by Uod'e faith-
oxoahets of God, foreshadowed 4d light-beams up to a certain point
&eAwork of aod'a faithfd of time, let the facts now be con-
ones on earth: "Arr the Lord 41
..
God . liveth, before whom I I sidered showing a M-
merit of the prophecy.
stand," said Elijah. (1 Ki.
17: 1) Both Elijah and. John
the Baptist stood before the Lord as his witnesses;
John in the special capacity of the forernnner of
Oh&. John theBaptist fulfilled the Elijah picture in
mi1611ture and further foreshadowed a work to be done
AGa, Y
by the church on oarth. Therefore the two prophets
atand for or represent the "two witnecare8': mentioned
by the Revelator; namely, the faithful followers of
'
194 L I G H T REV. 11
8AcEaOm
8 8
"Sackcloth" ie a symbol of reproach and mourn-
kgwhen applied to Glod's people: "For the zeal of
ihine h o w hath eaten me up ;and the reproaches of
them that reproached thee are fallen upon ma When
I wept, and k t e n e d my soul with fasting, thet was
to my reproach. I made sackcloth ako my garment;
and I beoame a proverb to them." (Pa. 69:9-11)
Isaiah repmmted God's anointed people on earth
and he prophesied in sackcloth. (ha. 20: 2) The
Watch Tower, and ita companion publications of the
Bociety, for forty years emphasked the fact thst 1914
would witnw the establishment of God's kingdom
and the complete glorification of the church. During
that period of forty years God's people on earth were
carrying on a witnew work, which work was fore-
shadowed by Elijah and John the Baptist. All of
the Lord's people loolred forward to 1914 with joyful
expectation. When that time came and pmed there
was much disappointment, chagrin and mourning,
and the Lord's people were greatly in reproach. They
J were ridiculed by the clergy and their allies in par-
ticular, and pointed to with mrn, because they had
said so much about 1914, and what would come to
pass, and their 'prophecies' had not been fulf3lIed.
One wearing sackcloth usually puts it on himeelf.
God's people on earth, after the reproach that came
upon them fo1Iowing 1914,put sackcloth upon them-
selves as an evidence of mourning. (Lam. 2 :10) This
ia proven by what appeared in The WaVatch Tower.
During the period of ita publication Ths Watch
Tower has been the mouthpieoe of God's children on
earth. Immediately following the end of the Ctentile
Em. 11 !CEAN8Il'ION 196
times, and therefore the end of the world, and when
the children of GIod expected to be taken to heaven,
The Watch Twer came forth with a lengthy article
entitled " M a h g Ready for the Reign of Righteous-
nesa". (See Wadoh Tower, November 1, 1914, pages
823331.) What is there said is well illustrated by
putting on sackcloth in an effort to comfort the mourn-
ing ones. A few excerpts are taken from that article
to show its tmor and to show the real attitude of the
I EIlijah-John-the-Baptist class. These quotations are
not for eritiaism, of course, but to show how the Lord
foreknew and foretold what was to come to pass, and
how he doubtless o a d his angels to direct the prep-
aration of w e t l y what ww published. Egcerpte
from that article in T h Watch TOWWfollow:
"It may be that many of the Lord's pwple were
expecting more than they should have looked for to
occur with the opening of the J~wishyear 1915 [end
of 19141.. .. The human mind seem to have a nat-
ural tendency, and one with which we ahodd have
1. sympathy, to expect matters to enlminate more rap-
idlr. f a l h e n t s to come more suddenly, than they
kl
ever do come."
The article then sets forth at length the Sdtptural
proof, and the m d e m d i n g thereof, reviewing the
-.
hintarv
-.--.
. of the world from 606 B.C.down to October,
1914. The artiele then continues :
i "Studying Clod's Word, we have measured the
2520 years, the seven symbolic times, from that year
606 B.C. and have found that it reached down to
October, 1914, as nearly as we were able to reekon.
. .. Many of as concluded that as far as we could
see, October of this year [I9141 would show the end
of the Gentile lease of power ;for when ()ctober Mmrea

196 LIffHT E5v. ii
2 I
we are getting down to the end of the Jewinh year,. ..
"Have the Gentile times ended or not? Some per-
haps may be inclined to say, 'No; they have not
ended.' Others would say, 'When the Gentile times
shall have ended, we would expect that the Gentiles
would he entirely ousted from all power and control,
and that Christ's kingdom would be e&tbli&e& Were
there not a great many things that we expected would
take p h when the Gentile times would end(' We
find that some have one idea end others another.
Some think that jut the next hour after midnight
would see a great change everywhere-evil blotted
out in sixty minutes or in sixty seconds. . .. We do
not think that any would have been justified in so
..
thinking. . Has the kingdom begun in any sense of
the word9 We so believe. We think that the light
now going forth is under the direation of the Captain
of our Salvation. We think that the present distress
amongwt the nation8 is merely the beginning of this
time of troubla "
"Some one may ask, Siiee the fd&neht of the
various time prophecies demoastrates that W's meth-
ods of operating are slow, may it not be that the
!&&om will not be ushered in for fl~e,ten or even
twenty-five years! Our reply is, we are not a prophet;
we merely believe that we have come to the place
where the Gentile times have ended. If the Lord has
five years more for us here, we shall be very glad to
be on this side of the veil; and we feel aure that all
the Lord's t d y consearated children also will be glad
ts be on this side if it is the Lord's d l . If the Lord
has even one more year for us as good as the past
year has been, what more could we ask?
- ..
r +---
.
R~V.
.
11
- -
BAN SITE^ ' igi -
"Nothing could induae us to part with that knowl-
edge of God and hie plan in which we rejoice today.
All the world over, that which makes the Lord'a peo-
ple appear happy ia not special beauty on the out-
dside, but the light on the inside, the light of the
I knowledge of the glory of God, the light of the knowl-
edge of the divine truth in our he& This light
shining through thee earthen vassels is heart-cheering
and comforting."
"But we cannot be far fmm our change; and we
advise that all the Lord's people live day by day just
as though this was the last day on this aide of the
veil, and that tonight or tomorrow would usher UE
into the glorious things beyond the veil. Living in
this way will surely be at least a good experience for
us, bringing blapaings and ripening of character.
What a blessed way to live!--every day in anticipa-
tion of seeing our Redeemer and sharing in his won-
I derful work 1 The things connected with this present
time seem less and less important to us, on account
of whiah our namw are cast out as evil by those who
are living for all they can get out of the pwent life.
I' "What may be done to our mortal bodies? None
have the power to injure UE as new mat-
waiting for or change, whieh will come to some m
Ve
one way and to some in another. God be praisedl
His will be donel Our Master had a cup at the oon-
clnsion of his experiences, and it was an especially
bitter one, his suffering as an evil-doer and as a blas-
phemer being especially severe. Under the Jewish
law, blasphemy of God's name was really one of the
most grievous crimes, and was aspeeidly p d s h e d b.7
ignominious death. JRSUSmas not the blasphemer,
but the seribes and Pharisees were the blasphemm.
- -- J -.
196 L I G H T R5v. 11
Yet J B W ~wae to die aa the blasphemer, while those
who were really doing the blaspheming were the onea
who put hi to death l
"We should not wonder if in the divine arrange
ment God might have some mch bitter cup for the
feetmembers of the body of Christ. Why should we
think sol For various reasons. We have so mu&
favor from God that it would seem that we would
deseme to have severer testing0 and a fuller and more
bitter cup than othera have had. Furthermore, tke
Scripturea seem to imply that it wiIl he ao.
"Elijah was a type of the church, and we remem-
ber that at his departure he went in a chariot of fire;
and we believe that this symbolically represents the
time of trouble on tho churoh when the time of our
departure shall come. Then, again, John the Baptist
wae a semi-type, the semi-antitype of Blijuh. John's
experiences were very bitter. .. . So we should be
well prepared for whatever cup of bitter experiences
and ignomin~pthe Lord may have for us."
The foregoing excerpts from the article mentioned
show that the Lord's people then were in humiliation,
represented by "sackcloth", because of the reproach-
es heaped upon them and the bitter experiences
through which they were paasing and expected to pass.
THE TIME
The article published in the November 1 i m e of
The Watch Tower would be in the hands of its readers
by the end of the flret week or about the seventh day
of November, 1914. It shows the Elijnh class in a&
cloth. However, the Hlijah dam, God's people, eon-
tinned to bear witness to the name of the Lord ae
best they cvuld. "They B h ~ l lpmphes-y" (bear wit-
m. 11 TEANSI$ION 199:
nesa in this hnmiliated condition) 1260 days, or forty-
two months, during which period of time they should
be d~spisedor trodden down, treated widh eontempt
by tho88 who hate God's kingdom, particnlarly by the
clergy and the principal of thoir flocb. (Rev. 11 :2,3)
From and after the beginning of the World War in
1914 the Bible Students, which we use here synony-
monsly with the term 'God's people', were "hated of
all nations", juet aa Jesus foretold. (Matt. 94: 9)
Thoy were thus trodden down, despised or treated
with contempt.
Forty-two montha of thirty days each, or 1260 days,
which is equivalent to three and one-half years solar
time, b e g b h g the f h t week in Novembe~,to Fm&
November 7,1914,would end on the 7th day of m y ,
1918. Now note that the %velation w u n t fays:
"And when they &all have fibished their testimony,
the bead .. . ahall overcome them, and kill them."
(Rev. 11:7) Exaetly forty-two months after the
publication of the aforementioned "sackcloth" article
in The Watch Tower, to wit, on the 7th day of May,
1918, all the ofilcors of the Watch Tower Bible and
Traot Society, and who were then the publishers of
Tke Watch Touer, were "mmome", in this, that
they were meat4 under warrant oharghg a viola-
tion of the espionage law and trading with the enemy,
and their wmk doppd. They were "overcome" by
stopping the work that day, and on the 20th day of
June thereafter these same officers of the Society were
sentenced to eighty years' imprisonment d, sjw-
boliedly speaking, the work of the Society wae killed.
The "beast", and its 'overooming' and 'killing' of
them, will be mom fully identified further on in this
boolr. The point here &&d, and whiah the
200 L I G H T REV.
facfa prove, is that God's people for a period of
forty-two months did prophesy or give testimony in an
attitude of mourning and under reproach and until
they were overcome by the enemy organization The
organization designated "the Society" stands for all
of God's people working harmoniously together ta the
glory of God; and therefore the arrest and imprison-
ment of the oBcers directing the work would stand
for, and does representatively stand for, all of God's
people on earth in a like condition.
The treading down of "the holy city" (meaning
those on earth who represented God's kingdom) by
the opposers thereof covered a period of forty-two
months, during which identical period of forty-two
months God's faithful witnesses, represented by the
two prophets Elijah and John the Baptist, gave testi-
mony until they were 'overcome' at the end of that
period of time and the work effectively stopped.
EFFECT OF THE TESTIMONY
Referring to the testimony of these "two witnesses",
that is to say, all of God's faitbful children pictured
by the prophets Elijah and John the Baptist, it is
written: "And if any man will hurt them, fire pro-
ceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their ene-
mies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this
manner be killed." (Vs. 5) This statement of the
Revelator applies to the 1260 days while the wit-
nesses were testifying and before they were overcome
and killed. "Hurt them" does not refer to the wit-
ness class as individuals, but to the witness work.
Cod's witnesses consider not themselvee. Their im-
portance is only as instruments of the Lord. Anyone
attmpting to injure or hurt the witness work of the
11
I
Lord mdst be resisted, and in this manner killed.
The cler# did everything within their power to in-
jure m d hinder the witness work during that period
of time, and constantly ridiculed and reproached
God's people because they had said that 1914 would
mark the glorification of the church and this had not
come to pass. Then "fke proceedeth out of [the]
mouth" of God's witnesses, in this, that their quota-
tions from Cod's Word told the clergy what would
come upon them and how the Lord would devour
them.-Matt. 18 : 6.
Some samples of such fiery messages from the
Lord's Word are here cited. The Sodety published
at that time a paper known as the Bible Students
I
ZXonthQ and issued Nnmber ninety-nine of that paper,
containing the artide, "The Fall of Babylon," whioh
was widely cirdulated. It pointed out God's expressed
determination to destroy the opposers of the kingdom.
On January 5, 1918, a resolution was adopted at the
annual convention of the Society, which resolution
was sent by special messengers to the president of
1
the United States, to the secretary of war, and to the
provost marshal of the United States a m y , calling
attention to God's will concerning the forcing of men
into bloodshed and what should follow.
Note that the Revelatian does not say that physical
violence shall be used, but that the Lord's people shall
use truths destructive to the enemy, and these were
used. It was the 'calling down of fire' upon the heads
of the rulers of the nations. This conclusion is further
supported by the fact that Elijah, who foreshadowed
the witness work at this time, called down fire from
h k e n upon the enemies of &d. (2 Ki. 1: 1 0 , l l )
God had foretold by his prophets that thk is the mau-
202 L I G H T FW. 11
ner in which the ind.ignation of thc Lord should be
expremed by hia people: "Wherefore thns ssith the
Lord God of hosts, Because ye speak this word, be-
hold, I will make my words in thy mouth fire, and
this people wood, and it shall devour them." (Jer.
5: 14) "Is not my word like as a fire? saith the Lord;
and like a hammer thnt breaketh the rock in pieces t "
J e r . 28 :29.
A8 further proof that "my two witnwca" means
the ohuroh of God on earth doing a work foreshadowed
by mlijah nnd John the Baptist, it is written: "These
have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the
days of their prophecy: rind have power over waters
to turn them to blood, and to mite the earth with
- "smite the earth [or visible part of Satan's orgaaiea-
f.
all plagues, as often w they will." (Vs. 6) The appli-
cation of this is made by Jesus hi-E against Satan's
organization when he says: "In the days of Blias,
when the heaven was shut up three years and p i x
monthq when great famine was throughout all the
I TlirnlE PMYBn
land. . .. And all they in the synagogue ... were filled
with wrath." (Luke 4: 25-28) The stopping of the
promulgation of the truth is likened unto the taking
away of min, which is refmhing. During the World
War God's faithful ones refused to pray that Cod
would bless any of the wnrring nations na instruments
of destruction. The clergy prayed for such blassings
to result to their respeotive eo~~ntriea during the
World War. The president of the United Statea, act-
ing with them, asked all the clergy to unite in prayer
for peaae to be brought about by the war. The faith-
ful followers of Christ Jesus refased to join in this
prayer aa requepted. Had they prayed for the war
to stop, God might have heard them; but it was not
his will they should do so.
BJv. 5 1 TBANBITION 208
In hia due time G W stopped the war 'for the sake
of his elect'. The witneasas of W "have power over
waters to turn them to blood". Shed blood is lifeless
blood. The truth of God's Word told by God's faithful
people during the war, concerning the war and the
dergy and their part therein, was a lifeless potion
to those repreaentativca of Satan's orgaaieation, and
therefore their table became unto them a mare and a
trap. (Pa. 69: 22-26) The messnge of tmth delivered
during that forty-two-month period by Gd's people,
and particularly during the latter part thereof1 did
tion] with dl plagues". The faithful Elijah work
continued, and the vitnwes continued to pour the
truth upon Satan's rank6 until the witnem work was
'overcome' and brought forth to be 'killed'.
&er the ElijahJohn-the-Bapcst witness work
had been finished, at the end of the forty-two-month
period, God permitted "the be& thnt wendeth out
of the bottomleaa pit [to] make war against them"
and "ovemome them". (Vs. 7) The Diaglott and
Rother71.m render this word "beaat" &a "the wild
be&". It is a symbol of Satan's rule of force, vio-
lence and oppression exercised by his visible orgaaha-
tion h o r n as the leaders of the principal nations of
the world. During the war this rule of violence was
aspwially m d e manifeat in its espionage, its denial
of the freedom of thought and speeoh, its dragooning
for military serviae, ite bloodthirsty and conscience-
less urging of men into war; and like crud things.
This "benat" waa coming out of the "pit" when it
began to compel men to b e d each other's blood. A
 L I G H T m.11
more complete explanation of this wild be& coming
out of the pit will be had in ~ubaequentchapters of
this book, particularly in dealsng with chapters thir-
teen and seventeen of Revelation. SuBce here to eay
that the United Statea formed a part of that "wild
beast", not.withstanding it claims to be the land of
the free and the home of the brave.
On June 15, 1917, the United States enacted the
conscription and espionage lam. Those acts were
modeled after the laws of the British Empire. Prior
to the World War Britain and America stood alone
as nations relying upon voluntary military service,
but immediately upon entering the World War Amer-
ica adopted the conscription law.
"Beast" is a symbol of Satan's organization; and
the "wild beaet", of which the United States and
Britain form a part, made war on the people of God.
/ in foreign w11ntries. "Even in thoae days wherein
In Canada and the United States this was begun by
putting a ban on the literature published and distrib-
uted by ,the Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society.
Then began the persecution of the faithful witnanses
and repeated attempts to compel them to purchnae
war bonds and war stamps to further the war ma-
chinery. Thia persecution reached a climax by the
unjust enforcement of the espionago (spying on
others) law. That lnw, enacted upon the pretext and
claim of safeguarding the interests of the people, was
miansad by the olergy and their allics as a club to
fight againat the dissemination of Ood's Word of
truth. The truth then due to be given to the people,
and which was being given to r n d ~ i n dby Jehovah's
faithful servant class on earth, rebuked and etung
the clergy, Big Business, and the politicians, because
of their pholy alliance and of their partnemhip in
IWv. 11 TRANSITION 205
the shedding of innocent blood. Just as the word8 of
John the B a p t . rebuked and string Hemd and his
wicked wife for their unholy alliance, just so the
words of truth stung the chief ones in Satan's or-
ganization.
John the BapW suffered death by behending, thus
foreshadowing the witnw work, represented by him,
as coming to a Wre end. Elijah was taken awap amidst
a fiery trouble, and foreshadowed that the Elijah
work must cease amidst a fiery trouble, and which
did cease, according to the facts, on the seventh day
of May, 1918, with the arrest of the active servants
of Jehovah's organization and the disruption of all
relationlrhip batween the headquarters and the ofaces
Antipas was my faithful martyr, who was s l h among
you, where Satan dwelleth." (Rev. 2: 13) "Antipas"
meana "against all", and God's faithful witnesses
were wholly ngsinst Satan's organination
DWD BODIEB
<'And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of
the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and
Egypt, where also our Lord was oruci5ed." (VS. 8)
Our Lord Jesus was oru*fied in the world, or the
Devil's organization, and his witnsee work was like-
wise 'overwme and killed' in the same place. These
small bodies of people forming the witnesses for the
Lord on earth were now silent as death. Their work
seemed to be eompletaly done. As mute evidences of
the injustice, fraud, lying and cruelty practiced
against them, and aa proof of the violation of liberty
of apeech, and, above all, as evidence of the defame-
tion of God's word and me,the witnm work of the
 206 L I G H T Imv. ll
faithful followera of UhrM lay dead in the streets;
not lying in atate, but in the streets and in disgrace
and expoaed to the gaze of the mockers, and consid-
ered "UI the 5lth of the world, and the ofbcouring
of all things". (1Cor. 4: 13) "Their carcasses were
as dung in the mi& of the &streets."-Isa 5: 25,
margin.
They were not given an honorable burial, but wero
left exposed in the city (of Satan, wbkh i s called
Sodom and Egypt, where Christ Jesus wss ernaiiied).
The faithful witness work, which Ood had caused to
be given to the world at its then greatest crisis and
need, was made a stench in the nostrils of all the
onlookers. The clergy and their allies, from their
pulpit8 and through the public press, made this
stench as detestable as possible. They pointed to those
who had h e n giving testimony to God's Word and
their work as worse than the worst enemies of the
land. It was in the broadway of socalled Christen-
dom, and which the Lord has named Sodom, that this
witness work lay. In that *eked organization where.
in was 'fulnem of bread and pride, a b n n h e of idle-
ness' and cruelty, God's witness work had been killed
and exposed as a detestable thing. In that organiza-
tion on earth, which is anti-God and anti-Christ, an-
der the control and rulerahip of Satan, whose ministers
claim to be Christian, the real witness work was killed
and the people turned away from the true God. The
clergy wero chicfly mponsible for this condition.
They will be the principal ones to s S e r in the oom-
plete downfall of Satan's organization; and this is
indicated by the names Sodom and Egypt, which
auggeet the manner of the destruction of Satan's or-
ganization,
mV.11 TBBNSITION 207
Those aats of m e l t 7 to Qod's people and Wts to
Jehovah have not been done in a corner, but openly
before all the natione of the earth. The common people
will bear witneas to the fact that during the war the
Bible Students were only telling the people why the
War had come, that Satan's world had ended, and
Qod's kingdom waa at hand, and that these were the
evidences of the approaching blessings, and that their
gwd work was ruthlessly stopped by the agents of
Satan's organhntion.
The clergy seized upon the war as a pretext to
stop the witness work concerning God's Word beoaw
they had contempt for God's kingdom. The Devil
had completely gotten control of them and their allies
and they were bent upon doing every$hing poasible
in opposition to the kingdom of the Lord, whioh they
now trod down under foot. To be sure, Jehovah fore.
knew and foretold thw: "And ye ahall be hated of all
nations for my name's sake." (Matt. 24: 9) Jews
furthermore said that this shall be used against them
as a witness.-Matt. 10 :18 ; Mark 13 : 9.
The "three days and an half" that their dead bodies
lay in the streets does not seem to be either literal
or m b o l i a time, but merely a time d c i e n t to cause
a dead body to putrefy. In thia we are reminded that
w&en Laearus &ed and Jesus came to the grave and
directed the atone to be taken away, "Martha ...
eaith unto him,Lord, by this time ho stinltcth, for he
hath been dead four days." (John 11 :17-39)The em-
balmed body of Lazarua stank in four days. An un-
ernbalmed body exposed three days in the open streets
would b~comea t e d c stench and canso the people
to turn away their heads. That is exactly what the
clergy and the Dwil deaired to accomplish, to wit>

to make the common people look upon Cod's wib
nesaes as the most detestable things.
In a short time after June 20, when the work wlw
completely killed, the public press and the preachers
had many things to say abont the Bible Students
which made them like a stench in the nostrils of the
pmplc. They said in substance: 'The =ble Students
are done for forever.' One paper had this to my:
"The flnia of Tits Yislzsd Myaterg has been given."
This stench, symbolized by the putrefying bdiea,
wonld fnrnish the unmistakable evidence as to the
deadnem of the Elijah-John-the-Baptist work. Ex-
posing to shame would cause such putrefaction aa
would raise a great stench and make it a detestable
thing, and mch is symbolized as a thing that stinks.-
Ex. 6 :21, margin; see also 1Sam. 13: 4; Ps. 38: 5, 22.
No honorable burial waa allowed the bodie8 sym-
bolized by God's "two witnesses". The United Statea,
contrary to the wirit of the fundamental law of the
land, refused to allow the officers of the Society bail
pending an appeal of their case, but b p t them in
prison and thne increased their ignominy and c a d
thcir brethren on the outaide to be shunned These
also were exposed to ridicule and made to appear
detestable in the eyes of the peoplo. The ruling pow-
ers did not bury John the Baptist, but "when his
disciples heard of it, they came and took up his
corpse, and laid it in a tomb". (Mark6: 29) Thus
ended the Elijah-John-the-Baptiat work, and the
enemy, to wit, Satan's agcncies on earth who de-
spised the kingdom, had brought a b u t that condition.
And so the clergy and their allies, as indicated in
verse ten, rejoiced over them and made merry and
fclioitated one another because them two propheta
Bw. 11 TRANSITION U)9
that had tonnented them were, in their opinion, done
for and their work ended. No human power or in-
fluence could again revive the witness work of the
Bible Students, and the clergy had no thought that
dod would give a helping hand. Therefore they
masoned that 'this peatiferom crowd is dead and they
rn done for forever'. That was the cause of their
exultation, and they felicitated one another and swag-
, gered about, rejoicing in what they had accomplished.
Many consecrated young men wcre held in the
. army camps and were severely abused and brutally
' punished be08w they declined to disobey God and
kill their fellow man. The clergy made no protest
'
winst such inhuman treatment M a t e d by the gov.
ermnent oflaem, but, on the contrary, exulted over
it. In m&ny placea throughout the country dergy-
men incited and encouraged mobs to do violence to
Bible Students. A great array of testimony giving the
- name8 of them persecutors and their atrocious deeds
. is set forth in Number twenty-seven of the Golden
Age magazine. No clergyman raised his voice in favor
of religious freedom or the right to speak truly the
Word of God. They had completely made themselves
'a organization. It was a holiday for
Satan on earth and they exchanged
because they had been inatmental
the death of God's "two witnwe8".
of those who had to do with d&ro$ng this
work of the Lord were even decorated by the
r their valiant deeds. This the Lord foretold
s prophet: "In mine adverdty they rejoiced,
and gathered thendvea tqether; yea, the emitem
[margin,A.R.V.] gatheredthemselvestogether against
me, ... they did tear me, and ceased not: with
- -
hypooritiml moekem in f a t s , they gnashed upon me
a t h their teeth."-PR 35: 15,16.
God's apirit is not inactive for long toward his
servants. He would not permit his work to 'lie dead'
beyond the time it served his purposes. Therefore
it is written: ''And after three days and an half the
apirit of life from God entered into them, and they
stood upon their feet." (Va 11) Manifestly tbis
refem to another short period of time snflicient to
let the clergy and their allies put the Bible Studenta
out of t b i r minds. The exoitement of the w e and
their many duties in getting young men into the
trenches to be killed drew the attention of the dergy
away from these faithful witnesses of God, who
they auppased were done forever. But all that time
the faithful ones outside of prison walls, as well as
those inside, were seeking some way to witness to the
name of the Lord. Shortly after the incarceration of
the Society's Maers M ' s witnesses, or rather hi8
witness work, "stood upon their feet," not wddenly,
but gradually.
On March 26, 1919, the prison doors were opened,
by the Lord's grace, and in September of that same
year thousands of Bible Students assembled in con-
vention at Cedar Point, Ohio, at which time these
faithful ones saw for the first time that the Elijah
work was done and that there was another pent work
to be done, which was foreshadowed by the Prophet
Elisha, and therefore the ehurch must do this work.
It was then clearly seen that Elisha wsa anointed in
the place and stead of Elijah to finish the work of
1' witneming bo the name of Jehovah. (1IIi. 19: 16)
There ia a aompany claiming to be followers of Christ,
and yet who claim that since 1918 the Lord has had
an entirely difperent o h of people to represent him,
and that none of the faithful ones have been engaged
in his service. The Scriptural proof set forth above
oompletely nnlliiies their claim and ahom that, since
L
Elkha was anointed to take Elijah'a place, the Lord
d himsell raised up the same company of men to do his
work, and that the organiention is God's and is one
and the same organization. God rrtised up the same
body, therefore proving that the same pernous who
flnished the Elijah work began the Elisha work of
the church. I t was God who revivad the witnesses, as
atated in Revelation 11:11.
When Herod honrd of Jesus' mirades he thought
that John the Baptist had been raised from the dead,
and doubtlea wan much alarmed. (Matt. 14: 1,2)
The assembling of God's people at Cedar Point, Ohio,
1 in September, 1919, and the sudden reviving of the
Lord's work, atruck fear into the clergymen and the5
d i e s and mused them to tremble; hence it is written:
"Great fear fell apon them which saw them." (VK
11) It wna a fear-inspiring amprise to the clergymen
and to their supporters. "For, lo, the gings [ruling
factors] were assembled, they pnssed by together.
They saw it, and so they marvelled; they were
troubled, and hastod away. Fear took hold upon them
there, and pain, as of a woman in travaiL"-Ps.
48: 2-6,12,13,
Doubtlem the clergymen aaw that they were in for
a "trimming" before tho people when they behold the
Bible Students boldly coming forth and declaring
the mesaage of God's kingdom and notifying the pw-
212 L I G H T lW. 11
ple to come and hear them tell why the clww had
stopped the witness work of the Lord's people of
the year before. Instead of hiding the fact that their
officers had been imprisoned, aa the dergy expected
them to do, the Bible Students placed full-page ad-
vertisementa in the papers throughout the country
&g attention to the fact that they had been sen-
tenced to eighty years in p r h n for telling the truth
and would now explain to the people why. Great
crowds floeked to hear, and did hear, and the witness
work wna quiakly revived.
At the Cedar Point convention in 1919, and in
The Watch Tower, m y scriptures were produced
mpporting the conclusion that the Elijah work ended
in the fiery trouble of 1918 and that now the Elisha
work of the church must begin. It was a voice from
heaven, because it was Jehovah's voice. "And they
[Cfod's faithful witnesses] heard a great voice from
heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they
ascended up to heaven in a eloud ; and their enemies
beheld them." (Vs.12) Here was the invitation from
the Lord to hie people to "gather yourselves anto me
-ye my men of lovingkindness, who have mlemnised
my covenant over sacrifice". (Ps. 50 :5, 220th.) The
Lord wna gathering unto himself those who had been
cast out. (Ps. 147: 2) Satan had been cast out of
heaven, where there was no rwm for him nny more,
and the Lord was now gathering his witnesses to
himself to become a part of the new heavens and to
do his kingdom witness work.
"Shake thyself from the dust; ariae, and mt down,
0 Jerusalem: loose thyself from the bands of thy neck,
0 captive daughter of Zion. Awake, awnke: put on
thy strength, 0 Pion; put on thy beautiful garments,
Em. 11 TBANSITION 213
0 Jerusalem, the holy eity : for henceforth there ahall
no more m e into thee the uncircumcised and the
nnclean." (Isa. 52: 2,l) "drise, shine; for thy light
ia come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.
For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and
gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise
upon thee, and his glory shall be seen upon thee."-
Isa. 60 :1,2.
'Ascending up to heaven in a cloud' pictures the
fact that God's newants, rising out of the dust, were
lifted up to heavenly privileges of service, attended
by the glory of God, and given a part in his heavenly.
kingdom work to witness concerning the kingdom of
heaven.
"And their enemies beheld them," that is to say,
beheld the faithful servants of the Lord, the Bible
Students, with greater zeal and enthusiasm thnn over
before and now forging forward in a great witness
movement to the glory of Jehovnh God. From 1919
on the work of orgoniention amongst the Lord's peo-
ple progreaaed orderly and rapidly.
Then the Bevelator tells of "a great earthquake"
that came in the same season. This was an agitation,
a ah&g of Babylon, or Satan's organization, so ae
to hake out therefrom those who loved God and who
were pictured formerly by the Israelites in Bnbylon
who engerly desired to go up to Jerusalem nnd re-
build the temple of the h r d . The Lord 'atirred up
the nest' where these consecrated people were located.
(Deut. 32 :11;Pa 11:4-7 ; Pa. 50 :4,5) God mvived
the witnas work in 1919, and the shaking followed
'ad L I G H T 33m. 11
in that aame season, as it is written: "And the same
hour waa there a great earthquake, and the tenth part
of the city fell, and in the earthquske were slam of
men seven thousand: and the remnant were afkighte3,
and gave glory to the God of heaven. "-%v.
The original word here rendered "hour" is also
rendered "time", "season." God's pomr eausee
11 :13.
earthquakes. The shaking or commotion which his
operations cawed then ahook out from Babylon many
who lwed him. Truly, then, these fell away from
m d were lost to Babylon. Those who fled from Baby-
lon after the beginning of the witnesa work in 1919,
and who devoted themelvea wholly to the Lord ever
afterwards, formed a part of the remnant to do a d ' s
work in the earth.
I t is important to note here that Clod speaks of those
who returned from ancient Babylon as a "tenth".
Jehovah by his prophet foreshadowed the great wit-
n w work to be done after the coming of the Lord
to his temple. The evidence shows that this witneae
work began after 1919, and concerning it the Lord
says: " [Until] the lord have removed men far away,
and there be a great forsaking in the midst of the
land. But yet in it shall be a tenth, and it shall re-
turn,and shall be eaten; as a teil tree, and as an oak,
whose substance is in them when they cast their leavea,
so the holv seed ~haUbe the wbstanm thereof."-
~rra.6 :i2,i3.
Be it noted that the "temth" in this text is called
"the holy seed", showing t b t it is God's m m t
class. These were cut ofe from Babylon and were slain
atla became dead to Babvlon as a result of the Lord's
shahing. They withdrewWfmm the ecclasiastid church
systems and took, their Btaad Wp:on the side of
I TBANBITION
the Lord. Their namea were then expunged from the
215
eccleaiastieal records and they were dropped from the
rolls and counted as 'dead' by the clergymen. In faet,
the faithful ones did become dead with Christ from
that time forward and their lives were hid in the
Anointed One by Jehovah.-Col. 9:3, Diag.
They were translated from the powers 01darknw
(Babylon) into the kingdom of Clod's dear Son. (Col
1:13) The transition work continued. These faith-
ful onea are further identifled as "seven thousand"
slain; which is supported by God's word to Elijah,
saying: 'Yet I have left me seven thousand in Israel
which have not bowed the knee unto Baal or kissed
him' 1 9 1 8 That eompany of seven thousand
go to make up the remnant of the Lord, accordmg
to the impired words of Paul. He quotes the words
of the Lord above set forth, and then adds: "Even so
then at this present time slao there is a remnant a&
cording to the election of grace." (Ram. 11 :4,5) There
appears to be no other reaaon for Jehovah's making
mention of the number "seven thousand" to Elijah
than to have the remnant thus clearly pietured and
to help us un-and by mentioning the aame thing
I in Revelation.
By far the greater number of Clod's resnnant who
are servants of the Lord, and doing his witness work
today, are those who have left Babylon and come into
present truth ainee 1919. At an international con-
vention held in Germany in 1925 a poll of the great
audienee was taken and the reault showed that more
than half of those present came into the truth since
1922, and nearly all of them since 1919. A similar
poll was aftemards taken at other conventions, prov-
ing the same general fact. The remnant not only for-
sook Babylon, but in 1926 exposed her and denounced
her in the language of the Scriptures, and then threw
away from themelves all Babylonish customs, such
as dress, names of holidays, sanotimoniousneas, and
like things, so that today nothing a b u t the remnant
can be called Babylonish. (Isa. 14: 22) In Britain
the Lord's pcople were more given to eeclesia8ticism,
but when they saw their proper position they quickly
forsook evcryth'ig pertahing to Babylo&& cnstom.
The long ooats, black ties, sanctimonious fnees, hang-
ing heads 'like a bulrush', ceascd amongst the gath-
erings of the Lord's people. Instead, those coming
togcthcr were joyful in the Lord m d their fnces shone
with joy to havve a part in his witnem work
"And the remnant were affrighted," that is to say,
thosc remaining in the chumh systems were affrighted.
The remnant here does not refer to Ood's anointed
peoplc. The ecclesinstical leaders and workers became
alarmed at the withdrawal of their meinbers and tried
to start revivals amongst their own company, and
thw by a form of godlineas they gave hypocritical
"glory to tho God of heaven", but their real reason
for 80 doing was for their own interests. The clergy
and thc principal of their flocks cast out the names of
thoae who had withdrawn from their church organiza-
tions, and in so doing claimed to be glorifying God;
and thia the Lord had foretold by his prophet. ''Your
brethren that hated you, that cost you out for my
name's sakc, said, Let the Lord be glorified."-Isa.
66: 5.
As further support of the correbtnw of this con-
clusion the following is cited, to wit: The Intcrohnrah
World Movement; the "personal visitation" cam-
paign of the nominal charoh workers; the & H n O W C 8
ment of radio ministers by the National Broadcasting
Company, snd the radioensting of talks by those of
high-aonnding names. These Babyonish system,
forming a part of Satan's organization, in no wise
repented and turned to God, even though they saw
Qod's favor upon hie people; and for this reason
Babylon ia marked for complete destruction See
Revelation eighteenth chapter. Had they repented
there would have been no ma1 reason for "the third
woe", which must follow.
The withdrawal from Babylon of the "tenth part
of the city", meaning a goodly number thereof, which
number is mentioned as seven thouaand souls, and
which became a part of God's organization, must have
been a masting, stinging woe to Satan's organization,
partioularly the ecclesiastical element thereof. Not
only were the r& and nnmbors of the ecclesiastical
oompasy reduced, but those who withdrew becnme
zealous for the Lord and, joining the Lord's army,
msrehed on to the assnult of the enemy by the p m e
h t i o n of Qod's truth.
The sixth angel had sounded his trumpet, and "the
second woe ia past ;and, behold, the third woe cometh
quickly". (Vs. 14) Up to this point in the eleventh
chapter of Revelation events are recorded atretching
over a period of time from 1914 until the sounding
of "the seventh angel". In that period there waa
a complete transition from the Elijah work of God's
people to that fore~hadowedby Elisha and done by
the same people of God. A greater transition is that
which mark the end of Satan's rule by permiasion
and the beginning of the kingdom of the Lord, an-
nounaement of whieh must now be made.
 N8 L I G H T a.
11
BFYENTH TBTSMPET
It seems certain that the seventh trumpet would
proclaim events of the greateat importance coming to
/ p w . The greatest doetrine of M ' s Word is his
kingdom, because the kingdom will vindicate the word
and name of Jehovah. God's great drama was moving
forward orderly, and each event exactly on time in
harmony with his schedule. "And the seventh angel
sounded ; and there were great voices in heaven, say-
ing, The kingdoms of this world are become the king-
doms of our Lord, and of his Chrigt; and he shall
reign for ever and ever."-Vs. 15.
From this text, according t o the rendering of the
Autkorised Version of the Bible, it might appear that
Satan's world has become God's Idngdom; but that
is not the correet thought. The Diaglolt rendering of
the text is more nearly correct, which is: "The king-
dom [the right of rulership] of the world has be-
come" the kingdom (right of rulerehip, Ezek. 21: 27)
of our Lord and his Christ. This latter rendering is
supported by the S i i i t i c and Alexandrine W S . and
the Amel.dcanRevised Versim,Rotherham, and others.
"The world" here mcans the new world beginning,
which did begin in 1914,because it is then that Christ
J e w , whom right it is to rule, came into power.
Again the Lord sent his angel to carry out matters
of great importance as pertaining to his people on
earth. He caused his representatives or deputies, who
are invisible to men, to direct what should be done
by his visible servants on the earth. This is fnrther
proof of the completeness with which Jehovah keeps
in hie hand all his work. Everything is in his right
hand; and he directs his sewants, and they act accord-
ing to his sovereign will. No ereatwe em pmperly
take credit for what is done, whether that owature
be an invisible angel of heaven or some earthly serv-
ant. It might be well here to recall that when sod
sent hi angel8 to deal with some of his earthly crea-
turea the angels' names were not disclosed These
oreatnres, far greater than man, kept their names
eearet from man. The manifest purpose waa that all
glory and honor should be given to Cod (Jndg.
13: 17,18) This must mean that the creature shall
take no credit to himwlf for what he is privileged
to do.
If it appears, then, that God's people on the earth
have been used by the Lord to perform certain things
'in connection with the fdtllment of his propheey, let
these facta cauae them to humbly fall before Jehovah
Qod and give h m all glory and all honor. Let no
i
flattering titles or honor be given to men, for such
is not pleasing to the Lord. (Job 82: 22) Gad's peo-
ple can today see where they have made this great
error many times in the past; but henceforth let them
be warned and hereafter give all the glory and honor
to God, and none whatsoever to men.
From July 30 to August 6, inelusive, 1928, God's
servant elam held a convention at Detroit, Michigan
In that convention were conseorated men and women
from many countries of the earth, speaking many
donyes and languages. The clergy and their allies
ased every power at their command to keep the pw-
ple in ignorance of the fact of this oonvention and
to deter persons from attending. They would have
prevented the shouting of the multitude# who did
attend, if they could; but they could not. Satan and
his agenta have not power to prevent anything that
&d willa to have done. That waa a service convention
 L I G H T Em. 11
the general purpose of whieh waa to make known the
kingdom of God. The Society published its own paper
for the occasion, called The Messenger, whieh guve a
daily report of the evente of the convention. From
The Messenger the following is quoted:
'The most important event that ever happ~nedin
Detroit, or in Michigan, or in the United States, or on
the American continent, or in the world., takes place
this morning at 9: 80 when an address will be given
on "Ruler for the People", over the greatest network
of radio stations over linked together in human h i s
tory. . .. The wire network of these stations wvera
33,500 miles of telephone lines, and 91,400 miles of
telegraph lines. More than 500 telephone experts will
superintend the network.' The New York Times said:
'The most extensive and expensive radio hook-up in
history hss been arranged for the International Bible
Students next Sunday at Detroit. The speaker is an
rmeompromiaing foe of organized Christianity.' The
Wwhington (D. 0.) Post, on August 6, said: 'The
broaderast of Sunday morning's session of the Inter-
nationaI Biblc Students Aasoeiation, asembled yester-
day morning in Detroit, included more than 100 sta-
tions, and therefore was the largest in the history of
radio. ... For the convenience of listeners in the
Capital loud speakers mere installed in the Pythian
auditorium, and at several other points in the city.
The visible audience in the auditorium numbered more
than 12,000. I n addition to that, loud speakers were
placed in Belle Irile Park, about ten miles away in
Detroit, where it is said another crowd wmbled.'
The most important period of the convention waa
the Sunday morning session, August 5. Asembled
at the Coliscum were upward of l2,OOO earnest fol-
Ilsn. 11 TBANBITION
lowers of C ~ P MJesoa The radio sta.tiona linked to-
gether numbered one hundred and seven, wvering all
parts of the United States and almost all of Canada,
and with short wave channels carrying the message
to foreign lands. There were many comecrated people
assembled in similar groups at various points with
loud-speakers installed, that they might listen to the
radio; and therefore these similar groups formed a
part of the convention and had a part in its pmcecd-
ings. At the appointed hour a resolution was read
setting forth in substance thnt Jehovah, the only true
God, is the true Friend and Bencfactor of mankind;
that Satan's world has ended; and that Jehovah has
plaeed hi beloved Son Christ Jesus upon hi throne
to rule the world; and then the resolution aalled up-
on & nations and peoples to give their allegiance to
God's kingdom. Then followed the a p e d in support
of the resolution, the title of which wee "Ruler for
the People". At the conclusion thereof the resolution
was enthusiastically adopted by a vote of the seen
and the unseen audience.
"DECLARATION AGAINST SATAN AND FOX
JEHOVAH .
"The Bible Students in international wnvention
aasembled do declare themselves against Satan and
wholly for Jehovah of hosts, and emphatically an-
nounce further these vitnl truths, to wit:
"First: That the peoples of earth organieed into
forms of go~ernment and under the control of a
superior and invisible ruler constitute the world;
"Second: That Jehovah is the only true and AI-
mighty God and the source of all just authority; that

he is the Eing Fitend, the Uod of jwtice, wisdom,
love and power and the true Friend and Benefsetor
of all creation ;
"Third: That Jehovah delegated to his son Lncife~
the authority to be the overseer of man;'that Lucifer
became disloyal, rebelled against Ood and cawed man
to fall away from righteon~~ess, and &@A that rebel-
lion Lueifer has been known by the titles Dragon,
Serpent, Satan and Devil ; that Satan the Devil has
caused H e amongst the nations and is responsible
for all the cruel wars, wicked murders, aJ1 heinous
orimes and other corrupt aats that have been oom-
mitted; that until now Jehovah has not reatrained
Satan from the exercise of power and influence over
man; that for many centuries Satan han been the
invisible ruler of the world, constantly defaming the
name of Jehovah Bod and working great injury to
men and nations ;
"Fourth: That Jehovah promiaed that in his due
time he would reatrain Satan and establish a righteous
government in the earth that men might have an op-
portunity for life everlasting in happinem; and to
that end he anointed his beloved Son Jesus to be the
Redeemer and invisible Ruler of the world;
"Fifth: That Jehovah's due time has come to
his promise and to clear his reputation in the minds
of all creation; that Ohrist Jems has taken hi high
' ofilco as the executive of Jehovah and the great issue
now is, Who is sod, and who shall rule the peoples
and nationsf
"Sixth: That beclause Batan w i l l not m e n d e r his
wiclred rule over the nations and peoples of the earth,
Jahovah of hosta with his anointed executive officer
TRANSITION
Christ Jewa will preas the d o t against Satan and
all of hie f o m of evil, and henceforth our battlwry
hall be, THII SWORD OF JEHOVAH AND OF
HIS ANOINTED ;that the great battle of Armaged-
II don swn to begin will d t in the full restraint of
Satan and the complete overthrow of his evil or-
Y &ation, and that Jehovah will establish righteous-
I ness in the earth by and through Christ, the new
Ruler, and will emancipate manlrjnd from evil and
bring everlasting bleaeinga to all the nations of the
I earth ;
1 "Seventh: Therefore the due time hw come for all
who love righteousness to talce their stand on the side
of Jehovah and obey and serve him with a pure heart,
that they may receive the boundless blessings which
the Almighty GIod has in reservation for them."
A full report of the resolution and the supporting
address appeared in the f f o l d m Age magazine of
September 6, 1928. Bor further report of the pm-
ceedinga of the radio hook-up broadcasting of the
resolution and the supporting argument, see Wdch
Tower, September 16, 1928.
It seem quite eonvinoing that the Lord throagh
hia angel dirscted the proceedings at that convention
and afforded the opportunity for proclaiming it over
the broadest area that any memage ever delivered
on earth up to that time had been broadcast. On
Monday morning following, at four o'elock in the
morning, the same resolution and supporting argu-
ment were broadcast by short wave from Detroit,
Michigan, by wire conneetion with the large station at
Schenectady, New Y o r , for the special benefit of
Australia, New Zealand and other islands of the sea
 224 L I G H T
Shortly thereafter cablegrams were received fmm
m.11.
Australia and New Zealand announcing that the re-
ception was splcpdid and well received. Cablegrams
from the islands of Jamaica, Trinidad, and other
B.W.I. points, likewise reported good reception.
./ This was an mouncement that Jehovah is the
King eternal and that he has set his beloved Son,
earth's rightful Ruler, upon his throne. That the
Lord directed it there can be no doubt, because no one
connected with this convention had thought that its
1 plete panacea for the ills of humankind, and that
proaeedings might be in fulfilment of ReveIation
11 :15. Nor did auch a thought occur to any one, so
fnr as known, for more than a year thereafter. "Je-
i government is their great friend.
hovah hath become king." (Ps. 97: 1, Roth.) "For
the lringdom is Jehovah's, and he is .the ruler over the
nations." (Ps. 22: 28, A.R.V.) 'Jehovah hath set his
king upon his throne.' (Ps. 2: 6) Thus the Lord
had long ago foretold what he would do, and which
he did. The facts show that he set his King upon his
throne in 1914, and here was the occasion for cansing
his people to make a proclamation of that fact to the
nations and peoples of the earth. The resolution and
the supporting addresa broadcast on that masion
were afterwards put in book form under the title
"The Peoples Friend", and millions of copies in
various languages were placed in the hands of the
people. At that same convention the book entitled
ff~vemmeatwas released for distribution, and has
since been widely distributed throughout the earth.
These measages, symbolized by the "voices", are
and were from heaven because what is therein stated
is the Word of God, and not the meaaage of man.
The i m e is squarely raised, Who shall rule the
world! From that time forward such is the great
TEANBITI~N -
i m e , and God's minted people are marching on
x 225
with songs of praise proclaiming, 'Jehovah shall reign
forever, by his C h i a t l Jehovah's name shall now be
vindimtad.' The ffovcmmeltt hook, released then and
widely distributed since, especially emphasizes the
fa& that Jehovah is the Supreme One, and that hia
government, by and through his anointed, is the eom-
which will set the people free, and that therefore Godts
John's vision then shows the twenty-four elders
that sat upon their seats or thrones as falling upon
their faces, worshiping God, and saying: "We give
thee thanks, 0 Lord God Almighty, which art, and
wast, and art to come ;because thou hast taken to thee
thy great power, and hast reigned." (Pas.1 6 , l l ) The
"twenty-four elders", being double the number of
the apostles, symbolically represent the kingdom clam,
those in heaven and those on the earth, to whom the
Lord has said: "Enter thou into the joy of thy Lord."
These worship not men, but worship the Supreme
One and humble themselves undcr his mighty hand.
(1Pet. 2: 17; 5: 6) Theae say, not merely at prayer
and teatbony meetings, but aloud by speech and by
radio and by millions of printed books prodaiming
the fact, that God's kingdom has come; they say that
the Lord took his power and began his reign in 1914,
as the Scriptures and the facts show; and saying this
they rejoice and give thanka to Jehovah and delight
to become heralds of his kingdom.
Jehovah has always exercised supreme power over
the universe aeide from the earth; but now, by and
-ugh his beloved Son, he wumes authority over
things pertaining to the earth: "And.the nutiom were

anprp, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the
dead, that they should be judged, and that thou
uhouldeat give reward unto thy servants the prophets,
and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, smnll
and great; and should& destroy them which destroy
the earth.'?-Vs. 18.
The nations became angry in 1914, at the end of
Satan's world. Jehovah's wrath came when his be-
loved One m e to his temple in 1918 for judgment.
(Ps. 11:4-6) Thereafter God's people came to a reali-
zation of the fact that the faithful sleeping saints had
been resnmoted about the time of the Lord's coming
to his temple.-See W b c h Tower, June 1, 1927.
/ "That thou shouldest give reward unto thy sewants
the prophets" applies to that class that pmphwy or
preach "this gospel of the kingdom': The prophets
of old are left out of the picture because "they with-
out us should not be made perfect". (Heb. 11:40)
But the faithful witness class on earth, and giving
the witness,is symbolized by the two prophets Elijah
and John the Baptist, which "two witnerares" " a s
oended up to heaven in a oloud". Thereafter their
work is represented or foreshadowed in the events
that came to paas in conneation with Elisha the
prophet. Therefore these witnesses are called "thy
servants the prophets". Others mmtioned are "the
saints" and evidentlr include the 'prisoner' class or
"great multitude", which are classed aa "righteous"
and which class must so011 be fully manifested and
come unto the reward God has providod for them.
"Them that fear thy name" is another class men-
tioned and seems clearly to mean those who shall hear
the mewsage of h t h and tarn to the Lord before and
BEV.11 TEANBITION 227
during Armageddon and bo forever on eartli.-MaL
8:16,17; 4:2,3; PB. 115:18; 145:19.
Jehovah by his prophet tella of the ruling claeses
on earth, 1111der Satan the invisible ruler, who have
deilled the earth because they have transgreased his
law, changed his ordinances, and broken his ever-
lasting covenant. (Isa. 24: 6) These wicked ruling
faotors have so corrupted the earth, that is to say,
the organization of men on the earth, that God will
destroy the wicked organization. This was better un-
derstood by the Lord's people after the explanation
given in the Watch Tower of December 15,1927. This
is another proof that Qod reveals: hia truth to hia
people in his own due time.
The vision then discloses the temple of God in heav-
en opened. "And the temple of Qod was o p e d in
heaven, and there waa aeen in hia temple the ark of his
testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and
thunderinga, and an earthquake, and great hail."
(Vs. 19) This indicates that the time had come for
the awakening out of death of those saints who had
died faithful; and also for thoee on the earth, found
faithful, to be brought into the temple dm. This
would mark the beginning of the ful5lment of the
parable of the talents. (Xatt. 25: 21) The opening of
the temple would also diselose to those of the temple
class what things are therdn. "And there was seen
in hia temple the ark of his [covenant].'' Thia would
not mean that the temple class &st had this under-
tand ding after the sounding of the seventh trumpet,
but rather that the opening ooincidw in point of time
with the beginning of the wrath of Qod, whieh worda
immediately precede. The ark of the covenant is
seem in the temple. In the reign of King David the
228 L I O H T REV. 11
ark of the covenant was transferred from the house
of Obed-Edom to Mount Zion, and that was occasion
for song and great rejoicing, and a song was com-
posed and sung by David telling of the presence of
Jehovah for judgment.
The Scriptures show that the ark of the covenant
is a symbol of the presence of Jehovah, and it is there
fore a time for his people to rejoice: "Arise, 0 Lord,
into thy rest; thou, and the ark of thy strength. Let
thy priests be clothed with righteousness; and let
thy saints shout for joy."-Ps. 132: 8,9; see also
Heb. 9 : 24.
The picture thereof, in Revelation 11:19, is that
Jehovah, through his Messenger, Christ Jesus, has
come to his temple and it is the time for the ap-
proved ones to greatly rejoice. "The Lord is in his
holy temple." (Hab. 2: 20) The Lord now comes to
build up Zion, which is pictured by the transfer of
the ark to Mount Zion: "When the Lord shall build
up Zion, he shall appear in his glory. " (Ps. 102 :16)
It is therefore the time for his people to say: "Save
ns, 0 God of our salvation, and gather ns together,
and deliver ns from the heathen, that we may give
thanks to thy holy name, and glory in thy praise."
-1 Chron. 16 :35.
The blood of the atonement sacrifice was sprinkled
upon the ark, representing the covenant by sacrifice.
The completion of the covenant by sacrifice is Jeho-
vah's chief consideration during the Christian era,
and particularly so during the period of the f m -
ment of the Revelation The complete establishment
of the kingdom hinges upon the performance of this
covenant, and in symbol the "ark" of Jehovah is now
present in order that the blood of this sacrificial cove-
REV. 11 TBANBITION 229
nant may be sprinkled upon it in due course. The
location of the ark was the place where the tribes
of Israel went up and had a rally. (Ps, 122 :4) Now
a t this day God's faithful witnesses must rally to the
performance of the oovenant by sacrifice, and i n so
doing give praise to Jehovah's name.
The presence of the Lord in his temple is a time
of great shaking and agitation and commotion, which
is symbolically stated in the nineteenth verse. Thii
shaking, agitation and commotion has been partic-
ularly true with reference to conseerated people and
those who claim to be followers of Christ. This is
enhanced by the lightnings from the Word of God.
The faithful ones see the light upon God's Word and
rejoice, and those not faithful become incensed a t
their brethren and are shaken out. The flashes of
lightning from the Lord are followed by proclma-
tions of the message of truth; and these messages of
truth, hard and cutting, like hail, sweep away the
covering of lieq, and Cod's anointed joyfully proelaim
the praises to his name, and continue to sing the new
song.

CHAPTER VII
The Birth
(-x, 12 a 13)
EHOVAH alone can givelife everlasting,becanse
J he is "the fountain of life". "For with thee is
the fountain of life: in thy light shall we see
light." (Pa. 86: 0) There is no exception to this
divine rule. It includes his beloved Son, the King of
glory. "He naked liie of thee, and thou gavest it
him, even length of dam for ever and ever." (Ps.
21 :4; see also Pa. 16: 11; Rom. 6:23; John 17:3)
"In his favour is life." (Ps. 30: 5) All creatures
who will live forever must know these truths and wn-
form themselves thereto. There is but one true &I&
Jehovah is his name. There ia a false mighty one,
or god, who may well be called "the mimic god", b e
cause he haa attempted to counterfeit and mimic what
the true God haa done and does, but he does so to
ridicule and bring reproach upon Jehovah. He is
Satan the Devil, who in due time shall Buffer evcr-
lasting destruction. (Heb. 2: 14) The term "life"
applies to oreaturea and to organizati0118. "Birth"
means the act of bringing forth to life. Everything
that receives liie must have a birth.
In this chapter consideration is given to the birth
of the kingdom of &Id and to the birth of Satan's
offspring. Chapters twelve and thirteen of Revelation
are here considered. Theae chapters should now be
carefully read and studied in conneetian with what
is here said. Keeping in mind that Revelation is a
prophecy, we must aee and understand auch propheoy
Pa0
ICav. 18 TBB1 B I B T H 231
In the light of the events whiah God c a m to came to
paas in fnlfllment of prophecy.
In order to give birth to a creature or thing there
must be a husband and wife, that is to say, a father
and a mother. Concerning the kingdom of heaven,
which ehall rule over and blesa all h ' ' d, Je v'
hovah God is the husband and Father, and his or-
ganization called Zion is the mother. Concerning the
wicked kingdom which have misruled the peoples of
earth for many centuries, Satan is the husband and
father, and hi8 wiaked organization, called Babylon,
2s the mother. The kingdom of Satan is darknw and
death, and the end thereof shall be everlasting de.
struetion. The kingdom of God is light and life, a d
ble&sed are they that flee into it.-Zech. 14: 4-ll.
THE KINGDOM
, $ . .
By the term "kingdom" is meant Jehovah God's
kingdom established by and through his beloved Son
Christ J e m and for the benefit of man. Above -all,
that kingdom will vindicate Jehovah's word and his
name. Jehovah God fixed a definite time when that
kingdom should be born and begin to function, snd
that time began when he set his King upon his throne
in A.D. 1914. John, the servant of God, waa given
a vision of the birth of the kingdom of Ood and he
wmte it down to be understood by the John or serv-
ant class on the earth after the birth of that king-
dom had taken place, and after the opening of the
temple. For aome time now the servant clam has seen
this and rejoiced, and now others who love God may
see it for their good. The twelfth chapter of Revela-
tion &uld now be wefully read.
 a?% L I Q H T BY.
18
I
Note that i t opens with the statement: "And there
appeared a great wonder in heaven." The Renrised
V e r A says: "A great sign was seen in heaven."
Truly it is a "great" sign, bemuse of its importance.
The kingdom or nation was born with the end of
1914, but this fact was not intelligently discerned by
the people of God until some time after 1918. That
great wonder or sign appearing in heaven is symbol-
ized by "a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon
under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve
stars". That woman symbolically represents God's
organization, otherwise named Zion. Jehovah God is
her husband and he accepts her as his wife because
he has made her fruitful and he aclrnowledges her
child by 'catching it up to him in heaven' at its birth.
The nation or organization of Imael, which was typical
Zion, God used to foreshadow the greater light that
he would bring to the attention of his people conoern-
ing his organization "For thy Maker is thine hua-
band; The Lord of hosts is his name; and thy Re-
deemer the Holy One of Israel; The Ood of the whole
earth shall he be called."-Isa. 54: 6.
Cod's organization, symbolized by the pure wom-
an, is partially visible to man, but the greater part
thereof is invisible to man. It includes his beloved
Son and all the host of heavenly creatures in harmony
with Cod, and it includes those on earth who are faith-
ful and true to God. The latter are the only part that
is visible to human eyes, but these are the ones who
are in real danger, by reason of the enmity of Satan
against God and against his organization and the
.ahildren thereof.
Note that the woman is elothed and shod with God's
light. The aun was her clothing, and the moon her
TEBl B I B T H 2%
shoes, and the stars are about her head. The sun and
the moon and the stars give light to men on the earth.
So the light of God shines upon and about them that
love and serve him. Those of God's organization on
earth are sune of God's light and favor both day and
night, whiah i s here symbolized. The 'twelve stars
upon the head of the woman' symbolically says: 'She
b a heavenly queen and therefore fit to bring forth
the offspring of Jehovah. Her husband is the King
of Eternity.' (Jer. 10: 10) Being with child and
about to be delivered she aried out. (See verse 2.)
Her cries were those of pain directed to Jehovah God,
the only One who could help her. Her cries are
prayers for Cod's kingdom to begin. Clearly the
lesson taught by this b that the kingdom ia not pro-
d u d except a t great mt of pain and d e r h g on
the part of t h w who are members of Ood'a orgeniea-
tion.-Acts 14: 22; Gal. 4: 19.
At the same time "there appeared another wonder
[or aign] in heaven". After the temple of God was
opened those who were brought into the temple had
an understanding of these "signs" or "wonders",
but they could not have an understanding prior there-
to. Through the columna of the Watch Tower of "
March 1, 1925, the Lord revealed thew truths con-
eerning the great wonders to his people. Thii latter
l'wonder" or "sign" is described as "a great red
dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven
crowns upon his heads", and he had a taiL (Vs. 3)
Dragon is one of the names that God gave to Satan
the enemy and properly applies to Satan's organiza-
.,
tion. It is derived from the Greek word drahon, and
meam a serpent, and this a h is one of the names
that apply to Satan the Devil. (Eev. 12: 15; 20: 1-8)
i
 Thus the Devil is identifie& and hie orgmhtion
- with
him.
The diadem were upon his seven heads, and he had
"ten horns", symbolically representing complete in-
visible and visible power and authority over his or-
ganization, whereas the "seven heads" 6ymbolicslly
represented his complete invisible organization. Hie
"tail" is hia prophet, and therefore "the false proph-
V' et)). (Isa. 9: 15) The proof is &ewhere herein sub-
mitted showing that "the false prophet" is the wm-
bined world powers of Britain and America SuBce
for the present that this abstract statement is made.
Satan's organieation, particularly by and through
this false prophet, know8 how to lure and draw and
entice; and therefore it is written that "his tail drew
the third part of the Btsrs of heaven, and did cast
them to the earth". Evidently this doea not mean ex-
actly one third in number, but rather a clam of per-
sona who claim to be faithful, yet are unfaithful to
Ood. Those who will compose the "body of Christ"
and the "great multitude" must prove faithful. But
there is a third part that will not be faithful but will
go after the Devil, and these are called "wandering
atars, to whom is reserved the blaolmeea of darkness
for ever". (Jude 13) By his prophet Ood foretold
that Satan, through his instruments or agents, would
"cast down some of the host and of the stars to the
ground". (See Daniel 8: 10.) The false prophet has
accomplished this.
In verse four the dragon is shown standing before
the woman of God, ready and waiting to devour her
ohild as soon as it is born. Thus is pictured the 'en-
mity between the serpent and the woman', as Cod had
previo* declared. 8.: 15). This was the exact
condition tliat obtained at the cloae of the year 1914.
For centuries W ' s people have looked forward to
the &bg up of the kingdom with great expectation.
%en on earth Jews spoke of the coming of the king-
dom more than of any other one thing, evidently be-
ea~mof its greateat importance. It is the most Bta-
pendous of all things. Its birth was and is of the
greatest importame. Bs Satan recognized Jews as
the heir of Ood and of the kiugdom, and tried to kill
him when he was in the flesh, even so he reco&ed
the kingdom ss his (Satan's) greatest enemy. He
waod ready to destroy the kingdom at its beginning.
Jehovah ehallemges him when he says : "Shall I bring
to the birth, and not cause to bring forth? sdth Ja
h o d : shall I that cause to brilng forth shut the
m b ? with thy Ood" (Isa 66:9 A.R.V.) Ood's
due t i e had arrived at the end of the waiting period
and no€hing oonld prevent the birth of his govern-
ment.
"And she brought forth a man ohild, who was to
rnle all nationa with a rod of iron : and her child was
eausht up unto God, and to his throne." (Vs.6) The
man child here mentioned is a d ' s kingdom, new na-
tion or government under Christ that must rule a l l
tPre nations of the"earth. This period of waiting and
i&e bed thereof was foretold by another prophet of
rJod, who wrote: "Therefore will he give them up,
until the time that ahe [Zion] which travaileth hath
bmught forth; then the remnant of his brethren shall
return unto the children of Israel. And he shall atand
and feed [margin, rule] in the strength of [Jeho-
vah]."-Mia. 6: 8, 4.
'The heavenly queen,' whkh is G d ' s organhition,
d net bring forth the child except 'Gdgive the
e88 L I Q H T REV.11
increase'. By his wisdom and power his organization
labored not in vain. (1 Oor. 8: 6; 16:68) It ia only
Jehovah who could create the kingdom and from
whom proceeds all power and authority. (Rom. 13:
1, 2) I t was his will that Jeans, his beloved Son,
should remain inactive againat Satan until the end of
1914 and that then he should take his power and be-
gin hi reign.-Ps. 110:1.
Inamnuoh as he willed the righteous government,
and the manner in which it should be born, his great
organization served as the mother and furnished the
material for such government to be born and to rule
all the nations. I t is God'a entire or universal organi-
zation that gives birth to the new government, but it
ia his "elect" servant or great "high priest" that
d m . (Isa. 42: 1-7; Ps. 110:4) The woman of Ood'a
organization therefore gave birth to the kingdom and
to t h e who shall compose the kingdom, to wit, C h r i
at his resurrection, and the members of the body
later, and the oEoe which The Chriat i3I.l~.
Another picture likens this to the cutting of the
Stone out of a great mountain without hands. (Dan.
2:45) The birth of the man child ia therefore the
birth or bringing forth and the beginning of the oper-
ation of the kingdom or new nation, whieh i~ the holy
nation of M.(1Pet. 2: 9) The fact that the man
ohild ia pictured as being caught up to heaven provesl
that it is God's kingdom the authority of which ia
exercised by and through hi beloved elect and
anointed One.
WAR
Jehovah had foretold by h i ~ ' ~ r o ~of t time
h ethe'
aoming when he would send forth his Son out of Zion
 m. la THE B I R T H 239
to rnle in the midst of his enemiea, and that war
would follow: "The Lord shall send the rod of thy
strength out of Zion: rule thou in the midst of thine
enemiw. Thy people shall be willing in the day of thy
power, in the beautias of holmem from the womb of
the morning: thou hast the dew of thy youth. The
Lord hath mom, and will not repent, Thou art a
priest for ever after the order of Nelchizedek The
Lord at thv right hand shall strikc throuph k h w in
the day of-his-math. He shall judge mong theV[na-
tiom], he shall fll the placea with the dead bodies;
he shall wound the heads over many conntriw. He
I
' shall drink of the brook in the way: therefore shall
I he lift np the head." (Ps.110: 2-7) Thia period of
time necemarily began when Christ was placed upon
, his throne, in 1914. (Pa. 2: 6) That would mark the
time when war was begun by Chriit againat the ene
my Satan.
I n hannony with this it is writtan: "And there was
war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought againet
the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,
and prevailed not; neither was their plaoe found any
more in heaven. And the great dragon was cast out,
that old aerpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which
, deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the
8 earth, and his angels were aast out with him."-Rev.
, 12:7-9.
It is the great Prince Christ that began the war
against Satan and he is identsed in the aeventh verse
by the name Eehael, the manifest purpose of which
is to oall attention to the corroborative prophe~yof
Daniel, thus fnrnishing two witnesses to this impor-
tant fact. The only place in the Old Teatament that the
title Michael is applied to M ' a great Prince, Christ
 1 n?x. 1B
Jews, is in Daniel% prophecy, wherein it is written:
"And at that time [at the birth of the man child, thc
kingdom] ahall Michael stand up, the great peaven
ly] prince which standeth for [ruler of] the children
of thy people; and there shall be a time of trouble
[in heaven and also on earthl, wch as never was."
(Dan. 12: 1) That trouble in heaven ended with the
casting out of Satan; and the time of trouble on earth
was halted for a season, in which time the witnesa
work must be done, and then ahall come the h a 1 end.
It
-Matt. 24: 14, 21, 22.
This and other scriptures prove that Satan had a
place where he was permitted to be in heaven. Prob-
ably God confined him to a certain zone, but that he
was permitted to appear in the presence of God is
-
made certain by other scri~tures.Job 1:6: Zech.
3:1,2.
Four names Ood gave to him as a means of identi-
fication, and they eymbolize the wicked work in which
he engages. It is stated that he "deceiveth the whole
world", but evidently what is meant is the 'whole in-
habited earth'; and this is in harmony with the Re-
uisdd Version and the Diaglott rendering of the text.
It would not apply to Bod's anointed people, who are
not a part of the earth.
When Chrii, the great Prince, was placed upon
his throne the first work was to oust Satan from heav-
en. Satan assembled all his host of powers and prin-
cipalities and angels, symbolized under the "seven
heads", and resisted; and war followed. It was a war
between Satan's heavens and the "new heavens" un-
der the Megsiah. The beast, the false prophet and the
kings of the earth were not in that fight, because they
could do nothing in a heavenly battle to ansist thei~
I not serve to vindicate the name of Jehovah before
THE B I R T H 241
father Satan. But every head or prinee in Satan's in-
visible organization would be involved. These would
induce the visible organization of Satan on earth to
ww the membera of God's organbation on
earth, which did take place.
On the side of Christ in this flght were his myriads
of holy angels, but none of the members of the body
of Ohtist were involved. Those who had died faithful
had not even been resnrrected, ond none of the serv-
ant class on earth could render any aid in that war-
fare. The gtrength of the enemy was no match for
(lhrist, who has all power in heaven and earth. This
is proof th&tJesus dam not have to bind Satan before
his demons ca% be cast out or before Satan's earthlf
organization can be destroyed. We may expect the
Lord to give Satan full opportunity to fight all he
can and then b i d him when he is thoroughly
whipped. Satan and his forces in that fight were corn-
pletcly defeated and csst out of heaven; and this is
proof that in God's due time Christ will completely
destroy Satau's organization and then put Satan into
tho pit.
It was not Jehovah's due time to kill Satan; thew-
fore he had Satan and his angela literally thrown out
of heaven. Jew had prophesied: "I beheld Satan as
lightning [that is to my, with lightning speed] fall
from heaven." (Luke 10: 18) The time arrived for
Jesue to do that very work, and it must have afforded
him great joy to thus vindicate his Father's n m e be-
fore the h o b of heaven. That work, however, could
earthly creatures. That vindiaation will take place at
Armageddon. Ood permits Satan to eontiiue his
wicked work about the earth, and in due time he will
 destroy hie organization by and through hia great
Prince, and that will be a complete vindication of his
name.
A voice in heaven is heard by John [representing
God's anointed], proclaiming, "Now is come sdva-
tion, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and
the power of his Ohriat." (Rev. 12: 10) This further
shows that the war and the proclamation took place
at the birth of the kingdom or nation of Qod. The
prodatnation would be heard by all the angelic hoiit
~f heaven, and heard by the resurrected saints after
J their resurrection out of death. It was not until 1925
that the faithful saints on earth began to Bee and nn-
dwskand; therefore that mwt have been Qod's due
time for the latter to see. The Lord revealed this and
caused it to be publiahed in The Watch Tower in 1925
(Mmh 1) that there had been a war in heaven, S e
tan caat out, and much rejoicing in heaven becam
the birth of the nation or kingdom had come. The
strength of the Lord wae demonutrated againat Satan
m d his an& and later demonatrated to his rewr-
rected saints, and revealed to hie faithful onw on
earth. Thwe then learned "The Lord is my strength
and song, and is become my sa1vation". (Ps.118: 14)
The robe of righteou~~eea and garments of salvation
were not understood by the church until the Febru-
ary 1, 1925, Watch T w e r . Then they appreciated
what was meant by the robe and the garments of sal-
vation.
The period of waiting had ended and the time had
eome for 'all power in hewen and in earth' of Chriet
to be exeraisad. Thia is what constitutes the "adminia-
tration of the fulnem of the [times or] seasons".
(Eph. 1:10, Both.) The immediate oast'mg of Satan
from heaven show the beginning of the exemiae of.
the power of Christ and marks the besinning of a new
era in the kingdom of the great "King of Eternity",
m d a new era or kingdom beginning before the wm-
plete destruction of Satan's organieation and power.
AU the holy angels are sons of God, and are there-
fore the brethren of those Christians who have died
faithful aad the faithful ones yet on the earth and
who are in Chr'i Tkc proclamation says: "For the
accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused
them before on- God day and night." This accusing
is well illuatrat 4 in the case of Job. Satan a o d
hi before,Jeho 'ah and declared that Job would n ~ t
maintain his intc Jrity if he were put to the test. Ood
permitted Satan " 9 try out his scheme on Job. The
teat was made anh Job did maintain his integrity b e
fore Qod. S a m has alwap conabntly mused the
followera of Christ, declaring they would not remain
faithful when put to the test. But those who have
been faithful and true to &d have maintained their
integrity and Satan could not overcome them. On the
contrary, thwe faithful ones have overcome Satan, as
it is writtea: "And they overcame him by the blood
of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and
they loved not their lives unto the death."-Va. 11.
By their faith in the blood of Christ as compensat-
ing for all their natural weaknesses and other nnin-
tentional imperfections, and holding on to him, these
gained the fight. "This is the victory that overcometh
the world, even our faith." They overcome "by the
blood of the Lamb"; which meana that the Lamb of
Qod is their advocate with God, making interoession
for his wesker brethren. (1 John 2 :1) "The word of
their testimony" is also mentioned, whioh mwifestly

means that these have been faithful witnasses to the
name of God and of Christ, giving testimony thereto.
One cannat be pleasing to God who does not act as a
witness to the name and word of God. To be his wit-
ness is one of Jehovah's positive commandments. The
truth was given to God's people, not merely as some-
thing to enjoy personally, but to tell to others to the
glory of his name. For a time his witnesses testified
in sackcloth, and when that period was ended their
witness was 'killed'. In hi due time God resuscitated
his witnesses and gave them a change of raiment; and
now, clothed "with the garments of salvation" and
"the robe of righteousness", these go forward with
great zeal to the giving of the testimony, and their
witness work is a boomerang to Satan and his agents
on earth.
I n the language of this prophecy, those who went
to make up the "two witneses" testifying in sack-
cloth "loved not their lives unto the death". They
preferred to die rather than to yield to the solicita-
tions or demands of Satan's crowd. They would be
faithful to the Lord at the cost of their lives. To such
Cod's "lovingkindness is better than life".-Ps. 63: 3.
"Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell
[tabernacle (or tent), Roth.] in them." The remnant
or faithful servant class on the earth, by reason of
their conditional right to eternal life, are truly now
tabernacling or tenting in the heavens or heavenly
places. By faith they now see how marvelously God
has dealt with them and how his purposes he so won-
derfully unfolds for them, and that soon his word and
name shall be completely vindicated and their own
joy shall be complete. Such is the portion of those
who faithffillr serve God.
m.18 THE BIRTH 245
WOE
Since being oagt out of heaven Satan is limited in
his operations to the things of the earth; therefore
warning is given to the inhabitants of the earth.
"Woe to the inhabiters of the earth, and of the sea!
for the devil is come down unto you, having great
wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short
time." (Vs. 12) The remnant is no part of the earth;
hence the "woeJ' is not to them or for them, but is
direoted to Satan's organization and those who bear
it u p and support it, and who are subject to it. The
m a n t is now proclaiming this "woe" of warning;
and for this reason and cause they witness to Cod's
m e and word and Satan tries to destroy them. This
text would further indicate that Satan will drive hia
representatives, to wit, Big Business, politicians, and
clergy, to the extreme limit in their opposition to God
and to his anointed.
Satan's great wrath is directed against God and
his organization. He therefore oppresses the people
in divers and numerous ways and causes great sorrow
and trouble to befall them and then induces his pions-
faeed and lying-lipped clergy to charge all these sor-
rows, woes and calamities up to Jehovah God, The
reason is to turn the people away from God before
h a g e d d o n is fought. Satan sees that his time is
short, and his purpose and aikempt to turn people
away from God is to get all on his side. The proclama-
tion of the voice from heaven at this point of the
Revolation ends, which indicates that the woes of the
peoples of earth will oontiuue and will reach a climax
in Armageddon.

W THE WILDERNESS
The result of the war in heaven found Satan en-
tirely excluded therefrom and he could take no fur-
ther offensive operations against the heavenly host.
His wrath was great against God's L'woman", God's
organization, and therelore the Devil must exercise
hii vengeance against God's people on earth; hence
it is written that "he persecuted the woman which
brought forth the man child", or kingdom. This is
a warning to all of God's anointed that they should
expect the persecution of Satan and his opposition to
be exercised by and through his &gents as long as they
are on earth. This is conclusive proof that if any one
is found earnestly and zealously serving God by giv-
ing testimony concerning God's great name and p w -
pose, that one will be persecuted by Satan and some
members of his visible organization.-Vs. 13.
Jehovah, by his spirit, led his beloved Son away in-
to the wilderness for a period of time, immediately
foUowing his baptism a t the Jordan. At the end of
that period of time Satan violently opposed the Lord
Jesus, in the great temptation. And then Christ Jesus
began his aggressive work in prewhing the khgdom
of God. It would seem appropriate that God should
lead his faithful ones on the earth away into a wilder-
ness immediately follo@ing the time his "two w i t
nasses" are re.suscitate& themfore it is written:
"And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she
hath a plaoe prepared of God, that they should feed
her there a thousand two hundred and thrascore
days. And to the WOW were given two win@ of a
great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness,
into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and
times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent."
T H E BIRTH
(Vss. 6,14)These two verses are considered together
because they relate to the same thing.
Elijah fled became of fear. God's woman, repre-
sented by the faithful members of his organization
on earth, fled because God had made provision for
these, and while in the wilderness condition the Lord
fed those of his organization. During the period of
the World War and while God's organization on earth
was prevented from activities, the members thereof
prayed the prayer the psalmist had put in their
mouth, to wit: "Oh that I had wings like a dove! for
then would I fly away and be at rest. Lo, then would
I wander far off, and remain in the wilderness. I
would hasten my escape from the windy storm and
tempest."-Ps. 55: 6-8.
God resuscitated his witness work, foreshadowed by
the Prophet Elisha; and then Jehovah God heard the
prayer of his faithful ones and answered and pro-
vided even more than was asked of him. Jehovah God
is "the great Eagle" whose wings provided the sup-
port and protection for his organization. Therefore
his woman was given two wings of his provision, his
love and power, to bear her away. "I bare you on
eagles' wings, and brought you unto myself." (Ex.
19 :4) After the birth of the nation, or kingdom, and
while the witness work was yet in restraint, the
Lord's saints on earth continued to pray: "Keep me
as the apple of the eye; hide me under the shadow of
thy wings." (Ps. 17: 8) "Be merciful unto me, 0
God, be merciful unto me: for my soul trusteth in
thee: yea, in the shadow of thy wings will I make my
refuge, until these calamities be overpast." (Ps.
57: 1) "I will abide in thy tabernacle for ever; I will
trust in the covert of thy wings."-Ps. 61: 4.
 When the Lord's people began to see his proviaion
for them they said: "How excellent is thy loving-
kindness, 0 &dl therefore the children of men put
their trust under the shadow of thy wings." (Ps.
36: 7) And the Lord's prophet responds: "He shall
cover thee with his feathers, and under his wings
shalt thou trust: hia truth shall be thy shield and
buckler.'' (P& 91:4) And God by his truth re
vealed himself to hia people, and his ministration to
them has fed them.
It is written: "Aa soon as Zion [God's 'woman7-
organization] travailed, she brought forth her chil-
dren." (Isa. 66: 8) In the wildernw was a place of
aermrity or protection from the face and presence of
the enemy. In the wilderness was an appropriate
place for the ramnant of her seed to be brought forth
and made a part of the temple and anointed. When
Elizabeth learned that she was to be the mother of
John the Baptist she went and hid herself for a sea-
mu. (Luke l: 24) "Until the time that she which
travaileth [God's woman] hath brought forth; then
the remnant of his brethren shall return." (No.
5: 3) She brought forth her children in the place or
condition that God had prepared for her, and then he
fed them upon the food convenient for their growth.
This seema to picture the Lord's people preparing for
and b e g h b g the Elisha work
TIMBl
In verse six it is stated that the period of time
in the wilderness is 1260 days. I n verse fourteen the
time is mentioned as "a time, and times, nnd half a
time". Thus the Lord demonstrates that the period
here is three and a half year#; that is to say, a tima
being a year of twelve months of thirty days each,
three slld a hdf yeam would equal forty-two months.
The hvo periods of time mentioned in verses six and
fourteen are one and the same. Periods of forty-
two montha, or 1260 days, occur in several places in
the Seriptutq but that doea not mean that they all
refer to the same time. The forty-two months that the
'holy aity was trodden down', and the "two wit-
neeses" testify in sackcloth, began in November, 1914,
and ended in May, 1918, the proof of which is set
forth in the preceding chapter.
At the end of that period of time the two witnesse8
were overcome and killed. There was then a period
of waiting or inactivity, because that which is repre
sented as being dead could not be doing anything.
There would be no remson or &on for the woman
to flw while the "two witneesea" were dead. Mter
the war ended and Satan had been cast out of heaven
into earth his anger against the woman wa8 great, as
mentioned in verae thirteen. That seems to be the re&
sonable time for the 'fleeing into the wildernw'. The
period of 1260 days in the wilderness began March
27, 1919, and the end of that period came Septamber
8,1922. The phyrdaal fwte in support of this conclu-
sion are now here given.
On March 26, 1919, the imprisoned ofllcers of the
Society were released, and immediately on the 27th
day of Mareb, 1919, efforts were begun to c a f i ~on~
the witness work. There waa then no organization
prepared for *ark. Some preliminary steps muat be
taken I t WM then that God took his organization
"into the wilderness", or into the condition which he
had prepared for those of hiis orgrmbation on earth.
The members of the organization muet be fed and
250 L I G H T EEV.
nouri&ed and prepared for action. God and his b e
loved Son, working through other invisible members
of his organization, made provision for his saints on
earth. The prayer of such was, "Feed me with food
convenient for me." (Prov. 30: 8) The promise is,
"He shall feed his flock l i e a shepherd, he shall
gather the lambs with his arm, and carry them in his
bosom, and shall gently lead those [God's woman,
Zion] that are with young [the remnant of her
seed]." "And he [Christ the King] shall stand and
feed [God's people] in the strength of [Jehovah], in
the majesty of the name of the Lord hi^ Cod."-Isa.
4O:ll; Mic. 5:4.
This feeding, done by the Lord Jesus, and men-
tioned in Revelation 12: 6, was the providing s w
tenance for the building up of God's organization,
and corresponds to the building-up-the-organization
work that proceeded from the spring of 1919 until
the climax was reached in 1922, when the organiza-
tion, equipped for service, went forth to service. The
feeding the Lord did through the oolumna of The
Watch Tower and kindred publications, which nour-
ished, comforted and strengthened his people.
Early in that period of time God revealed to his
people that the Elisha witness work must be done,
and preparation for doing it progressed. In that peri-
od of time the "Bethel IIome" was again made hab-
itable, and the office headquarters of the Society were
returned to Brooldyn, and preparation was made for
the publication of literature with the Society's own
equipment. Jehovah was giving proof that he had not
forsaken Zion. "Can a woman forget her sucking
child, that she should not have compassion on the son
of her womb? yea, they maJ: forget, yet will I not for-
1% &. 18 TEIE B I R T H 261
get thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms
of my hands; thy walls are eontinually before me."
(Isa. 49: 15, 16) This special provision for feeding
and preparing Zion was to continue 1260 days, or
forty-two months.
The Lord caused his people to gather in convention
in September, 1922, at Cedar Point, Ohio. The eonse-
orated came from Canada, the United States and Eu-
rope. Some time previous, and without any thought of
the fulfilment of the prophetic dates, September 8
was designated on the program as "The Day". (Ps.
118: 24) It was on that day that, a t the meeting of
the convention, and amidst great enthusiasm and zeal
for the Lord, the slogan was announced, "Advertise
the King and the Eingdom"; and from that day for-
ward the organized witness work began
That date was exactly the end of the 1260-day peri-
od i n the wilderness experience. God's organization
on earth had come out of the wilderness and the time
had arrived for the beginning of the 'sounding of the
trumpet by the first angel'. (&v. 8 : 7) The woman
in the wildernass had given birth to her children, and
I
it would now seem to be an appropriate time for their
anointing. It is suggested that this marks the second J'
'outpouring of the holy spirit', as described by the
prophet and by Peter. (Joel 2: 28-32; Acts 2: 16-21)
It was then that the followers of Christ Jesus in an
organized body heard and appreciated the call to go
forward to the service. Their lips had been cleansed
I
and now the time had come to give the witness to the
conelusion thereof, which the Lord had foreshadowed
by his prophet. (Isa 6: 6-11) It was then that they
began to see the great "serpent" organization and
t o appreciate its great wrath againat Ctod's organiza-

tion and the neceaaity of being true and faithful unto
the Lord.
mmIT
The enemy's name "Serpent" meane deceiver; and
it may alwap be expected that hia actions are for the
purpose of deceiving men and to turn them away
from God. "And the serpent cast out of his mouth
water as a flood, after the woman, that he might came
her to be carried away of the flood." (Rev. 12: 15)
The word flood is by some translators rendered dvsr.
(Diag.) This'floodof watcr' coming out of the mouth
of Satan symbolized doctrines talked about, schemes
and varioua palaver intended to deceive. Satan used
every available instrument to accomplish that pur-
pose. In the flery times of 1917 and 1918 a number
who had pretended to be in the truth and followers
of CluM broke away from Ood's organization and
immediately began talking and publishing their o m
viewa in divers and numerow ways and taking special
care that fmm that time forward those who remained
faithfnl and held fast to God's organization received
copies of these messages. Their publications that ba-
gan about that time increased and continue. The pur-
pose manifestly was and is to draw others away from
the Society. Thas Satan used these as instruments.
From the spring of 1919 and thereafter there
flowed a great flood of talk and sehemea such aa peace
treaties, conferences, parleys, and political propa-
ganda and a cavorting by the clergy, all of which
waa dirmting the people away from God to Satan's
schemes. The greater portion thereof came from Brit-
ain and America. Politicians, Big Businem and the
olergy joined together in the promulgation of these
dm@.It may well be said that the Devil has been
TEN BIBTH
uaing all hia "ueven mouths", eymbolically meaning
dl his i&ruments, to thw turn loose a flood of
schemes upon the peopla Satan's purpose waa to
sweepthe"wom~n", &d'a organization, on the earth,
along with the current of worldly opinions and talk
and to w e m her thereby to worship the begst and
his image by taking part in some of these sehemea.
Quite a number of thoae claiming full consecration
to the Lord were swept away by the flood, but the
faithful remnant wuld not be swept away. This
ehonld be a wmplete warning to God's people. It is
only God's orgsnieation that Satan is trying to injure
and destroy. The others he has under either his con-
trol or his influence. The faithful remnant will not
yield. "By their fruita ye shall know them," with
the Lord. "The fruit of the spirit is love." That
means that those who love God put self in the baak-
ground and devote their all to the Lord and to hi
glory. Such bring forth the fruits of the iringdom,
meaning a full and wmplete devotion to the kingdom
and the serving of his truth to others. That proves
beyond all question that all those who oppose the
kingdom and the giving of the tastimony concerning
the kingdom, and advertisimg ik, are being used by
Satan, whether they realiee it or not. They are against
Ood and his Christ and manifest the fruithi of the
enemy, to wit, opposition to the kingdom work
But would the "woman", God'a organkation, yield
to the pressure of this flood and drink thereof by go-
ing along with the advocates of a compromising
policy towssda Satan and his organization? No l The
Devil did not succeed and could not succeed in swwp-
ing the true followers of Christ off their feet. Such
schemes as the League of Nations, prohibition, re-

forms of vnriow kinds, p e w treaties, peace paat%,
having the appearam of righteonanem, have all been
schemes to turn away God's people from him.
Many profwed ones have said: "Let us go eaag
and say n o t h i i about the clergy or the Devil's or-
gnnization. Let the Devil alone and talk about some
thing &."But the true and fnithful have not heeded
weh. To those forming allinnoes and confederacies
to reform and upbuild Sntnn's old broken-down or-
ganization, the world, the faithful say: "Ammisite
yourselves [together],
. . ... and ye shnll be broken.
. Take counsel together, and it shall come to
nought; speak the word, and it shall not stand: for
God is with us." This they do because the Lord God
direeta them and they follow his commandments. To
his faithful he says: "Say ye not, A confederaay, to
all them to whom this people shell say, A confeder-
my; neither fear ye their few, nor be sfraid. Snncti-
fy the Lord of hoata himself; and let him be YOIE
fenr, nnd let him be your dread."-Isa. 8 :9,10,12,13.
This flood of schemes and palaver that haa flowed
out of the months of the Devil's organization, as the
Lord foretold, 'waa swallowed up by the earth,' that
is to my, the peoples of earth drmk it in. The ex-
tremes to whieh the peoples have gone in their abor-
tive eftort to carry out mch schemes have demon-
strated to the remnant the absolute neceasiw of rn
maining entirely aloof from the world and standing
firm for the Lord. With them there enn be no eompro-
mise. And thna the earth haa helped God's woman"^
The remnant see that Satan's flood has deceived
many, but it cannot deoeive God's elect.-Vs. 16.
God's servant class is blind and deaf to everything
exaept the intereats of the kingdom. (lea. 42: 19) The
I D.U THE B I R T H 255
fnithfulnw and perrristcncy of the remnant class in
giving the witnes to Jehovah's name and speaking
forth his glory greatly enrages Satan and his orgnni-
sation. Therefore Satnn m d his organization go forth
tv mnke war ngainst the woman, God's organization,
and her remnant now on the earth. "And the dragon
was wroth with the woman, and went to make WW
with the remnant of her seed, which keep the com-
mandments of God, and have the testimony of Jews
Christ."-Vs. 17.
God committed to Chriat Jesua the great work of
giving the testimony concerning himaelf and his king-
dom. Thehonor of giving this testimony Chrint JW
aharea with those of the templo clam who are made a
part of the servant. (Isn. 42: 1) These faithful on@
h o w that the commmdments of God to them are:
'Ye we my witnesw that I am Jehovah; make men-
tion that my name is exdted; the kingdom is bow
which is good news to all tho88 who love righteous-
nem. Thk gospel of the kingdom ahdl be preached to
all nations a4 a witness, and then the end shall come.'
Since 1922 many have come to a knowledge of the
truth and been anointed of the holy spirit and have
quickly entered the service nnd gone forward as mem-
bers of God's servant claea and delighted to sing the
new song and proclaim the praises of Jehovah and
hia King.
SATAN'S ORGANIZATION
The power committed to Lucifer was divine power,
I ,because God commissioned him to do certain things.
(Ezek. 28: 14) Lucifer devised a scheme to brenk
I away from God's orgnnization and have an opposing
i
one of his own, (ha.14: 13). He got control of the
 L I G H T W.
18

first woman on earth. The first man, because of his

own selfishness, followed Satan into wickedness. The
offspring of this once perfect pair were born imper-
feot and as sinners, and have ever been easy marks
for the enemy. Lucifer's name was changed to Satan
the Devil. He induced some ang& of heaven to follow
him in wiekednem and proaeeded to form an organi-
zation that has ever opposed God, slandered and re-
proached his Feat name, and deceived many, and he
has attempted to devour every one that has taken his
place on the side of Jehovah God and righteousness;
and thus his wurse has been indicated by his four
names.
SATAN'S VISIBLE ORGANIZATION
(R~VELATION,
CCHaPTER 13)
The thirteenth chapter of Revelation pictures John'
standing upon the sand of the sea and fltly represents
the servant or anointed class standing in a place of
security and gaining a view of Batan and his works.
The sandg mark the impassable bounds of the sea, and
hence a place of safety for one to stand. "Fear ye not
me9 saith the Lord: will ye not tremble at my pres-
ence, which have placed the sand for the bound of the
sea, by a perpetual deeree, that it cannot pass it; and
though the waves thereof toss themselves, yet an they
not prevail; though the7 roar, yet can they not pass
over it?" (Jer. 5 :22) Thus is disclosed the fact that
those who stand safely in the Lord would be the first
ones to discern and make known the hideons organi-
zation of Satan and to warn the people to flee there-
from.
At his vantage point John says : "And I Stood up-
on the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out OI?
the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon
hb horm ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of
blasphemy." (Va 1) Both the Diaglott and Rother-
ham render this text "wild benst". Indeed all the
fact^ show that it is a "wild beast". The thirteenth
ahapter of Revelation is now here considered and the
Seripture texts should be carefully read.
It ia of much importance to determine what ia sym-
bolied or pictured by the ma. To say that it repre-
m t s "restleas mass of aociety" would hardly be ade-
quate. The symbolic meaning of "sea", and which is
abundantly supported by the scripture, is: The peo-
ples of earth that are alienated from Qod and thcrc-
?ore ungodly, that mother, nourish, bear up and sup-
port the visible part of Satan'a organization. The
commerce of the earth ie done chiefly on the watera and
the commercial element exeraisea great iduence and
power over the people. The politicians of the world
organize and harness up the "sea", or the people, and
control them, except in time of storm or great trou-
ble. The religious element, and particularly the clergy
class,complaaently sit upon and armgantly ride upon
the "see", or people. All three of these governing ele-
ments draw their sustenance from the "aea", or peo-
ple. When Qod's kingdom ie in full away there will
be "no more sea"; for the reawn that the peoplea of
earth will then be reatored and brought into full har-
mony with Cod, and Satan's power will be gone.-
Rev. 21 :1.
I n the creation by the Almighty sad the waters
appeared first and the dry land afterwards. The
spirit of Qod moved upon the watera and there came
forth living creatures. S a w became a mimio god
and has attempted to copy the great Creator's work.

The people were fmt alienated from God, then Satan
exploited them. His power moved upon the ungodly
peoples of earth, that is to my, the sea, and symboli-
a l l y the sea was fecundated and brought forth the
beastly creature or instrument of Satan which he has
u4ed for tho purpose of ruling the peoples of earth.
Then the dry land appeared, that is to say, the visible
organization of Satan. In the waters of the sea there
are monstera which play in the watem and devour the
smaller rrestnrcs. Among the peoples of earth there
are monster organizations, cruel and hearties, that
devour the smaller and weaker ones. The wicked ones
in the "sea" cause the trouble and oppression. The
wicked ones catch the people like Ash of the sea. (Hab.
1:13-16) "But the wicked are l i e the troubled sea,
when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and
dirt. There is no peace, saith my God, to the wieked."
-Isa. 57 : 20, 21.
The Scriptures show that the "sea" represents
commercial activity, and this is true with those who
exploit their fellow creatures. "He stretched out him
hand over the sea; he shook the kingdoms: the Lord
hath given a commandment against the merchant
city, to destroy the ntrong holds thereof." (Isa. 23: 11;
see also Ezek. 27 :9; 28 : 2; Zcch. 9 : 3 , 4 ) Satan is the
great power that has organized the commerce of the
world which provides sustenance for his officers and
representatives on the earth. (Ezek. 28: 16) Egypt
was Satan's first great world power and had a mo-
nopoly on the food supply of the earth, and the trufiic
thereof was carried on upon the waters of the rivers
and the sea. "Son of man, take up a lamentation for
Pharaoh, k g of Egypt, and say unto him,Thou art
like a young lion of the nations, and thou art as a
BIT. 13 THE BIETE
whale [margin, dragon (devil)] in the w,and thou
camest forth with thy rivere, and troubledst the wa-
tern with thy feet, and fouledat their rivers." (Ezek.
82: 2) This symbolically describes how Satan has ex-
ploited the peoples of the world.
Tyrus is one of the names applied to Satan and his
organization and concerning which it is written:
"When thy wares went forth out of the seas, thou
AUedst many people; thou didst enrich the kings of
the earth with the multitude of thy riches and of thy
merchandise. In the time when thou shalt be broken
by the seas in the depth8 of the waters, thy m e r e h a
disq and all thy company in the midst of thee, shall
fall." (Ezek. 27: 33, 34) "And Tyrus did build her-
self a strong hold, and heaped up silver as the dnat,
and i h e gold as the mire of the streete. Behold, the
Lord will cast her out, and he will smite her power
in the sea; and she shall be devoured with fire."
(Zech. 9: 3, 4) Thus the Lord eymbolically foretells
how the Devil will exploit the people and use a small
class to enrich themselves and how his organization
shall perish.
As the sea is wide and covers much of the earth, SO
also does wickednm under the wicked ruler Satan
cover the earth and rule it. (Ps. 104: 26; Lam. 2: 13)
Jehovah made the leviathan to play in the sea and
Satan made his monstrous organization of commerce
to play with the people and exploit them. (Pa. 104:
26) Tho sea, is the abode of the dragon; that is to say,
Satan and his organization use the people for his
own purposas.-Isa. 27 :1.
Jehovah's organization is eymbolized by a good and '/
pure "woman". Satan's organization ia pictared or
symbolized by a bad or wicked L'w~man".The chief
 part of Satan's organization is invisible to man, but
the power and influenee thereof is exercised upon the
peoples of earth and has long used them far Satan's
wiclred purpmes. The Lord does not leave na in doubt
as to what the waters of the sea symbolize. "And he
saith unto me, The waters which thou saw* where
the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and
nations, and tongues. " (Rev. 17 :15) The hope of the
peoples of earth is to be entirely rid of Satan's or-
ganization and to return fully into the favor of God.
Thia great truth Ood firen ahom to those in Christ
who are devoted to him. Now the time has wme for
all the people to begin to receive the knowledge of the
truth whioh is so much needed by them. They muat
know that Satanr@organization is their great and de-
structive enemy and that Qod and his o r g d a t i o n
is the true Friend of the people.
Many centuries ago Satan exercised his power over
the peoples of earth whom he had alienated from &d
and which are pictured by the sea. Exereisii his
power over the sea or peoples Satan brought forth
his offspring therefrom, and this offspring is symbol-
ized by the term "wild beast". Long centuries after-
wards Ood's emant class, standing in the place of
security which Ood had provided for that elasa,
looked upon the "sea" of ungodly people and beheld
what Satan had done. They saw that the oppression
and suEering of the peoples of earth is due to Satan
and his oppressive organization.
John, the faithful witnw of God, stood upen the
isle of Patmos and without doubt looked out upon the
Mediterranean sea i t was around that sea that six of
the world powers existed and exercised control and
where the seventh world power exe~cisedgreat au-
thority over others and mtinuea to do so even to this
day and hm bmme the ruler of the sea. The gateway
to the Mediterranean is the straits of Gibraltar, and
the eeventh world power (Britain) forcibly took p+
maion of this and holds it to dominate the sea. John
had a vision of a 'wild baaat arising from the sea'.
The John dam long centuries afterward discerned
the meaning of the term "wild beast". "Beast" or
'(wild k t " symbolieea a rule or government or
power exeroiaed in a ha&, e m d and oppreBSive
manner:
Ipn,D BE4ST1
The "wild beast", which John saw arise out of the
sea, is &own by his dmription thereof to be not onlp
wild, bat unalean, orael and vicious. Daniel the
prophet was given a viuion long prim to JohQZs VL
sion, and he wrote: "The four winds of the heaven
[invisible power of Satan, who ia 'the prince of the
power of the air'] strove upon the great ses. And four
great bsagts came up from the sea" (Dan. 7: 2-8)
The description given by the prophet shows that they
were wild beasts and extremely emel. God in his law
specified what are unclean be* and the beasts de-
aoribsd by John &ow that they were unclean accord-
ing to the law, beoause they did not chew the end nor
divide the hoof. (Lev. 11:1-12) This is further proof
that that which aame out of the sea is a product of the
Devil. It is the kind of ravenous be& symbolizing .
that which will not be permitted to be on the highway
and live in God's kingdom. (Ina, 36: 9; Reek, 34: 25)
The "wild beast" therefore aymboliees Satan's visible
organisation that: rules the peoples vf the earth.
"The beast" John saw in vimon had seven heada
The head refers to the ruling part. It is the mind thar
rules or controls. (Judg. 11:9, 11; Eocl. 2: 14; lkek
10: 11) The head therefore is the responsible part of
the body and upon it is usually 'visited blood' in
punishment for wrongdoing.-1 Ki 2:44; Obad. 15;
1Cbron. 29 :11; Pa. 18 :43.
The head is the one that directs the wume of action
taken by the body. "Seven" is a m b o l i e number
representing completenem. Satan is the head of his
organixation, and the aymbol "seven" therefore
stan* for the entire organization, and partidarly
refem to the invisible parts of Satan's organization.
The term "beast" symbolicaUy represen@ Satan's
visible organization, whether it appears in the form
of one or in the form of many beasts.
To Daniel there appeared four be-, but these did
not represent or picture four aepnrate devilish or-
ganiaationa; but they did picture Satm's orgsniea-
tion appearing and exhibiting c& or particular
characteristics. We may lay it down as a rule without
exception that the term l'wild be&" always stands
for that part of Satan's organbation whi& ia rm the
earth. The number "seven" seems to refer also to
geven different world powers, each one of which at
a time certain helda the place of preeminence in the
world, and all under Satan as the invisible lord.
It is alao written: "The seven heads are seven
mountaim, on which the woman sitteth. And there
are seven kinga" (Rev. 17: 9, 10) A "mountain"
aymbobes a kingdom with a ruling head. The histow
of the world shows that there have been seven sepa-
rate and distinct world powers mhieh ham in their
respeotive order held a plwe of supremacy on the
earth. Theae world powers are, to wit, Egypt, As-
syria, Babylon, Medo-Pemia, Glreece, Rome and Brit-
ain. The god of each one of these has hen and is Sa-
tan the Devil, because he is "the god of this world".
(2 Uor. 4: 8,4; John 12: 31; 14: 30) All thm world
powera are properly classed in the symbolic term
t'wild be&" and they all form the "wild beast"
when referred to' collectively, whereaa one at a time
h a held the place of preeminence.
The "name of blasphemy" appeared upon each
head. One root word from which blasphenzy is tram-
lated meana "to haak and reproach". "Thus saith
the Lord, Be not afraid of the worda which thou hast
heard, with which the servant8 of the king of AsSyria
have blasphemed me. Whom hast thou reproauhed
and blaaphemedll and againat whom hast thou exalted
thy voioe, and lifted up thine eyea on high) even
againat the Holy One of Israel."-2 Ki.19: 6, 22.
Every one of the world powee has blasphamcd,
hacked and reproached the name of Jehovah Cod;
and Satan has seen to it that wch was done. They
have acted as hia mouthpiema to speak against a d
and to turn the people fmm him.The Scriptures also
indicate that all such are doomed to violent d&mb
tion.-Num. 15:SO; Pa. 74: 10.
Thia "wild beast" had "ten horns, and upon his
horns ten crowna". Symbolically this means that Sa-
tan's organization on earth, and each kingdom taking
the lead or preeminence therein in order named, has
had and exerckd full secular power to crowd and
puah the peoples of earth. "Horn" represents that
which pushes or crowds. "His glory is like the ilr&
ling of hi bullock, and his horns are like the horns
of unicorns: with them he shall pmh the people to.
gether to the ends of the earth: and they are the ten
thousands of Xphraim, and they are the thousands of
 268 L I G H T Em+%@
Man&." (Deut. 33: 17) "And Zedeltiah the son
of Chenaanah made him horns of iron: and he said,
Thus saith the Lord, With them shalt thou push the
Syriana, until thou have consumed them." (1 Ki.
22:11) It is a well-known fact that these beastly gov-
ernments of earth, which are Satan's organization,
have horncd and pushed the people about as a wild
bull ehovea aside the herd.
By thcir horns or power cruelly exercised these
nations have pushed and opprewd the people; but
they have particnlarly shoved about and persecuted
J God's people. Jehovah hns chiefly in consideration his
people, and he caused the Bible to be written for their
beneflt. Hence God would not wink at or lightly pass
by the world powers that have oppressed his people
and blasphemed and brought reproach uponhis name.
Israel was God's chosen people whom he wed to fore-
shadow spiritual Israel, or his consecrated pwple on
earth. God haa taken notice of these world powers
that particularly have oppressed his people. The ehii-
&en of Glod in Christ are therefore pictnred by Jn-
dah, Ierael and Jerusalem: "Then lifted I up mine
eyes, and aaw, and, behold, four horns. And I snid
anto the angel that talked with me, What be these?
And he m e r e d me, These are the horns whioh have
mattered Judah, Israel, and Jerusalem." (Zeoh. 1:
18, 19) At the time the prophecy of Zechariah was
written four of the world powers, to wit, Egypt, A&
syria, Babylon and Medo-Persia, had been engaged in
'homing' Gpd's people.
The crown8 or diadems were upon the horns, thna
mbolizing that these world powere have uaed cruel
fome and violence to rule the people and to wrrg on
a wnpueat for wealth and territory and have a l w w ~
IODp. 18 THHI B I B T H 267
elaimed that they did so by divine authority. They
have made force or might what they call right. All
m m of conquest and butchery they have justified b e
manse they claim it to be right and within the swpe
of their authority.
Then John further describes the "beast": "And
the beast which I saw waa Wre unto a leouard. and his
feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth a8 the
mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power,
and his seat, and great authority." (Vs. 2) Thii d e
scription of the "wild beast" &OWE that it would not
be limited to any one world power, but that it is the
complex or composite of the 'seven' or entire number
of world powers that go - to make up the Devil's earth-
4 organization.
I t was l i e a leopard, that is to say, it waa spotted;
which indiontm that it is deeeotive and cunnina and
crooked and diahonest. It c-ot change its hots.
(Jer. 13: 23) This is especially charaetedstic of the
Devil. It is always on the watch for spoil. (Hos. 13: 7)
The leopard is speedy and wan used by "Nimrod
the mighty hunter", whom Satan put "before" Je-
hovah, to traok and take other animda; so the Devil
Satnn's beastly organization is speedy, and hunts and
matches others by his m e a .
"Hifeet were aa the feet of a bear." The bear is
noted for its power to crush, and is mid to be five
timas as strong aa a lion. By the Lord's grace David
slew a bear that had caught one of his father's sheep.
[ I Sam. 17: 34-37) The antitypical David, Christ the
great executive ofllcer of Jehovah, will slay the or-
ganization of Satan that has attscked his Father's
, eheep. The bear lias in wait for his prey. The wicked
ruler or wioked power is lika a ranging bear. (Prov.
868 L I G H T Itfm. 13
28: 15) Thii is another plain haoteristic of Satan's
viaible organization.
"And his mouth as the mouth of a lion, " that is to
say, with powerful jaw teeth to bite and crush and
devour. (Jool 1:6; Em. 13 :8) Satan's organization,
like a lion, is bold-fsced and greedy, and make8 a
terrifying noise. All these 8~rmbolsexactly lit Satan's
brazen-faced, g~eedy,sly, cunning, cruel and violent
organization. This description shows dso that the
"wild beast" is not a bear or a leopard or a lion, but
is a monstrosity, which eymbolizes Satan's cruel and
wicked organization. God never made a beast that
looked like this one. Only the Devil would have such
a thing. Tho symbolic description by John exactly ftts
wery world power that has ever cxisted on the earth.
Concerning tho father of this monstrosity, or "wild
beast", we are not left in doubt. "And the dragon
[which is Satan the Devil] gave him [the 'wild
beast'] his power, and hia seat [throne (Diag.) or an-
thority]." This shows that Satan brought the M y red in the "wild beast''. John saw, as he
thing into existence and gave or aupplied it with the
power that it has and exercises; hence it is his child
and hia instrument. E e is the father, and his wicked
"woman", his organization, gives birth thereto. Be
ing the product of the Devil it would be specifically
excluded from God's organization.-1 W o n . 28: 5;
29:28.
The "wild be&" therefore represents all that is
anti-God and anti-Christ and against the kingdom
and the worlr of God's kingdom and those who are
God's servants. Satan offered to give this kingdom
I
and authority to J e w , but Jesus refwed to Jn'eldto
his blandiahmenta. (Luke 4: 6) When Uod withdrew
rulership from Israel, his typical people, then Satan
T E N BIRTH
beoame the god of the entire world and could have
1 1
m
. given it away even though he lmow hi offer would
a ,be denlined by Christ Jews. The prophetic deserip-
pion and facts prove beyond all doubt that the "wild
3 lbeast" that John saw in vision is Satan's organiza-
tion of the earth which came into &enae long om-
- 4 t n r i e s ago, nnd was manif& in the first world power,
' - q$Egypt, and is now manifeat in all the powers and ns-
-' tiom of the earth, of which the B r i W Empire holds
the supremacy. The further description given in the
- prophecy of Revelation fully corroborates the fore-
going conolasiom.
WOUNDED
Jehovah intended those who love righleomeag to
Yunderstand Revelation at some time. The time has /
to understand it. By followjng these
ogoriptiom any one who lovea righteous-
the ruling powers of the world are
of his heads, as it were wounded to death."
n verse fourteen he statea that this wound wss in-
"by a sword". The Cheek word here rendered
!"mord" is the same as that so rendered in Revelation
d which clearly refers to the World War b e
ng in 1914. The physical fa& make it rather
soay to locate thie head that appeared to be wounded
unto death. It is not stated who inflicted the wound,
but the presumption must be indulged that it was
inflicted by another head of the "wild be&" or world
power, since that beast is represented as having seven
heads.
In 1914, and for some yeaw prior thereto, the sixth
world pover, to wit, the Roman, survived with Ger-
many as the chief one in that empire. Originally
Rome was pagan, and later became papal, and mis-
named "Christian", and also misnamed "The Holgt;
Roman Empire". The dominant race in the "Holy
Roman Empire" was Teutonic or German. This i~
particularly shown in the fact that the title given to
the empire was "Holy Roman Empire of the German
Nation". (The EmcgcEopeclkz A r n e r i c ~Vol.
~ 12, p.
511) Germany was the head or preeminent part of
the Teutonic peoples, and therefore the head of the
sixth "beast", and particularly so in 1914. Germany
created and became the head of the Dreihund, eom-
posed of Germany, Austria and Italy, and thus the
sixth world power continued, with Cermany as thc
head.
Britain became the seventh dominant world power,
with England as the head thereof. Both these world
powers and heads were in existence in 1914, and are
still in existence, and both form a part of the "wild
be&" that came up out of the sea, Such was the ex-
act condition that existed in 1914 at the beginning of
the World War.
"Enrope was, for many years before the actual
eruption of 1914,practioally divided into two hostile
oamps, with France, England and Russia on the one
side and the Dre<b'tlnd on the other, thus paralyzing
all efforts of the nations to live in hearty concord, a
thoroughly unhealthy state of things, one breeding
all around distrust and hatred a i ~ drendering impos-
sible harmony.
"Of courge, thore had been many seeing eyes in
Germany herself which discerned clearly the abnor-
mal features in the above, featurea threatening per-
 TEIP B I R T H

petnall,9 && %&ee of the world."-27bs

~
g, to

many y e r to muover.. T h p : J o h sa$a $ the @me

oonneation: "&d

o u q +-
Q+
278
Enoylopedia
- -

wit, 'the b& that

into ,a k h t . its heads
i$htin&w& other. @e&&y the head oh ono side
Britain the head on the other side led the flRht,
Every nation involved in that war wlls and is a
of Sntan's orgnnization. That World Wnr reaulted in
a terrible ~unikihrnentto.~ &rmanv nod her allie8. and
~

looked~f6r some. time as $boug1;. Gemany waa'com.

pletely done .for. This hnr&~ni&.rRiXb John's stats
ment : " u d I-&w weof hie [S&taa%..h&ly govern-
mqtlaJ,.i&de,.'f&ie:wqe wounded to d ~ & . "
m a - aor emmt elass !of the ~ o r for
thought thaiIt wgs ,liberally . h e th* G
be deatrayed. T o w~
7
-I
d some timi \/
it s e e d rihlpdble fon
hG deadly wound wea h e e d : niid
&.the world wondered after the beast."-Vs,
Germany in particulnr was a very sick nation. She
aontinued to linger and her people &red;

& to he&&%&tion began at the Geneva Con-

ference in the springof 1922. Later the plnn was sub.
mitted whieh proGded that a loan of two hundred
million dollars be made to Germmy by the other na-
tions forming a part of Satan's "wild b&?. The
British quota f o r this loan wm over-subsoribed in
wo&

8. . .

lingering, she did live. The Devil's own orgnnization,

sfter the war, b ~ , @
the w w-4

three hours, srnd the Amerioan bnnLeis sold their por;

tion in tlfteen miriutas. An enwura& Survey of the'
flrat two years of the operation of t6is plan sndof oon-
ditiom in Uermany was published in.Current Hiatow
and
to put forth e r t s to olenii off
$ j it up an! heal it. A real
274 L I G H T
of Naroh, 1927, under the title "Germany's Bestora-
tion ".
''A day of happy prorniae dawned on 10 Sept. 1926
when Germany was received into the League of Na-
tions 'amid scenes of European reconciliation, which
in their fire of enthusiasm have been unexampled
since the Armistice. Germany and France, through
their Foreign U t e r a , Dr. Gustav Stresemann and
Arktide Briand, committed themselves to perpetual
peaoe, and ~olemnlyengaged the honor of their na-
tions henceforth never to draw the sword, but to set.
tle disputes by arbitration or compromise'."-The
EsogcZopedia Anzeriurna, Vol. 28, p. 645.
The world has wondered at the recovery of the
German nation and at the ability of the "beast",
meaning the other pa& of Satan's organization, to
heal np the breach or wounded head. S k the im-
portant question is always concerning God's own peo-
ple, what has been the effect upon them? The clergy
p m f m d to represent God, and in these latter daya
they boast of what they have accomplished. They take
the credit to tbemselvea and to their allies and scoff at
mything said concerning the coming of Ood'a king-
dom and his Christ. They insist that their orgsniza-
tion will make the world a fit place to live in, eom-
pletely ignoring the Word of Cod. Therefore the a p
pmpriateness of the words of Peter when he forekJIa
of them, saying: "Knowing this first, that there shall
come in the last days scoEcrs, walking after their own
lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of his oom-
ingP fer since the fathers fell asleep, dl things con-
t h e as they were from the beginning of the c r m
tion."-2 Pet. 8 :8, 4.
mv. la ' T H B~I R T H 276
Many who were once BBid to be in present truth,
and who claimed to be rejoicing in the aecond coming
of the Lord, have also wondered and have doubted
m m i n g the Lord and his kingdom and have been
led to the condusion that the Lord has delayed his
coming, and these have not since that time, nor at the
pretmt, appreciated "the birth of The Nation or
Xingdom". They have not observed the two great
signs or wonders in the heavens; nor have they had
an appreciation of the greater light that has come to
God's people since the opening of the temple. But
those of the temple who have faithfully and lovingly
gone forward in obedience to God's commandmen&
in his service have walked in the ever-increasing light
and together sing the new song. (Iaa. 42: 10) God
permits his anointed to diaoarn the real meaning of
the prophecy.
D m WOBBHIP
Satan, knowing that his time ie short to prepare
for Armageddon, spreads h i e l f and struts about
and sends his agents forth as measengers of light in
his attempt to turn all the people away from God. He
I
has drawn together the clergy and their allies, Big
f' Buaineas and big politicians, and these together boast
of what the world organization has done and will do.
The people well know that it is a l l talk and wind, b e
aause their o p p r d o n and hardships continue. The
time has oome for the people to know the real reason
why; and therefore the time for the understanding
of Revelation. The clergy ignore entirely the Word V'
of God; and regardless of the many prophecies ful-
filled in recent years, and in couree of fulfilment, they
go on expressing their own wiedom, denying God a d
 hie Word, ridiculing the Bible in their ef€orta to turn
the people away from Jehovah and his kingdom. In-
stead of directing the people to read the Scriptuw
J and the helps that have been provided to understand
them, and to view the faate showing propheoy ful-
Wed, and proving that Ood'a kingdom is here, the
olergy and their allia do everytbiq within their
power to keep the people in the dark as to the truth.
They indu6e the law-making and lap-exeeutivo
pa& of the govenunent to make lam and ordhancee,
and to wrongfully conatrue thom that have bean
made, to oppreas and permute men and women who
earnestly and diligently go from home to h o w to
inform the people concerning God and his kingdom.
They well know that no one is going from place to
plaec with books explaining the Bible for the pPUrPMJe
of making money and that therefore there is no com-
petition with any trade or butheas, yet they canae the
arrest and persecution of such on the pretext that
J they are violating the 'peddlers' lam'. They well
know %hat them boob enable ,the people to nnder-
stand the truth and that W ' a kingdom is at hand,
and therefore, as instruments of Satan's beastly or-
ganization, they attempt to turn the people away
from God and hold them under Satan's organimtion
preparatory for Armageddon
The rnling factors of the beastly organization boast
that now they will eetDblieh everlsating peace on
earth; hence the Lord directed John to describe thia
condition in these worda: "And they woshipped the
dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they
worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the
beast? who is able to make war with him?" (Vs.4)
The eourm of the raling factore, and pmtkulariy the
clergy, ia a dedlant challenge to Almighty Ood and to
his executive officer, Christ Jewa. They raise the k
sue, Who ia supremet and how will the world be
rnLBd? Sueh are the counterpart of the measengem
gent by Satan to defy God's people in Jerusalem.
God's anointed witnesses on earth are telling the
people that a d ' s kingdom is here and is the complete
W e f for mankind. The clergy, Eke the messengers
before the walls of Jernsalem, are saying to the peo-
ple: "Bewaro loat Haeltiah permade you, saying,
The Lord will deliver us. Hath any of the gods of the
nations delivered his land out of the hand of the king
of hayria9 Where are the gods of Hamath and Ar-
phad,dl whem are the go& of Sepharvaimt and have
they delivered Samsria out of my hand( Who me
tkey umong all the go& of these lands thst have de-
livered their land out of my hand, that the Lord
should deliver Jerusslem out of my hand!" (Im.86:
18-20) Satan's organization of earth now s a p : 'We
.ruill establish the world, and none can war with us.'
Thus they induce the people to worahip the Devil and
the "beast", which is Satan's organiention. Seeming-
ly they are totally blind to the fact that they are
marchiag on to Armageddon.
"And there was given anto him a mouth speaking
great things and blasphemies; and power was given
dnto him to continue forty and two months." (Vs. 5)
Satan is the arch blasphemer. He is the great de-
ceiver of the people. The clergy in particular pro-
claim their doctrines that tarn the people away from
God and hi kingdom, and these are Satan's mouth-
pieces. During the war they resorted to lies, urged
men to tight, and with great eloquenea and croaodile
team told them that their Mwd would be counted aa
278 L I a H T REV. 13

I
a parC of the blood of the vicarious saerEce. They
twisted God's Word to support their course concern-
ing the war, while at the same time they used all their
power to suppress the truth. They now misrepresent
God's Word and elaim that the "wild beast'' will
malie lasting peaoe; wherens the Scriptures show that
there can be no peace until the ''wild beast" is com-
pletely destmyed, whioh Cod will do in Armageddon.
Concerning the time mentioned in this verse the
Diagbtt rendering is as follows: "And authority was
given him to aet forty-two months." (See also A.R.V.,
Tisch., Roth. Likewise they render this text.) Satan
ww especially interested in destroying the influenee
of God's repxesentatives on earth, and the war period
furnished the opportunity. The "forty-two months"
is that same period of time that the "two witnesses",
represented by Elijah and John the Baptist, prophesied
in sackcloth. (See Revelation 11:3.) I n Germany and
Austria those devoted to God's service, and especially
the Bible Students, not only were in disrepute, but
were persecuted, many of them forocd into the front
lines of battle, and were caused to mfFer because they
insisted on testifying concerning God's kingdom. Par-
ticularly Germany, England and Ameriea are re-
ferred to as "Christendom", and in those countries
the truth of God's kingdom was treated with cou-
tempt and his witncases were figuratively in sackcloth
and so continued until his "two witnesses" were
killed, as is heretofore stated.
"And he opened his mouth for blasphemy agaiast
Bod, to blaspheme hi name, and his tent, them who
in heaven were tabernacling." (Vs. 6, Ruth.) The
mouthpiece of Satan's organiaation on earth raised
the issble, 'Pilro is God, that we should obey him!'
 I
I
UP. 18 THBl B I R T H &a
I bnd l i b w b did tho former representative of Batsn,
1
who ssi&z "Who is the Lord, that I should obey his
v,ob Oo let Iarad go? I know not the Lord, neither
&.I let Iarael go." (Ex. 5: 2) Particularly dnring
the World War and sin= have the ruling faatQra
bhkphemed God and those who faithfully hold to the
Word of God Ood'a tabernacle or tent is among his
pieople and he dwell8 there; and those ill-using his
witnesses, b u m they testify aoncerning God's king-
dom, do thereby reprorosah or blaspheme Jehovah
God's holy nnma In The Goldan Age Nwnber twents-
w e n , and in the booklet Freedom for tZe Peopls, is
an a b u ~ h o eof evidenoe set forth sh6&~g that
mu& bhapha~llyhaa been and is utterdby these rep-
resentatives of St~tanon ~arth.
As 'stclted in -' aevea,<tke he& 6% make war
with the #aim, me- @ad?@pmple on 6al%h, and
w m them. To be irinre, Jehovah wuld have pre-
ven'ted We; but he did not. Doubtleas he withdrew
his restraining power for a time to give the clergy
and their allies a full opportunity to demonstrate to
what extent they would go. "And power was given
him [the beast] over dl kindreds, and toivpes, and
natiom" This ie further proof that the beast includes
d the nation8 of the the and ~- a r t i c a l a r Chris-
l~
Wdom.
In the World War every nation on earth was either
directly or indirectly deeded. The war having ended,
g a b seelrs to bring dl tho nations into his make-
P shift, the Leame of Nations. which is another hurried
&oh to for ~m&iddon.
The line of demarhtion is olearly d r a m betwBm
Glad's organization and that of the enemy, and'.Ehk
BLOOD OF THE INNOC37NTS ON ETi3 SEIRTS matter w i l l doubtloas be made more dearly to appeear
#(Jer. 8: 34) Pages 277,!278

to many before the end of Satan's orgauimfion cornea
Faith in the blood of Christ, the antitypical Lamb,
is the only way that man can ever get life everkting.
All the people that dwell upon the enrth and who do
not trust in the sacrificial blood of Christ Jesus will
be align~don the side of Satan and his organization
before the final end. The Lord h causing the measage
of his kingdom to be widely preached for the mani-
fegt p- of informing mnnltind of God's ppnrpose
to grant life to those who devote themselves to the
Lord; and those who do not talre their stand on the
dde of the Lord and give h im the honor and glory
due, by their contrnry course do give honor and wor-
ship to the beast, or Satan's organization, as the
prophecy shows.-See verae 8.
The latylage of verse nine is clearly a warning to
nll who have mnde a comeeration to do the will of
Qod, snd indicates a teet to all "that hear the words
of thii prophecy". Who will be on the Lord's side! It
dea shows an obligation resting upon God's anointed
ones to BBR.Y this me- of truth to the "prisoner"
claw, &at they may have no excum for not taking
their stand on the side of Jehovnh and his King. Let
those who love the Lord stand lirm on his side and
faithM1y and earnestly proceed with the proclamti-
tion of the message of hii kingdom.
WTNITY
In A.D.70 the "wild benet" that came up "out of
the sea" led the Jews, who were God's typical peo-
ple, into the captivity of the nations. (Luke 21:24)
J In 1918 the same "wild b w t " led W's people into
enptivity and lrilled his "two witnaases". Now the
same "beast"h01ds in captivity the ''great multitude"
.BUY. 18 THEl B I B T H 288
of “prisoners". (See Zechariah 14:2.) The Lord
then pmribes the pnnishment upon those of Satan's
organization. "Be that lendeth into captivity shnll
go into captivity: he that k i e t h with the sword must
be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the
faith of the saints." (Vs. 10) Jehovah's great Prieat
and Blxeoutive Officer ahall lead the "bewt" into cap-
tivity. "Be1 boweth down, Nebo stoopeth; their idola
were upon the hem and upon the cattle: your ear-
riageg were heavy loaden; they are a burden to the
weary beast. They stoop, they bow down together;
they could not deliver the burden, but them6elvea are
gone into captivity,"-Isa. 46: 1; 2.
In A, D. 70 the "wild beast", acting through ita
head the Romm Empire, caused the Jews to fall by
the sword. It killed James the brother of John with
the sword, and by the sword of war killed God's "two
witneea~~" in 1918. Likewise a h d the "beant" be
killed in Armngeddon In 1918 there came a great
trial upon God's people. It was a trial of patience and
faith, even as Jesns had foretold (Matt. 24: 9,18) It
will mean a h that the remnnnt must continue in pa-
tience and faith and love even unto the end. Complete
devotion to G;od and faithfully giving the witness of
hi. name and kingdom according to hi command-
ments will be required. Victory will be given to the
faithful.-Rev. 2 :10.
T W O HORNED BEAST'
John, repr~4entingGod's anointed people, beheld
'another beast having two horns liie a lnmb coming
up out of the earth, and ita e p w h was liie Satan'.
(Rev. 18: 11) At th% point carefully read Revelation
18:11-17. Gradnally the Lord hae made known to hie

L I Q H T B+p. 18
people on earth the identity of this two-horned beast,
as well as the 'wild sekbeast'. In an emembled and
operating machine there are w h d within wheels.
Every great organization has parts, and the wheels
represent important parts. The symbol of "the
wheels" ia found in God'a organization, d w e might
expect the mimic god Satan to try to follow a similar
course in his organization. (Ezek. 1 : 16) Satan
brought out of the Eea his "wild beast" organization
and Wa dates from ancient Egypt forward. He built
up a powerful organization with many parts thereto.
That pjsible organization is otherwise nymbolized by
"the earth", and which is marked for deatruetion.
(2 Pet. 3: 10) The two-horned beast comes up out of
the earth, that ia to say, grow up out of the organha-
tion that already existed. The two-horned beast then
direeta the making of the "image to the beast". The
student will be aided by 5rst having a brief de5ition
of these beasts, and then considering the proof in m a
p and for a hundred and sixty-nine years thereafter
port thereof.
The "wild be&" that came up "out of the sea" is
Satan's entire visible orgnnizatioa on earth, the proof
of which has hereinbefore been submitted. It had one
of its heads wounded in the World War, and the
wound was healed. The two-horned beast is the Anglo-
American imperialism, that ia to say, the combined
power of Britain nnd America, and which is a part
of Satan'a orgnnizntion. The "image to the beast" ia
the League of Nations, also an instrument of Satan.
The British Empire is the seventh in the list of
world powers and is the most powerful of all. That
world power grew up out of the nations and peoples
that had al~eadybeen organized into Satan'a visible
organieation, and which is prol?erly symboW by
*
REV. 18 TEB BIBTH
"the earth". Hence the Scriptures aay that 'the two-
horned bmt came up out of the earth'. Thia does not
at dl militate against the fact that it waa snd is a
p& of the wild beast that came up out of the sea. In
other words, Britain for a time existed as a part of
the 'aea beest', but growing up out of this Devil or-
gsnieation came the 'two-horned besat'.
The Britirrh Empire really started ae an empire
when its ruling sovereign chartered the Englieh East
India Company in 1600 A. D. Centuries before that
England was a part of the Raman nmpire; therefore
as an empire she grew up out of the earth, that ia to
say, out of Satan's visible organization already in
BKistence. Within seven yea% after the beginning of
the empire, to wit, May 13, 1167 A. D., the firat per-
manent settlement in America waa founded at James-
town, Virginia. That marked tha begjnning of tho
W e e n colonies of the British Empire in Americn;
these colonies were an integral part of the Britiah
Empire. Even today in Ameriea Great Britain ia rc-
ferred to as "the mother country". The revolution of
1776, and the subsequent e s t a b W i of the inde-
pe~.dentgovernment of the United S t a h , d m not
at dl militate againat the fact that 'the two-horned
beast' refers to Britain and the United States.
The two nation8 or countries have had too many
contact8 and important and related interests, to
Beparate them. English ia the common language of
the two nations, and is today the dominant language
of the earth. Some British imperialists view the
United States as one of the integral parts of the Brit-
ish Empire. By act of the British parliament the v d -
ow eouutries forming the empire, or commonwealth,

have each a rewpieed messare of independence and
autonomy, and each has a separate seat in the League
of Nations, which forms the "image to the [wild]
bead", To be anre, the United States stands out in
a class all by herself amongst the English-ppealdng
people, and that makes of her W e t l y one of the
horns of the two-horned beest and also a part of the
seventh world power.
It is true that there was war between Britain and
the UniW States in 1812; but it is also true that
there have been many rebellions in Ireland, and one
is now in progresn in India, against the British Em-
pire. At the time of the World War the financid con-
nections between the United States and Bfitain were
so interconnected that they were practically one. The
commercial interests of the two countrim are vitally
tied together. The shkhg of a British veasel was the
real pretext for America to enter the World War, and
during the war mo& of the American troops and sap-
plies were carried in British ships. It was the British-
owned hexican newspapem that took the lead in the
propaganda m p a i g n carried on to put America in
the World War, and she went in as an ally of Britain.
There is today a reciprocity agreement between the
United States and Canada, a part of the dominion of
tho British Empire. The Latin countries of South
America are afraid of the imperialistic aims of the
United States. In the Pan-American UniontheUnited
Statea is the dominant figure, of course. There is a
roligioua tie that bids the two nations w one. Al-
though tho hoatholics arc strong in Britain and Amer-
ica, these two countries are the bulwark of Pmtm-
tantiam. No Catholic baa ever been able to be elee-teel
prddent of the United States. Nominally, E n g W
%!am', 18 THB BIRTH 287
has a kLPg; yet in fact it is a democratic representa-
tive government in form and in ruled by the commer-
dslt and political intereata in which the clergy unite.
.The Proteetast dergy constitute an important part.
There are in the oflcial government lords temporal
9nd lor& ecclesiwtical There is also a haneial or
commercial relationship between the two countries of
Britain and Ameriaa that binds them together. They
are in fact one great country, acting separately and
distinctly and yet together, and fitly represented by
the "two horns".
rLWBR1CAN IMPJlBULISM
The imperislPwo of America dates from DscemW
2, 1828, with the "Monroe Doctrine". In subs$ahoe
that &trine is that European monarchies or gown-
ments mnst not br conquest acquire territory and
rulership over the aountries of North and South
Amerim and make them colonies and thereby enlarge
the territory of the European nations. The doctrine,
however, does not declare against the United States'
enlarging her territory on the Western Continent at
the expense of minor Ameriean repnbliw. Ameriea
did make war with Mexico and took over Texas. She
m d e war with Spain and established a protectorate
over Cuba and Porto Rico. She aLao acquired title to
the Philippine Islanda, to the Hawaiian Islands, and
S m a and Guam, and thereby enlarged her terri-
tory. She has established a protectorate over Santo
Damingo, Xaiti, and has mently put ,ut operaatioa
s, military policy in Nicaragua. She has acquired the
Canal Zone and Alaska.
. True to the traditional policy (to wit, diplomatic
bypmiey) of the two-horned beaat, the wtenaible
reason for the Monroe Doctrine was to p m W .the
infant republios of the AmeTiean continent. The reid
reason was in the interest of Britain and America;
and in support of this conclusion the followhg ,his:
torical fact is related: "The European power com:
monly called the 'Holy Alliance' [the ehief amongst
which was Germany, tke head of the sixth beast] . .:
turned its attention & Spain arid to tke Spanish
coloniw. The United States feared that France would
undertake this commission also and would claim Cuba
as the price of service to Spain, th'ereby securing &
broader foothold in America." To show that Great
Britain was deeply interacted in the policy of the
Monroo Doctrine, and that Britain and America were
workiing in conjunction with each other, the followinig
historical fact is cited:
"The time aeemed to have come in 1823 for some
sort of action that would head off the threatened in;
vaaion of Latin America by third parties in behalf of
Spain. Something was, slao needed to check the RaiE-
aisn advance into' N&h h e r i m ; and the opprtn;
n i t -was convenient f%rexprming the undybig l6m
of American8 for the popular govement that they
had ahosen. At this moment George Canning, Foreign
Minhr of Qreat Britain, stepped into the contra;
veray. England was interested in umwdricted trade
with the Spanish-American countries and was ex-
tremely opposed to the eonstrieting policy of the Eoly
Alliance, both in Europe snd America. Hence, in An-
gust and September 1823, Canning four timee pr&
posed to Richard Rush, our Minister in Load~a,that
the United States join angland in a daelibratioa
againat ktervention, and Monroe was iwlked to a+
wpt the p r o p d . After long Cabinet disanssionit
John Q u h y Adams, Searetary of State, oonvineed
the PxGdent that it would be better to make an in-
dependent declaration. Adams' papers show that he
not only suggested but formulatad most of the im-
p e a t presidential mwsage of 2 Dec. 1823, several
paaaege~in which, construed together, constitute the
originrrl and genuine Monroe Doctrine."-The ETL-
qielopedia Americana, Vol. 19, p. 374.
A# with the League of Nations compact, an Ameri-
can president got the credit for writing the Monroe
Dwtriuc, byt it really emanated from afertileBritish
mind. In suppont of this wncluslion the following his-
torical fact is important:
"The original Monroe Dootrine waa a%onee &ee-
tive. Canning wag so much interested in the result
18263 : 'I looked another way
pewation in another hemisphere.
. .....
that he claimed it for htnself and said (21 Dee.
I nought for cram-
I called the new
world into existence to redrese the balance of the
old.' "-The Encyclopedia Amwimna, Vol. 19, p. 374.
The same authority further s a p :
"During the Spanish War of 1898 O r a t Britain
made it clear that other Buropean powers must not
i n w e r e w3t.h the American polioy of the United
States."-!l'he Encyclopedia Americana, Vol. 19, p.
876.
Thie shows that both of the horns of the beast were
working together and continue to do so.
The original beast came up out of the sea. Thia
two-horned beaet came up out of the earth, that is
to say, out ole nations already o r g ~ e e dwith S a h
as lthe overlord. There never waa a land monster filre
the two-homd beast. "It ie the largeat body of l$n&
and of peaple under any one jurisdiction on the glob
%Q L I G R T REV. 18
eomprising about one-fonrth of the earth's surface,
and one-fourth of its inhabitants. Extensive portirms
of it lic in .each of the five grand divisiom of the
globe. Its organization is entirely diierent from that
of any other 'empire' in history.'!-The Enoyolope.
dtk Americana, VoL 4, p. 558, under title "British
Empire".
If we add k~the above the vast domains of the
United States and its territories it is seen that this
two-horned beat& governs and easta a shadow over a
large part of the earth's surfaee. This imperialinn
dating from 1600 A. D. isr unparalleled and is the
greatest empire of all time.
The vision 8hows this beast with "two horns l i e
a lamb". A lamb is an inoffensive oreature and acta
only on the defensive. It ia the boast of the British
I
that Englsnd ha8 always waged a defensive warfare,
The Americans claim that America is always on the
defensive. Both Britain and Amcriea claim to be d-
ways on the defensive and as harmless as a lamb, yet
the facts show that their operatiom have heen to the
contrary. The description proceeds: "And he spalte
as a dxagon," meaning the Devil. One of the names
of the Dr~ragonis that of Serpent, which means de-
ceiver; and while this two-horned beast has had a
lamb-like appearance, its words have been deceptive.
'Thy speech betrayeth thee.' Its speech shows it to
be the offspring of the Devil, because it is poisonous,
deacptive and devouring, and making a vioiow at-
tempt to destroy God's kingdom, and particularly
God's "two witnesses".
Britaip boasts that she rules the waves and tha$
the sun never goes down on her domains and that she
REV. la THE B I B T H &I
always takee.the part of hnmaniw. The Anreriaan
g o v e m e n t makes the same boast eoneerning her
libexz&ty. British diplomacy ia the last word in de-
~ t i v e n e s s .Ameriaa has tried to copy it. Satan the
Devil, represented by the great Dragon, claims the
world is his. The great Dragon said: "My river is
m h e own, and I have made it for myself." (Bzek.
89 :3) The Monroe Doctrine says, 'Hands off Ameri-
ea'; and its epeeoh is by the 'two-horned beast', and
i$ therefore like unto the speech of the Dragon. Th%
%wo-horned beast is a part of the "wild beast" that
acwne up out of ehho sea, beoause Britain was at one
gime under the sixth h e 4 &me, and has now become
the seventh head of the "wild beast". Britain and
h e r i o a , the two-horrid beast, really constitute the
power that wounded the sixth bead of the 'embeast'
and afterwsrds healed its wound. The two-horned
bes& is a 'wheel witbin a whed', *at ia to say, a part
af Satan's organization within an organization, and
it becomes the dominant power of that organization.
"And all the authority of the first be& he executes
irr his presence, and makes the earth and those who
dwell in it to worship the &st beast, whose mortal
wound ww healed." (Vs. 12, Diag.) The 'two-horned
keast' receives its authority from the same devilish
source. It becomes the dominant power because it is
the seventh head or wevanth world power; and it real-
ly takes &st place, while the other natlona play Sec-
ond fiddle. Although these beasts fought amongst
themselves (like the hypoeritieal clergy, which form
a part of the beast), they are united in one thing, to
wit: that they are against God and his Anointed. (Ps.
2:$ 3) Therefore: "They shall speak lies at one
 ass L I G H T m. 18
[the Devil's] table," and feed upon the Sam6 prov-
ender. ( D m 11:27) They ignore God's Word wn-
cerning his kingdom and all evidence of the setting
up of the same, and, imbued with their imperialistic
idea, they go on to carry out Satan's purpose in p r e
paring for his 5.31 stand to rule the earth.
Verse thirteen states that this beast 'performs grent
wonders and makes 5re come down from heaven in
the sight of men'. This '%re" comes down, not from
Jehovah'# heaven, but from Satan's exalted place in
his orghation. The evident purpose of this work
of Satan's agents is to deceive and mislead the peo-
ple. It shorn that the two-horned beast is a favored
instrument in the hands of Satan, espeaially equipped
to carry out hie designs. Among these signs or won-
ders done and performed by the 'two-horned beast'
may be mentioned, to wit: the faot of the establish-
ment by the two-horned besat of the greatest empire
of earth, ruling both the land and the sea; the gain-
ing of mpremacy in the winning of the World War;
the promoting of great miseionary moments; the
publishing and distribution of millions of Bibles, en-
gineered by the clergy, who themselves do not believe
the Bible, but which is done to deceive the people
into understanding that these nations are Christian;
the capture and wntrolliig of the banking power of
the world; the capturing of the holy city of Jcrusn-
lem; tho taking of the lead in the peace treaties of the
world; the mpplying of the chief portion of the
money for the healing of the wounded head of the
'sen beast'; the posiiig as the benefactors of mankind;
and their clergy turning the people away from God
and from the Bible, and causing all that dwell upon
the earth to worship the Devil's organhtion.
THE B I R T H a58
"And he kgeraiseth all the power of the 5rst beast
before him,and cauaeth the earth and'them which
d d &mein to worship the first beast, whose deadly
woumd was healed." This is another wonder like fire
ewhg from Satan's heaven. It waa the two-horned
beast that limed up the clergy contingent, espeaially
to give 'heavenly' approval to its war policy. This 5re
&om Satan's heaven was not for the purpase of d s
atroying "the earth", but to indicate that he has
supernatural power to perform great things through
his two-horned instnunentj also for the purpose of
ahowing tlmt the two-horned bewt haa mperior power
to camy cm~d&&rnetivework, and that all the world
apnld take note thereof and deport thmwdves ae-
oordingly. This program carried out did deaeive the
peoples of earth, and such policy is in keepbg with
the oE@ng of Satan, that it is la generation of ser-
pents'.
The 'sea beast' includes all the world powers, but
h this particular picture is represented by Germany,
the head of whieh waa wounded, and which was com-
pelled to take a grandatand seat and watch the per-
formance of the two-horned beast doing its tricks and
pqfomdng its great wonders.
"IMAGE TO TB1 B W F
The fmo-horned beapt, having the attention of all
t&e d e r s of the earth drawn to it, is represented aa
"aayhg to them that dwell on the earth, that they
should make an image to the beast", one of the heads
of which had received the wound and had reaovered.
(Rev. 13: 14) Rotherham rendera this text: "They
should make an image unto the wild-beast." This
masage w requwt the twa-horned beast addressed to
 the ruler6 of its own empire, as well as nJl the other
mlem of the earth. Thie image should be made "m-
to", that is to say, in the liienese of the 'sea beast'
and for the benatit of the 'sea beast', to wit, Sam's
entire organization. That which resulted is a modern-
ization of the ancient universal empire wstem, in a
muitilatwal Peace Pact for the preservation of the
Devil's imperial rule, and for its benefit to avoid
further atrife between component parts of his organ-
ization, and to draw them into a eompaot and unite
them in wnr against God's orgmizntion. This is a
&ompiracy formed against Uod's organization. (Pa
2: 2, 3; Isa. 8: 9) The facts conclusively prove that
the League of Nations is thia image to tk5 beast. It
i~ a formation of a thing for the ben&t of Satan's
wicked organization.
The pmof is also overwhelming that the League of
Nations compaet originated with British officers and
that the "fourteen points" and the League oompact
itself ware ib.afted by British of5cera. But the honw
of m o d n g the same was given ta the war pr&-
d e ~oft the United States. He,was made the mouth.
piece or spokesman for the two-horned beast, and hie
speech war, smooth and fair and calculated to de-
ceive.
When he spoke to the nations of the world concem-
ingthe,League a noted Englishman anidof theilmwi-
cnn war president: ".It was like the voioe of God tallr-
ing over our heads to the eontinent and to the nntions
caf %heworld," When thia same great war presidetrt
wched Pasis, it is mitten of him: 'In Paris W h
"received an matiin surpassing anshing vitnessad
5n Rance since the days of Napoleon. . .. E e *ted
P m e whwe he was ooun%edaa a sort of me&&,
come to ssve Europe from the termre of f u t m
wars." In London he was mnde the occasion of a simk
lat @onatration to that given in Paris.'-See m a
E w q d o ~ d i aAmericana, "Wilson."
The League of Nations compact includes all the
&bs or remnants of the original 'sea beast'. Tha
signatory powcrar embrnce most of the nations of the
earth. Egypt (represeated in Britain) and Mwp*
tamin, under the kingdom of Iraq (the site of Baby-
lon and Aesyria), nre included in the League of Na-
t i o n ~ ; Persia, Greece, and Italy (Rome), and the
Anglo-Arne* Etnpire, are included. It is important
here to eMte thn&one of the divisions of the League ia
'!The Permanent Court of htemational Juatioe", a t
The Hngne, (2% Ewycbpadicc Amsvkioona, Vol. 17,
p. 177) The Len-e ef Natipne was made %.part d
a e heem Treaty. Whe president of the United States
wged its adoption by the United S t a h Sennte. Op-
position arose agninst him them, b e d "on mb8t.m.
tially imperialistic grounds". Big Business, many
politicinus, nnd prncticnlly nll the clergy of America
joiaed a like group of British d n g powers to put
the League eampact through. The United States
Seaate r & d to confirm the oompaat md negotiated
a separate treaty with the Teutonic powera But tbe
&ht to put America into the League did not at nJl
aGP theri.
The American Federation of Clurches prono1111ced
the League the "political expression of God's king-
dom on enrth". The prasident of the United States
moeeding the war made a desperate effort
$0 induce the ratification of the World Court, which
ia a part of the Lengue of Nations compaat. In May,
la%, the elan, embraeiug 125,000 congregations in
%% L I G H T EEV. 1%
1
America, began a campaign to topport the p r d -
dent's proposal that the United States enter the
"Permanent Court of International Justice" of the
League of Nations. The Federal Council of Churches
pushed this campaign and used all their power upon
the politicians to bring about the desired result. They
claimed to represent twenty million persons. But the
United States is in the League of Nations, notvith-
standing the efforts of some of her people to keep the
nation out.
The secretary of state of the United States, acting
as spokesman, pwented at the conference of nations
at Paris the treaty known as "The Ceneral Pact for
the Itenunciation of Mar". It was signed by fourteen
powers all of whieh are members of the League of N&
tions, and was ratified by the United States Senate.
An American newspaper say6: "At last the United
States has joined the family of nqtione. We are no
longer an isolated people. We are not afraid of the
ghost of entangling alliances. We are ready to assume
the obligation of our power and good fortme."-
Age-He~ald(Birmingham).
Another newspaper says: "The League opens the
way for the United States to assume seat in World
Court. *' Germany's foteign minister, according to
the press, said that "the adhesion by the United
States to the Court was a logical sequel to the Kellogg
'I
Paet, that it would inorease the tribunal's pr&ige
and greatly advance the cause of arbitration as op.
posed to war". The New Pork Evening World, of
Mareh 8, 1929, says: "A sequel to the Eellogp Pact
was seen by many in the League of Nations today
when the Coumil approved a motion by Foreign
W e r Briand of France, that a proposed treaty
m.18 TEE BIRTH 297
whereby hmcial wisistance would be given to coun-
trias wbe are victims of aggression will be submitted
to non-members of the League. . .. The comment in
Geneva is that the United States is interested in ob-
servance of the Kellogg Pact and that if any s i g m
% o q resorted to war in violation of its provision8
American sympathies would lean towards an ecoaom-
ic blockade of tbe aggressor and perhaps to parti&
pation in h a n c i d mistance to the victim or threat-
ened victim.'"
The JmraCSt Da Gmeus, whiah voiaes the senti.
ment of the League, recently said: '"The League can
talk wieh the United States in the event of war and
sayi 'The Kellogg Paet h a been violated. What are
your intentionel' Reneeforth the aggreseor at least
will encounter the passive though none the less terri-
ble reprobation of the United States." The facts
therefore show that the peace treaty known as "The
General Pact for the Renunciation of War" is a p a d
of the League of Nations and an indirect way, there-
fore a deceptive way, for the United States to get
fully into the League, where she now is.
Verne fifteen tells that the two-homed beast "had
poww to give life [Greek, gneuma, spirit or breath]
unto the image" in order that this image 'should
both speak, and cause those that would not worship
Donor] the image to be killed'. I n other words, the
"image" is a kind of dummy that requires a ventrilo-
quist to speak for it, and the two-horned beast acts
in the capacity of a ventriloquist to make it speak"
and when it speaks it apparently utters a sound that
emanatem, from the two-horned beast.
Image-making for the purpose of worship is utterly 'v
wntrary to the law of God (Ex. 20 :4,5; Rom. 1:23)
@%? L I O 3T 8%o. U
The clergy rooters for the L e a e e of N a t i w are most
reprehensible, beeawe they claim to represent God
and yet they are openly brwl-ing God's law. Notwith-
I kn&e & praetieally itnpomible for an in8vidual t o
standing this, the clergy ,and their aUies bend their
efforts to compel the people to give their honor to and
reliance upon, and therefom their worship of, the
image. The violator of the Leap;ue pledge "is auto-
matically in a state of outlawry" with the nations
whicb have bound themselves to sever economio r e l a
tions with the defaulting member. This is the same
I count the number of the beaat: for it is the number
&ect as that of the Paris Peace Pact. Thus it is seen
$hat the Devil hns prepared a moans, by threatening
'death', ta keep the natiow in line. The whole ar-
rangement of the League of Nations or "image of the
beast" is ignoble and blasphemous. The words of Je-
hovah are appropriate here: "What prolltoth the
graven image, that the maker thereof hath graven i t ;
the molten image, and a teachcr of lies, that the
maker of his worlr trusteth therein, to makc dumb
idols8 Woe unto him that saith to the wood, Awake;
$0 the h b atme, Arbe, it &&all teagh! Behold, it is
laid over with gold and silver, and there is no breath
st all in the midst of it. But the Lord is in his holy
temple: let all the earth keep silenoe before him.''--
Eab. 2 : 18-20.
The seventeenth verse declaros that no man can
buy or sell without having the marl< of the beast or
the number of his name. This surely does not mean
emry individual, but means that every nation that
will not conform to the beastly arrangement shall be
boycotted in its commerce; and that is tke open
threat In another way, however, the ruling factors
in t@ beast, to wit, Big Bwinwx and thcir allies,
h v . 13 THEI B I R T H 299
compete with their combines in a wmmereizll way.
Then the chapter coneludes with verse eighteen:
"Here is wisdom. Let him that ha* understanding
of a man; and his number is six hundred threesoore
and six." Only those who have an understanding will
appreciate the meaning of this scripture. Since the
Lord has o6me to hIs temple, the time ia due to under-
m n d . Those of the temple being illuminated by the
Lord do undwstand what constitutes '<thenumber of
the be&". They see and underetand that the "be&"
is Satan's organization visible to human eyes, that the
ruling faetors therein are made up of men who are
imperfect. Six is a symbolic number representing im-
perfection. Six hundred sigty and six (three or-
ders of six) represeau the three ruling elements in
the beastly organization, t o wit, oommeroial, political
and religious power. The "number" is not the num-
ber of "the man Christ Jesus", nor the number of
the 'Lmanchild", but it is the number of the imper-
feet or natural man (1 Cor. 2 :14), and the earnal
man (1Gor. 3:3), and the "old man" (Rom. 6: 6).
It is the numb@ of "oorrhpt minds, and destitute of
the truth, supposing that gain is godliness"; of "evil
fnen and seducers". (1Tim. 6: 5; 2 Tim. 3: 8, 13) It
is the number of the men or organization of men 'dm-
allowing The Stone', and therefore " ungodly men",
which form the Devil's visible organization. (1Pct.
2 :4; 2 Pet. 3 :7) The chief sustaining part of the or-
ganization is the commercial element that dictates to
the others. The "numher" suggests mammon, because
the value of Solomon's annual revalue of gold was
six hundred and sixty-six talents, (See 1 E n g s 10:
8m L I O H T $Ev. 13
14.) The giant of Gath had six digits on e& hand
and foot, and is therefore a picture of the &vilJs or-
ganization. (1Chron. 20: 6) The diimsiom of Nebu-
chadnezzar's golden image was ~ixtycubita by six
cubits. (Dan. 3: 1) It is inb!est&g to note that the
great giant having six 5ngm on each hand and six
toes on each foot was killed by David, and his head
taken off. This suggests thnt the antitspied David,
h, the @eat executive officer of Jehovah, will
aompletQ behead and deatroy the devilish, b m y
organization of Satan, all to the glory of God and
the vindication of hie name.
CHAFTER Vlll
Activities in Zion
(!3mm~mox, O a m 14)
J EHOVAH'S organization appears in his Word J
under the symbol and name of "Zion". In the
Soripturea "monntain" is a symbol of God's
government or kingdom. The highest part of a mom-
tain is properly called s hill. The high& part of the
kingdom is the governor or king. Jehovah says: "Yct
have I set my king upon my holy hill of =on." (Pa.
S:6) "His foundation is in the holy mounts'1~t9."
(Pa. 87: 1) When David was made W g Mount Zion
was made the #eat of gMernment of Israel. There
David built n h ~ of e'er& wood", s~rmbolioof
evertasting axiatenue of ' h d b kingdom. That wss Je-
hovah% typfcd gov~~nment. The reader is here re-
quested to sfttdy ReveIation the fourteenth chapter,
whioh is now considered.
In the vision John beheld a beautiful mountain.
(Vs. 1) It must have been a white mountain, and
glorious; birara, white 9 8ymbolic of pmity, and the ,
Lord is glo@o$#, h wae Mount Zion, which is sym- .
of God% pure nud haly organization and of the
Ea
r
n born out of that organization, the Bovmiori
of which is pure, holy and nndded. He is OMat tbe I
beloved One of God. The faot that John saw Blowt
Zion ie proof that the kingdom was barn befnre the
servant olass, whom John represents, saw and appre
ciated it. The proof appearing in thc preceding chap-
ters shows thnt the kingdom was born in 1914; but
the faot thereof was not mderstood by the servant
801
 802 L I G H T REV.14
class until some years afterward. The Lord, therefore,
waa at his templc, and Zion bnilt up, before his faith-
ful people on enrth mdemtood it.
Jehovrth loves Zion and the entranoe thereunto.
(Ps. 78: 68; 87 :2) Zion is the dwelling place of God,
and therefore Zion is pure and holy. (Pa 9:11;
182:13) Out of Zion God shines, bemuse Zion honors
the Lord and m m e a hi^ name. (Pa. 60 :2; 136:21)
The day comes, and is not far distant, when Mount
!Zion will be the peaae and joy of all that live forever
on the earth.-Ps. 48 :2.
> 1
John saw a Lamb that stood on Mount Zion. The
transflgmtion scene "in the holy mount" seems to
refer to the same thing. (2 Pet. 1:17, 18) Thb is
"the Lamb of Ood,'whioh taketh away the sin of
the world". (John 1:29) H is blood shed at Calvary
is for sin atonoment, and now he comes in his glory,
clothed with all power and authority, to clean np and
remove the sin-stain from the world. In the book of
Revelation Jews is called the "Lamb" hentpeight
times, which is more times than of any other name it
gives to 6im. God must have a reason for emphaaia-
ing that title. It is derived from the word amion,
which more literally moans "dear lamb" or "lamb.
ling". The evident purpose is to remind aU creation
that God is the great Shepherd and that Jesus is the
denrest One of God's great flock. J e w said: "Jeho.
vah is my Shepherd." (Pa. 23: 1) (See nlso Genesis
22 :8.) The one standing on Mount Zion, therefore,
is de5nitdy. identified as Christ Jesus, the gloriow
Eing.
V' Jogus took his position on Mount Zion in 1924; and
the vision suggests that, standing there, Jesus now
'see6 of the 'travail of his sod: ~pokcnof by the
e.
14 AcmVmrnS IN ZION 808
prophet, in f u l h e n t , and b fflled wlth satisfaction
and joy because the time haa come to vindicate his
Fnther'a name. (Iaa. 53:11, 12; Jer. 11: 19, 20; Pa
110:2-6)A lamb of the flock was slain and its blood
waa used as the basis for the law covenant made in
XJgypt and confirmed at Sinai. The blood of Jesus,
the Lamb of God slain on earth, is the basic sncriflce
for the new covenant, which is made on earth and
ratified at Mount Zion. Jesus Christ is the Mediator
of that covenant. (Heb. 12:24) He is the grentwt as
well as the most loved of all W'Ecreation: "And
b, 0 tower of the flock, the strong hold wf the
daughter of Zion, unto thee shall it come, even the
erst dominionj the kingdom shall come t o the dnugh-
ter of JeFuaalem."-Mio. 4: 8.
His kingdom waa born or began in 1914,before the
travail of Zion. "Before she travailed, she brought
forth; before her pain cnmq she was delivered of a
man a d . " "Unto us a son is given, and the govern-
ment shnll be upon his shoulder." This is true because
he ie God's dear Lamb and anointed Eing now upon
his throne. (Isa. 66: 7; 9: 6, 7) The law, or rule of
action that shall govern the new heavens nnd new
earth, shall go forth frem Mount Zion. (Isa. 2:3) In
Eoh, Cod's organization, the dear Lamb of God is
laid 88 the ahief corner Stone and sanctuary for the
~hiidrcnor members of Zion, which is the chnroh, and
i s also laid as a stumbling Stone for bia enemies.-
1 Pet. 2: 6-8;Iaa. 28: 16; 8: 14.
After coming to his temple it waa time to tell L'the
Lamb's wife", who is also a child of Zion, thnt she
might rejoice. 'Rejoice greatly, 0 danghter of Zion;
and shout for joy; for behold, thy King cometh nnto
..
Chee, , He shall speak peaae to the nations; and hi
 E@& L I G E T IOXv. 14
dominion s h d be throughout all the earth.' (Zecb.
9: 9, 10) The churah is the "daughter of Zion". It is
Zion (God's organization) that gives birth to her
uhildren who constitute members of God's kingdom.
The travail came upon Zion in 1917 and 1918: "For
as soon as Zion travailed, she brought forth her M-
dren. "-1sa. 66 :8.
J Zion having now been h 3 t up, and her uhildren
brought forth, John, representing God's people on
earth, the servant class, is given a vision of what has
taken place. Therefore it is added: "And with him
an hundred forty and four thousand, having his Fa-
ther's name written in their foreheads." (Vs. 1) This
pioture oould not be fuliilled until the faithful who
slept in death had been resurrected out of death and
judgment had begun a t the house of God and the ap-
proved ones, constituting the remnant, were brought
into the temple and illuminated by the lightnings of
Jehovah. Being brought forth as God's children and
a~knowledgedby h i they would have his name in
their Sorreheaads. They would have an intelligent ap-
preciation of the faut that they were God's children,
and are esily identified as children of God.
ThL8 eould not have come to paw prior to 1918, and
it was more cotnpletely fuElled at or after 1922. It
was then true that "the outcasts of Israel" were
gathered unto God, "to the plaee of the name of the
Lord of hwts," to Zion (into God's srganiaation),
and the fact was revealed unto t h e . (Ps. 1477;% 12;
50 :6; Lsa. 18: 7) The John or servant ulass, now in
the temple, ean begin to see and appreciate the beau-
tiful tableau, the hefirst part of which appears to Be
Ghrist the glorious King and his body laemhers in
.Cod's orgrenkiation. Those who are the children of
C mv. 16 AmIVITIES TN !?SON
Zion begin and continue to sing Jehovah's praises
and mjoice: "And the Lord shall reign over them
in mom+ Zion from henceforth, even for ever."-
Wit. 4: 7, 13.
The number that stood with the Lamb on Mount
385
i Zion is the aame as those who were 'sealed of the
twslve tribes of spiritual Israel'. (Rev. 7: 4) God had
promised to write upon his faithful ones his name.
(See ReveMion 3: 12.) mey are shown in the tab-
leau as having received bis name written in their fore-
heads. These are they who have escaped fro~hthe
snare of the enedy, as it is written: "But npon
mount Zion shall be deliverance [they that escape,
margin], and there shall be holiness [it shall be hob,
margin]; . .. And savioura shall come up on mount
Zion to judge the mount of Esau [Satan's organiiei
'tion]; and the kingdom shall be the Lord's." (Obad.
17-21) Jehovah hsa now 'received the eougregation',
the Oemple elass, which is in his favor, and the time
of h$ wrath upon Babylon must now be due. "Wheu
I shall receive the congregation, I will judge upright-
ly. The earth and all the inhabitants thereof are dis-
solved: I bear up the pillars of it." (Ps. 75: 2, 3)
U p n t3e foreheads of t h a faithful one8 there is no
mom for the "name"0r "number of the beast". In-
&end, there appears upon them the name of honor,
mverenee and praise to Jehovah and to his King.
They are wholly devoted to the Lord.
This blesned assembly of God's people would now
fndicate that ''Babylon is fallen", as annowaced by
the angel, in verse eight of this ehapar. Gathered
anto the Lor& hie pmple are now out of Babylon and
it i.i a t h e for them to rejoice and sing, and they do.
,cPs, 126 :1; Im. S2: 7,8) It is the time also for God%

wrath to begin against the enemy organiaation.
Therefore it is written: "The Lord hath brought
fortb our righteousnew: wme, and let us declare in
..
Zion the work of the Lord our God. . For hie de-
vice ia agninat Babylon, to deatroy it; because it is
the vengeance of the Lord, the vengeance of his tem-
ple. And I will render uato Babylon, and to ull tho
inhabitants of W d e a , all their evil that they have
done in Zion in your sight, aaith the Lord. Aa Baby-
lon hath cauaed the slain of Israel to fall, so at Baby-
lon ahall fall the shin of ull the &'' (Jer. 51 :10,
11, 24, 49) The time has now come to declare "the
day of vengeance of our God", and those of the or-
ganization of the Lord must declare it-& 618 2.
DlSRVlCIfi
AOnvI9!IEB IN ZION
and do not keep atill. They cannot, becam "in hhl
".
temple doth eveq one speak of his glory (Pa 29 :93
M n g in the temple, they must Bing forth Jeho-
vah's prdae. Where there are those who clnim to be
followers of Christ and who are using the soft pedel
wneerniug Satan's organization, or who insist on
'keeping atill and ignoring the faet that Satan ha6 u i ~
brganieation, such ia oonelusi08 proof that thay am
not of Zion, whatever else might be their position.
Let no one who haa entered into a covenant with the
.Lord be deaeived into remaining qaiet snd inactive.
T$ia pioture and many corrobriting Eexb &OWtb&t
khe temple olae~must be aecive to the very end.
Phe goand 09 these hakpma portends a downpour
Q* QOdk ble~~inus. '%%en he uttereth his voice, the*

Some who were favored with the knowledge of

Glod's truth and who covenanted to do his will became
"weary in well doing" and have coneluded that dl
they need to do js to manifest outwardly a "meet
&W", meet together and have what they d l who reproach his name. (Pa. 104:7; 18:6, 7, 13) But
"fellowship'', then wait to be taken to heaven. They
deceive themselves and are deceived. Jehovah gathers
hi8 people into Zion for service. He visited the na-
tiom to take out of them a people for hia nume, and
t h w tulsen out must be his witnesses to sing forth his
praises. (Acta 15 : 14; 1 Pet. 2 :9; Isa. 43: 10, 12)
Therefor0 John, reprwnting the servant elaas, heam
"a vohe from heaven, as the voice of many waters,
and &s the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the
voice of harpers harping with their harps".-Vs.
The American RevGed Version reudem this, "the
voice whieh I heard was as the vciae ef harpers."
The pictare shows that the nembem of Zion cannqt
Se a multitude-of vatera in the heavens, ...
W&eth lightnings for rain." (Jer. 10: 13, margin)
he
'The voice's being "ae the voice of a great thunder"
'thae symbolically aye that it is a mesaage of God
being proclaimed, which mesaage is a rebuke to tho88
to thhee who love God it is a sound of refr-
truth announcing to them that God's kingdom is
come, a d the t h e to rejoioe and sing. The temple
being now open, the time ia wme for the installation
of the sacred singers and harpists who shall engage
in singing the praises of Jehovah God. Such service
~ p a eemployed in the typical house of the Lord.
ttq40reover, David and the captains of the hoat scpa-
taked to the service of the sons of ilsaph, and of He-
2.
man, and of Jednthun, who sbould prophesy wtth
harps . .. for song in the house of the Lord,..
wrding 00 the beg's order to haph." (1&on. &lit
.a*
i, 8, 6) In the temple service the singwa, eelwkd
 from the tribe of Levi, were enwed to sidg and to
play upon the harp. (2 Chron. 5: 12, 13) Thns Qod
foreshadowed that when he gathered his spiritual
haelites into the temple they should sing forth his
praisee. The time of joy had arrived and Christ Je.
sus, the great Judge, said to those whom he approved:
"Enter thou into the joy of thy lord" They entered
the temple, and their songs and their harps sound
with praise to the great Jehovah and his King.
"And they sung aa it were a new song before the
throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders:
and no man could learn that gong but the hundred
and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed
from the earth." (Va. 3) In the Biblioal record the
earliest singing is mentioned in Job 38 :7. There the
Lamb, the beloved One of God, he who bears the title
of "The Morning Star'', employed wng to the praisa
of Jehovah; and thua is fixed the rule that must
govern those of Zion now. The song which John heard
sounds new, and therefore would indieate that the
servant olsee would have a change in their witness
work from that of Elijah to that foreshadowed by
Elisha, the latter being a service attended with no
fear but with great joy. It is the love of God that
prompts them to service, and the love such as Christ
haa that constrains them and holde them together:
and these fear not the enemy or his organization, but
boldly sing forth praises of the great Eternal One.-
1John 4 : 17, 18.
The remnpnt of his people now on earth are enabled
by God's grace to see and appreciate the faet that Je-
hovah's 'elect servant' is Christ Jesus and the faith-
ful member* of his body, end that these Cod has
s o l e d and hatailed aa his sweet singers in the tem-
p 1 ~to pwfvrm other purpoaea to whiah he aseigne
them. To these are committed the interests of the
kiagdapll,' and the obligation is laid opon them to
zwb b w n W's pmpow to the rulers and tq the
peoples of the earth. Since the building up of Ziw
J&ov& haa appeared in his glory, and by his l,i&+
dng# haa revealed himaelf, hi organization, and his
p m w , to his people a~ never before. He h a made
clew to hi psople maay prophecies that have been
~ ~ eandd nhw , gives them a gleam of other things
that we sh~rtlyto be fulfilled. The tima has gome for
them to ging, m d they do "dug unto the Lord a new
8 M , cad hjrr pr& from the end of the earth",
IS&.&; 9, 10.
. m e angelie homta sang to the praise of Jehovah Qod
at tlns birth 0%Jam, whom they agnouneed as the
8avior of the woxld. NOW the f i g in glory Hands
Mount ?don with all power and authority to
rale and b l e ~ and
, all of God's organization join in
tha new song. The angels in heaven and the remnant
on earth sing before the throne the praises of the
Most High. The Bingere have the throne, and not who
they WQ, in mind. The ningere are nat the &portent
o w , it .is the great Jehovah God, and hie King,
mha they W. In the grand ahoras the
1 W are ‘singing before the four be&'; whieh
wruul they me singing in the presence and hearing
a2 Jehovah's orgmization. They are 'made a theater
ger men and for angela'. Elven the "prisoners" are
bg$i?uring t s hear the mng. 'Jerusalem, lift up thy
@88 and &IS.' They sing to eaeh other and &g tq
aJl who love Jehovah God; they lift up a s~an&d. 2@
tb people and pobt them to God's kingdom,(&, 62:
lQaaa33 ther b M good tidingy of gwt jw)&p

pnbliah peace and my rmto those of Zion, "Thy God
reignath"; they me eye to eye the wonders of God's
pu~pmesand together they Sit up the voice and sing.
(Iaa. 62:7-9) All thme "elders" who have been
raised out of death in the first resurrection l i k e d
hear the song. AU who are of the 144,000 muet sing
now, and they do sing, The singing in the henring of
all of God%orgmieation implies that the remnant on
onrth muet now be singing as their theme Cod's su-
ppom&cy in the throne, that his word and his name
might be made lmown and in due time fully vindi-
&tad.
J "No man could learn that song but the hundred
and forty and four thousand." This mans that no
oiie aside from Gad's anointed can appreciate and
join the invisible members of God's organization in
the song of joy. One muat appreciate a thing in order
to really rejoice therein. Only the Levites were trained
end allowed to sing in the temple serviee. (1Chron.
8 : 81, &2; Nah. 12:46, 47) From the L e W the
priests were taken, and h e are the singvm Not
wery one who ean malce a noise would be ohoaen to
aing before the King. Only highly trained voiees
would be given that privilege. No one could ever
learn the song except God% anointed. The Hebrew
word rendered "barn" meana "aceustom self to".
And ao it ia that practice, and muoh of it, is required;
and constancy in the witnw work ia 8 thing w t i n l .
Only those who do the required practice are pic-
+awed in this group of singers. That explains why
there ia a remnant that really earnestly and faith-
gully jdwa the work of malring Ohe word srod name of
+' %ovah hm.And they must learn the text of that
song, and the hammy; aad thia they de by making
Bw. 14 A O T ~ IN
B ZION 832
me of the '%eat in due season", which by the grace
of God ie pmvidcd for the remnant. That "meat im
due semenJ1is the illumination and publieatim of
bis Word of truth from time to time. That text book
of sozig ia "sealed" to the earthly learned, and also
eakd to those who now imii on doing "the Elijah.
arork". Those who insist on doing the work that ww
"
prepared in the Elijclh period af the slnurah, and who
we looking forwerd to the time they will enter into
thek rset and rulership, are dreamem and prefer to
more rather than to aing with enthwiaam. The faith-
ful are ~ejoicing,and they pray for success and pros-
perity w they sing. /&. 118: 24, 25) They say: "Give
me maderatanding, that I may learn thy coummnd-
menta. "--Psr. 119 :78.
To hhis ohildren the Lord givw instruetion thus:
"A wise man will hear, and will increase learning;
snd a ntan of understmcting shall attain unto wise
emmmIs.'' (Prov. 1:5) "Give inatmetion to a wiae
man, and he will be yet wieer: teach a just man, and
he will increase in lenming." (Prov. 9:9) It ia them
iore the wise that understand and give praiae to the
Lord Qod and delight in his a&. (Dan. 12: 10)
?The E S W B E ) ~of~ ~the lips in0resaet.h learning. The
heart of the wiae teaaheth [margjn, maketh wise] his
wuth, a d addeth learning to his lips." (Prov. 16:
21, 23) The wise are they that hear the command-
p~entaof the Lord and hastt?n to obey them. They use
&eir Eps in obedience to God's emandmenta and
hearP to sing that "sew song". The faithful remnant
we "redeemed" through tlte love m d by the blood of
Christ and are literally separated from tho eazth an4
in due time will be taken therefrom to be forever
with the b r a
85% L I Q H T Baa, 14
The faithful remnant dam ia further identih.ed a d
denmibed in Revelation 14:4 5 : "These are they
which were not defiled with women; for they are vir-
gins. These are they which follow the Lamb whither-
soever he goeth. These were redearnad from among
men, being the fbtfmitaunto God and to the Larob.
And in their mouth was found no guile: for they am
without fault before the throne of God." They are
not de5led with women, "Women" here r e f 4 to
mat be diwolute women, which s y m b o l i ~repre.
sent Satan and are in hia s e r v k The term appliea
to the religious syatema that praotiw and draw men
away from God. But the term "women" mearm much
more than that. I t repreaents the devilish influence,
G,deceitful and sedu&ive, that tries to induce God%
begotten ones to violate God's law eithar positively
or negatively. That means to either refuae or neglect
to keep and perform God's commandment4. Some
tima a legal earthly wife of a cornrated man may
oeaee auch dc61emeuG or the husband l i k d e influ-
easethewifetorefrainfmmserpimgtJmLord:"And
another mid, I have married s wife, and $herefom I
omnot come."-Luke 14: 20.
dlso literal mothers, Bistera and daughters, and
others, are wed by the adversary to draw the come-
mated away from God's service. "If any man eome
to me, and hate not his father, and mother, and wife,
and children, and brethren, and sisters; yea, and his
own life also, he cannot be my diieiple." (Luke 14:
26) One who is in a Covenant with the Lard mast
love Jehovah supremely. That does not mean ha is to
do injury to any one, but, with h i , to please God is
that of first importance. The Scriptures explain that
this wrongful influence is due to the faot that "he
BBP. 1C AOTITITIEB IN ZION
that ia married careth for the things that are of the
world, how he may please hi wife", and hence mani-
feats leas love for the Lord and hi kingdom than 2re
d m for hia wife. 'Pherefore the advice is given: "The
time is short : it remaineth, that both they that have
wives be an though they had none." (1Uor. 7: 29,33)
Earthly relatives often induce one to divide hii af-
fections with 'things of thia world', which pertaha
to Satan'a organization, by giving leas conaideration
to the aervice of Uod and to hie kingdom. They argue
that one should not make hirrmelf foolish and obnox-
ious to the world, but should show the proper honor
to the world m d to men and inatitutiona of the world.
Thus they are caused to worship or give honor to the
Devil's organization and are dofiled. The faithful
remnant muat be absolutely and completely s e ~ a r a t d
from Satan's organization. They stsnd out boldly as
God's witnesses.
Attaehed to the heathen temples were dissolute wom-
en. The unfaithful prophet Bdaam auggwted to
Balak the employment of nu& immoral women to a-
tice the Israelites and to 'call the people unto the
sacriflw of their gods: and the people did err% ,md
bow4 down to their gods'. (Num. 25: 1-6) The wun-
eel of Balnam thus cnnacd the children of Israel to
eommit treapam againat the Lord in the matter of
Pear (a devilill worship with lewd rites). Thus Ba-
ham earned Balak to mat a stumblingstw.ebefore the
Ieraelitea, to eat the things sacrificed to idols and to
mmmit fornication. Likewiae those that compromise
with the Devil's organization are an abomination an-
tu God.-Rev. 2 : 14.
The faithful hundred and forty-four thousand am
described as "wise virgins" that are separated and
devotd in singlenem of life and pnrpose unto Cod.
Of them it is written: "That I may present you as a
W e virgin to Christ." (2 Cor. 11:2) Their eye is
single to one thing; and that is, faithful service unto
the Lord. They "follaw the Lamb whithersoever he
goeth" aad delight to walk in his footsteps. (1 Pet.
2: 21; Rev. 6: 2) They "were redeemed from among
men, being the 5ratfmitsunto God and to the Lamb".
Thb waa foreshadowed by the "two wave l a v a , ...
they are the firstfruits unto the Lord". (Lev. 23: 17)
Renoe Pentecost was called "the feast of harvest, the
5mtfruits of thy labours". (Ex. 25: 16) In A. D. 33
at Pentecost there was a fulfilment of thig in minis.
ture. In 1918 this feast of the firsffruits is ful5lled
in completion by the resur-ection of the faithful ones
and by the gathering of the remnant to the Lord ta
Mount Zion. The 144,000 is a very small number eom-
pared with the billions that God saves, and are there-
fore spoken of as the "firatfruits".
These are without guile (lies) and "are without
fault before tbe throne". (V& 5) They "w& in the
light", henee they 'enter into the aity'. (1John 1:7;
Rev. 22: 14; 21 :27) They are not false Christs, but
true to their anointing. (Matt. 24: 24) They do no%
turn the trnth into a lie by worshiping the emture.
' build
(Rom. 1:23, 25) They do not honor men; but they
worahip and serve and obey Cod, and do not lie when
they say that they "know him". (1 John 2: 4) The3
'add not unto his word [moh thin@ as so-called
"&one witnw in EgyptJ'], lest they be found liara'.
(Prav. 80: 6) The remnant shall not da iniquity nor
speak lies. (Zeph. 3: 13) "A faithful witness will not
lie," an&the remnaat mnat continue faithful.-Prw.
14.: 5; Rev. 12: 17.
Jehovah predestinated that those he eel& for hi%
service &all be faultdm aa to their lwe and &votion
to $im. (Eph. 1:4) Tbey devote themselves to God
and endeavor to oarry out hi will so "that thp minis-
try be not blamed", and in thii oonditim they shine
as "the light of the world". (2 Cor. 6: 3; Phil. 2:
l5,16) Ood keeps them by his power and in due time
them are 'presented faultlw before the -p-ce of
his glory '.--Jude 24.
WEBIY(BTINO. QOBPEL
The radio belongs to Jehovah (Ps. B: 11) He */
brought it into exiatenm for his purpom, and Sa-
tw's agents attempt to monopoliee it; but in due time
CJad will manifest his supremacy in this and in ail
other things. In Revelation 8: 13 it is stated that s~
angel (like an eagle) flies in the midst of heaven.
Again John saw in vision this angel and he wrote:
"And I saw another angel fly in the midst of hmven,
having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them
that dwell on the earth, nnd to every nation, and
kindred, and tongue, and people." (Vs. 6) The Lord
by his angel invisible to human ayw again aeta and
directs lria people. '
. . It waa in 1922 that efforts began to be put forth to
tha firat radio station to broadcast the truth
wnaeming Ood'a kingdom, and that station began its
par at ions on February 24, 1924, a d has eontinuow
broadcast tho message of the kingdom since. In
April, 1922, a public leoture entitled "BiIilliom NOW
Living Will Never Die", delivered before a large an-
&nee filling the Metropolitan Opera House at B b i h
dalphih wan at the same time broadoast by a radia
atation cf that city. That same year the ~ a m alecture
 L I G H T -7.
was delivered by a large number of speakem in thirty-
three merent langurigea. In the United States thcre
are people of every h g m g e , kindred nnd tangue,
and in- that c o m t q the radio has been naed more
than in any other place on enrth to broadcast the
"everlasting gospel" of the kingdom of Cod. This is
further proof,that Cod has not given his m-e
truth to his people for them to aelilahly hold to it, but
that they wust preach it as his witnema to the na-
tioas of the earth. (Matt. 24: 14) Those of Satan's
obgdzation must have an opportunity to hear it,
whether they heed or not.
The angel of the Lord is heard mying with a loud
voice: "Fear God, and give glory to him; for the
hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that
made heaven, and enrth, and the sea, and the foun-
tains of waters." (Vs. 7) The faithful remnant on
earth tnke up this measage and hernld it. Be it noted
that the voice or message does not say, Fear the Devil
or hi organization, but does say, 'Fear God, and
give him glory,' Worship the Creatbr, an& not the
oreatwe I
For many centuries the chnrch organieations have
exnlted men and praised their virtues; and in thia
they did wrong. Jehovah is auprem4 nnd the truth is
his. This fact is now dearly revealed to his people,
~ h must
o w v e and praise Jehovah, and not honor
men. 'The hour of God's judgment ia come,' because
he j~in his temple for judgment, and his people will
be required to meet the rulea he haa laid down. The
fact of the hour of his judgment was first undemtood
ad published by God's people at the C e b Point
convention in 1922. (See Watch Tower, Nov. 1%1022+
p. 884.) 'Phis is the pame period of time when the
14 I BV.
14 AOTNITIEB IN ZION
I
world is eecn worshiping Satan and hls organization,
and the ruling powem compelling auoh worship. (Rev.
18: 1 4 1 5 ) The faithful remnant refuse to honor and
worship any part of Satan's o r g h t i o n , but they
are worshiping and telling the people to worship Je-
of
I hovah God, who made heaven and earth and all that
u therein..
8bBYLON.S FALL
The time has arrived to amounce the fall of Baby-
lon: "And another, a second angel followed, saying,
Fallen is Babylon the Orcat, who has given nll the
nations to drink of the wine of the wrath of her forni-
cation." (Vs. 8, Diag.) Thiidoes not mean aWsecond"
group; but it means the delivery of tho seaond part
of the meseage due at that time. Here is the .first ap-
pearance of the word "Babylon" in Revelntioa It is
the Greek form for considering the Hebrew word
Babel. Satan is the hnsband and head of Babylon.
Satan had been cast out of heaven, and therefore the
husband of Babylon had fallen to the earth, bnt waa
not yet dwtroyed. The name "Babylon" &o proper-
ly applies to the organization of Satan called "Chri5
tendom", which is the offspring of the wicked "worn-
. The ancient city of Babylon fell at the w u I t of
Cyrus, but it was not immediately destmyed. Two
hundred years later an attempt was made to rebuild
it; but that failed, and then it went into complete
ruin. The memage in Revela%ion,"Babylon is fallen,"
doea not mean that suoh is final, and that literal de-
struction has come to it, but means that it has reaohed
such a condition that no part 09 it can ever rise to
itn Pormer position. (Itev. 18 :21) Satan and the henv-
enlp part of or)Ia&ation were cast oat shortly
 following 1914. Xb wwesl in 1919, the year lrfter tbetime
that judgment began at the temple, thnt Christendm
adopted the devilish oEspring, the Leogne of Nations,
and nmed it the "politioul expraasion of Cod's king-
dom on earth". Like Upleiah, who was stricken with
leprosy, 80 the offspring of Satan was stricken with
the incurable disease. CMendom w b there un-
equivocally cut oft This faot was seen nnd the decla-
ration made by the Lord's people at Cedar Point on
September 8, 1922. The fall had taken p k before
that announcement, and the Lord throqgh his angel
caused the announcement to be made.
Tho resolutions, designated "Warning" and "In-
dictment", following thereafter, further emphasiged
the fact of tho fall. From 1914 to 1918 Babylon was
trying to destroy God's heritage. (Jer. 50: 11) When
Babylon rejected Jesus the King, she fell, and God's
wrath had come and must be pmclaimed. The sacking
of typical Babylon did not take place immediately
following her capture. Thia indiaates that the same
mlo appliea ~ ~ n ~ e r n the
i n gfall of mystic Babybn.
Who is Babylon? Not merely a church system, but
the great organhtion ruling the earth. "A lnnd of
.. .
traffic; a city of merchants." (Ezek. 17: 4, 12)
She is a great power, and not merely a myth, as m e
would have the people believe. "Who art thou, 0
great mountainf before Zerubbabel thou ghslt become
a plain." (Zech. 4: 7) "That great city, which reign-
eth over the kinga of the earth." (Rev. 17: 18) For
-
this reason all nations are reauimd to drbk of her
oup.
Babylon ia Satan's complete organization, wkth S s
fan the husband and head thereof. I t ineludes the in-
visible as well sg the piaible part thereof. It is %tan's
heaven and earth. Oh&, the great Mel&ized&
Prieat, in 1914 bogan the assault on the head and
ngainat the entire organieation of Babylon, and there
reeulted a great full, even a lightning fall to the
earth; and henceforth Satan and all of his o ~ g ~ a
tion m oonfined in the operation thereof to the earth,
and preparations for the great battle of the day of
Qod Almighty pmeeed. At that battle the complete
fall and everlasting dehwetion of Babylon will re-
d t . Her "burning" is yet future.-Rev. 18:18.
Why did Babylon fall9 Booaw with the end of
1914 the period of waiting ended. It was then that the
a o m e *hen @od would. no longer pennit Satan
tomle the world without inMrfercnce. The Lord then
Bent forth his great Priast, who threw Betan and his
organiaation out of heaven. Babylon, Satan and his
organization, had "made all nations drink of the
wine of the wrath of her fornication". She has neTer
employed mercy, but always us= foree and violenee,
and this partic~~larly against God's holy nation er
people; whioh wan exhibited in ita most vicious way
about 1918.
mmoN'8 WINE CUP
The time of wsiting having ended, it was the time
to begin the puuishment of Babylon, and the first
part thereof was casting her out of heaven. Then the
reoord adds concerning her full: "Becauae she made
all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her
fornication," Bnbdon is fallen. Babylon's wine has
been understood to mean errors or false doctrines;
but that oonclu~ionia not supported by the Scrip-
tures, and is therefore incorrect. All the nations or
- peoples of earth worshiped Satan and his "woman"
Babylon before the beginning of the flrst world pow-
8ao L I Q B T JDv. 14
er. Babylon M e d on her work of conquest with the
organization of Egypt as the flrst universal world
power, and the Deoil roligion had been practiced
long before that. The Scriptural definition of the
aymbola here used will aid in understanding thia
prophecy.
A cup is a container of a drink potion, and the con-
tents of the cup are what is provided by one for an-
other, and symbolize the imposing of one's will upon
another. The wine in the cup was a symbol of violenoe
and death. Jesus said: "The oup which my Father.
hath given me, shall I not drink it?" (John 18:11)
"And he took the cup,
blood ... ... saying, . .. This is my
shed for many for the remiasion of aim."
(Matt. 20: 27, 28) The cup which God provided for
the wicked means their dest~ction."Hdw oft is the
audle of the wicked put out? and how oft cometh
their destruction npon them? Cod distribntcth sor-
rows in his anger. His eyes shall see his deertruetion,
and he shall drink of the wrath of the Ahnighty."
(Job 21: 13, 20) "For in the hand af the Lsrd there
ia a cup, and the wine ia red; it is full of mixture, and
he ponreth out of the same : but the d r e p thereof, dl
the wicked of the earth ahall wring them out, and
drink them." (Ps.75: 8) "For they eat the bread of
wickehesa, and drink the wine of violenm," "He
.. . drinketh damage [violence, margiu]." (Prov. 4:
17; 26: 6) These gwipturea show what 'the wine cup'
m a w . The "wine" which Satan hsa provided ia a
drink of violence and wrath. Babylon is Satan's or.
ganization; therefore the wine cup of tha math 03
her fornication is the imposing of Babylon's will up.
on the mtions of the earth, and thb ie done by do.
lewe. .
Em'. 14 AUTIVI'Pm IN ZION 821
Fornication is the act of wrongfully gratiqring a
paasionate desire. From the beginning Satan has had
a passionate and inordinate desire to have other crea-
turss worship him instead of Jehovah. This is eul.
p-ed in his offer of the kingdoms of the world to
Jam npon the sole condition that Jegus would fall
down and worahip him. Babylon is Satan's "woman"
or organisation of which he is the husband. His or-
gmization Babylon h a passionate, unrestrained
and inordinate deaii to control all the peoples of the
earth and turn them away from Cod and have them
worship the Devil. That nnr&ained and wrongful
w e bas led to great violeaee upon the peoples of
earth, The 'wine of Babylon's wrath of her fomi*
w' is thwefoxe the mel,harsh, military opprwion
ld violence adminiatered to the peoples of earth in
d e r to compel them to come under the control and
be aubjwt to the Rlle of Satan and hia woman Baby-
k,ni All the world powera have been and are a part
of 8ett4nk organieation, and therefore properly called
Babylon, and every one, without an exception, ha8
used great violence toward the people in order to
bring them under Satan's rule and control.
][n 1414 Satsn c a d all the nations to d e r from
h W i @ r y , mel and wicked heel of his organiaa
#@, a& thereby made dl the nations drink of the
#$ter, poisonous potioa The inducing cause was the
p i o n a t e ambition to have the exelusive worahip of
a$e ,peoples of earth. His wioked organieation also
W e d Ood'e people to drink of that wrath and to
M e r . dfter the war ended, the same paasionate, un-
EeBtrained and inordinate depire led to the formation
@4the beague of Nations, by which Satan would keep
f l na#pns and people8 under hia rule and control.
t42B L I G H T %x. 14
"The wine of the wrath of her fornication" there-
fore means Babylon's will (which is the will of 55
tan) imposed upon the peoplea of the earth by force
and violence; and ambition and covetousness are the
inducing cause. By this &el and wrongful means of
gratifying that inordinate and wrongful desire ths
peoples of earth have been mbjectsd to horror, shame,
defeat, and mudty, and have been forced under th6
yoke of opprwion of Babylon, or the ruling factors
of the &h.
Jeremiah prophesied: "Babylon hath been a golden
oup in the Lord's hand, that made all the e a ~ t h
.
drunken . . of her wine; therefore the n a t i m are
mad." (Jer. 61: 7 ) How could Babylon be a golden
cup in Jehovah's hand if Babylon has always meant
Satan's organization? This scripture is true in two
separate and distinct ways:
(1) Lucifer was appointed to his position by Je-
hovah and had an organization which was a part of
God's organhtion. "Thou haat been in Eden the
garden of God; . .. Thou art the nnohted eherub
that eovereth; and I have set thee so,thou w& upon
the holy mountain of a d ; thou hast wslged up and
down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast
perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast
created, till iniquity was found in thee." (Ei-ek.28:
18-16) The fact that he woa the nnointed eoveriag
oherub or deputy of Jehovah God s h m that he had
othera under his direct supervision, which constituted
his organization and therefore a part of God's or-
gani~ation.
It was his covetom ambition for worship that in-
duced him to become a traitor to Cod and to turn hi#
part of the organization into evil paths, (&a. 14: 14;
Jer. 51 : 18) Having been appointed to his position by
Jehovah he wee a container or a cup of gold (divine
instmmeent) in the hand (power) of Jehovah. But he
rebelled. The prophwy of Jeremiah does not say that
Babylon ia a cup of violenoe by the will of Jehovah,
but it do@ ssy that Babylon "hath been" a eup, that
is to my, when Lucifer was in harmony with God ha
and his organization were a divine instrument, whioh
afterwards twed to wickedness.
(2) Jehovah's covenant people Israel became m-
faithful ul hint and to theb covenant. Cod punished
them zapeatedlr for thein wrongdoing, and when
they' %%pentsdhe forgave them and took them back
to BimseE, Whe time oame when their wickednw
reached it# fulness, and then God completely with+
drew his favor and t n m d them over to the Devil nud
permitted the Devil and his organization to subject
h a t ppeople to the greatest violenoe. (Bmk. 21: 24-27)
The nation of IarIarael committed fornication with the
gods of Satan, and therefore with Satan's organiza-
tion. Israel had a paasionate desire to have an earthly
king or viaible ruler, like the heathen nations round
about. They had n passionate d& to practice the
heathen or Devil religion. God had said to them:
"For thou shalt mrahip no other god: for the Lord,
whoae name is Jealous, is a jealous God: I& thou
make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land, and
they go a whoring after their gods, and do anorifice
pnto their gods, and one call thee, and thou eat of h i s
sacrifice : and thou take of their daughters unto thy
sons, and their daughters go a whoring &er thak
gods, and make thy som go a whoring after their
gods. Thou shalt make thee nomploltengods."-Ex.
84: 14.17. tm'. . \

%4 L I G H T Em. 14
The Israelitee did the very thing that &d com-
manded them that they should not do. They went a
whoring after other gods. Therefore God permitted
Babylon, Satan's organization, to administer to Is-
rael a terrible pnnishment and to bring that people
into subjection to B&im, where they have been
einee. "Por thus saith the Lord Glad, Behold, I will
deliver thee into the hand of them whom thou hat&,
into the hand of them from whom thy mind is alien-
ated: and they shall deal with thee hatefully, and
ahall take away all thy labour, and shall leave thee
naked and bare; and the nakedness of thy whoredoms
shall be diawvered, both thy lewdneas and thy whore-
doms. I will do these thinga unto thee, because thou
hast gone a whoring after the heathen, and bwause
thou art polluted with their idola Thou hast walked
in the way df thy sister; therefore will I give her cup
into thine hand. Thua saith the Lord God, Thou shalt
drink of thy dater's cup deep and large: thou shalt
be laughed to worn and haa in derision; it contain-
eth much. Thou ahalt be filled with drmkennw and
m o w , with the cup of astonishment and desolation,
with the cup of thy sister Samaria. "-I3ee.k. 23 :28-33.
Therefore the prophet, speaking for Israel, s a p :
"0 Cad, thou hwt cast us off, thou hast scattered w,
thou hast been d i ~ l u ~ s e 0
d ;turn thyself to ns again.
Thou hast shewed thy people hard things; thou h u t
made us to drink the wine of astonishment."-Pa
6o:l. 3.
~abylon,therefore, was used as an htrument in
the hand of the Lord to cause the Iwaelitea to 8ufPer
great and severe pnnishment. Jehovah had punished
that people, but they had not profited by that punish-
ment, and then he turned the cup into the hand of
-
ACTIWl'IEB lN ZION B"f!$
Babylov that thereafter afliioted the Israelih. (1%
61:17-&I) Babylon, or Satan's organbation, h a
therefoe been an inatrument in the ham% of Jehovah
in this way also.
Babylon has made all the nations of the earth
drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. All
bthsse nations have come under the ernel rule of Satan
and have Buffered much violence. Devil-worship, and
not the union of ah& and state, is spiritual forni-
.oation. It is a wicked rule of violenee, induced by a
paeaionate snd uneaMed desire, 'that is fornication.
All the ralers of the eartb, partiaulsrly of "Chiaten-
I~ODI'',eo called, m #piritual fornicators. Thae rulers
have p f dta worahip and honor the Devil rather
~ s nworship and honor Jehovah Cod. Thii paasion-
s desire for Devjl-worship and power has led the
d m to make the common peoples of earth drink of
iheir op reasion and military violenee. The combine
Big f;wines, big politicians and olergy, led by
their inordinate and passionate desire to rule the
world in utter disregard of God's Word, has cawed
the people great oppression and d e r i n g .
When God presented his beloved Son, who is the
antitypid' Cynrs, as King, these d m of Baby-
lon (in 19141918) rejeded him and gave their alle-
gianee and worship to Satan's organization. That
mark6 the time of the fall of Babylon, or casting of
her out of heaven, and also the release of Ood's peo-
ple from Babylon. (1118.46: 1, 13) Became Babylon
hsw made the nations of earth to drink of the wine of
the wrath of her fornication, and so-called "Christen-
dom" haa preferred to have it so, Ood in his due time
will compel Babylon to take a dose of her own medi-
cine. All nations will be required to drink thereat,

"and the king of Sheahach [Babylon] && drink
after them." (Jer. 25: 26; 51: 41; Rev. 18:6;14: 10)
But before her find drinking and destruction Ood
will have an' announcement made of her fall, and a
testimony given conearning hiis purpose to destroy
her finally at Armageddon.
The casting out of Satan nnd his organieation from
heaven would seea to be the appropriate time for
making an annbunoement of Babylon's fall tu a
warning to some and an encouragement to others.
J The Prophet Isaiah representatively stood for Cod's
people on the earth in the end of this nge. The Lord
directed Isaiah to "go, set a watchman, let him de-
clare what he seeth". Isaiah placed a watchman in
the watchtower, who reported: "And he cried as a
lion [margin] :My lord, I stand continually u p p the
watchtower in the daytime, nnd I am set in my ward
whole nighta; and, behold, hew cometh a chariot of
men, with a couple of horsemen [a train of horw in
oouples,-4. B. DictionarvJ. And he answered and
mid, Babylon is fallen, is fallen; and all the graven
imagea of her gods he hath broken unto the grou~.d."
-I=. 21:6-9.
That prophecy related to Satan and his organizn-
tion falling to the earth. (Rev. 12: 9) Likewise John
the servant elma heard the voice of the angel saying:
"Babylon is fallen, is fallen." Theh Qod's people are
released from Babylon and go up to build up Zion.
Chriet, the nutitypical Cyrua, builds up the temple,
the paople of God, and let8 l m e the captives,-Isa
46: 1, 18; Ps. 126: 1.
WARNING
Revelation fourteenth chapter, verses nine to
twelve, is a apwial warning from C h i s t Jesacl, the
-
. '5
-
U v . 14 ACTIVITIEB M EION 1)27
great High Priest and Judge in the temple. These
verm should be carefully studied at this point. The
mgd is called "the third angel" because manife4tly
cha~gedwith the delivsry of the third part of a me@
sage due to be proelaimed from the Lord, and his
m t a on earth nre given a part in telling the same.
The fall of Bnbylon, mentioned in the prececcding
verses1 could nat mean the lkfinal dcdmtion thereof;
because v e m nine to twelve show that tho wicked
organieation still exiats, but h t its operation is con-
fined to the hegarch. Thja mesgage m d e s t l y is to warn
cbs people agaiast taking ~ d e with
a Satan's organiea-
tion d o 8 Godpakingdom has come. Sinoe the dis- 'V
aeming of Satanls orgw&ation by the people of the
Lord in 1926 they have particularly sounded the
warning by radio, by public dimoursea, and by. mil-
lions of books put in the hands of the people, and
l q e especially warned the consecrnted through the
d m n s of Phe Watch Tower. Tha Watah Tower is
for all men, but applies with special force to those
who hwe made a covenant to do Cod's will. The me&-
s g e of w i n g is, "If any man worship the beast
and & image, and receive his mark in his forehead,
or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the
m t h of Qod." (Vss. 9, 10) Emphasis is here placed
upan tbe fact that Qod's nnointed people, in the
mouth of which he has put hi measage of truth, mnst
boldly and fearleasly preach that measwe of truth
and continue so to do until the end regardlw of
*ether the people hear or not. This responsibility
annnot be escaped. God will have the meaaage dc-
livered, and his anointed ones who fail or refuse to
have part in the proclamntion of the message d l do
ea at their peril; and therefore this ecriptare is cts

pecially a warning to all. The angel of the Lord pro-
claimed the message ''with a loud voice", suggesting
that the servant clam on earth must make a wide
proclamation thereof.
The 'sea beast', the "image of the beast", and 'the
two-horned beast' are still in existence and operating
at full time and speed in the earth, and millions of
the people are bdng oppressed. If one mentally or
actively takes a stand on the side of Satan's or-
ganization, represented in the "beast", he thereby
shorn that he is againat Jehovah Ood. He is not for
Christ and Ood; therefore he is against the Lord and
his kingdom. (Matt. 12: 30) Those who in any wise
support Satan's organization, actively or passively,
are responsible fop their course of action and thereby
bear his mark either in the forehead or in the hand.
Babylon (Satan and hi organization) has com-
pelled the peoples of earth, by a violent role, to
"drink of the w i ~ cof the w-rath of her fornication",
and now those who remain on Satan's side after being
w m e d must, together with all of Babylo& drink of
Uod's wine cup of wrath. This dow not mean doc-
trines; because such have refused and continue to r e
fuse to m p t the truth and take their stand on the
side of the Lord, but are supporting Satan and his
organization. Concerning such, Jehovah says: "I will
tread down the people in mine anger, and make them
clrank in my fury, and I will bring down their
strength to the earth." (Isa. 63: 6) This "wine of
the wrath of God" is "poured out without mixture
into the cup of hk indignation". This me- that hie *
wrath ia poured into the container of Ood and is the
potion p o d for his enemiw, and is not diluted nor
BW. 14 AOT~TIEB
IN ZION 829
adulterated. I t is the wrath of God, and ia deatruw
tiye.-Rev. 11 :18.
Those thus compelled to clrii of this cup of God's
wrath ''shall be tormented with 5re and brimstone in
the prwnce of the holy angels, and in the preaenee
of the Lamb". (Vs. 10) The word here rendered
"torment" is from the Cre& basoniwo (from ba-
A), and meaw "to go to the bottom of things a#
a test". Applied to persuns, it would mean a close
and searahing cross-examination.When one rn orow
examined under the law a d was obntinate and re-
fosed to yield, he was w M in prison; and hence
uha jab- was designated "bas&tea", or the tor-
mentor. "And his lord wae wroth, and delivered him
to the tormentors [jailora, Dbg.], till he ahould pay
all that was due unto him." (Matt. 18: 84) Clearly,
therefore, the torment of Bevelation 14: 10 mnst in-
clude the confinement in death or destraction which
3 the fate of the wicked.
When dead they oould not experience pain; there-
fore the torment mwt begin while one is aonsaiow
and is gndergoing crowaamiuation before the bar
of the great Judge of the temple. Today the kingdom
-ern are tormented constantly with the message
of God's kingdom. This is proven b.y the repeated ob-
Section to hearing anything about Satan'# organiza-
tion and by opposing the witness concerning Ood's
kingdom. There are those who have bean begotten of
the holy spirit and enlightened who refuse to say any-
thing about Satan's orgaaixation and who oppose
those who are diligently giving the witness for God's
kingdom. The message of the kingdom, and the serv-
ice thereof, are a torment to them. If they persist
in t&ia oppcaition, the wrath of Ood, whiah is the gea-

ond death, must of necessity be their portion. Thii
torment results from the constant holding of the
truth before the rulers of the earth as well as othcrs
who oppose, and is done in the preaence of Christ and
hi holy angels, who are dtneases thereto. The faith-
ful remnant are; need a.witnesses of this torment now
in progress. The messryo of truth w o y s the oppow-
ers to the king&, like the botch or some other loath-
soma d i . Those who wilfully sin against light
and who imowiugly treat with contempt the testi-
mony of God's kingdom and his King, and who op-
pose the aame, and give their support m d aid to the
Devil's organization, Jam says, "shall go away into
everlasting punishment."-Matt. 25 :46.
"And the smoke of their torment sgcendeth up for
ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night,
who worahip the beast and his image, and whosoever
receiveth the mark of his name." (Vs. 11) Smoke is
evidence of a burning Are or flame, became there
a d d be no smoh without fire. (Judg. 20 :98-40; &a.
84: 10) The natural tendency of amoke is to disap-
pear. "A8 the smoke out of the chimney.'' (Hos.
18:3) "The heavens shall vtlnish away like smoke."
(188. 51:6) But $he fnct that the smoke here men-
tioned doea not vanish away, but continues to rise up
forever, shows that the smoke-producing fire and
brimstone (symbolic of destruction) are never
quenched, and therefore the d&ruetion of the wieked
never ends; and hence they ahall ncver he permitted
to live any more, but "ahall be as though they had
not been". This is the fate of the wilhzlly wioked.-
Eeek. 28 :19, Ps. 145: 20; 2 Theas. 1 :9.
Being tormented while alive by the messwe of
God'a tmth;whiah they willingly resist and o p m
I1E.r. 14 A O T r V I l ! ~IN ZION 881
and being jailed in death, they are therefore in the
pains or torments of death forever. Jesns was in "the
pains of death" but could not be held there: "Whom
God hath rsised up, having loosed the pains of death:
beaswe it was not possible that he should be holden
of it." (Acts 2: 24) Their only comiousnesa is before
go* into death, and then they are conscious of the
wmws and pains such as'get hold on the victim b e
fore he goes into unconsciownw. (Ps. 116:3) If the
fbe were nvt kept burning, the smoke would cease to
ascend; because 'Where t k e is no wood, there is no
h', hence no emoke. (Prov. 26: 20) Themfore the
amtiauoae smoke arising symbolically says: 'Thii fire
of dastruation shall never cease, for the wicked shall
remain deatroysd forever.' The scripture doea not say
$hat the wwcious a d r i n g continue8 forever, but
daes gay that "smoke of their torment", which is an
evidmce of their destruction, never ceases. "For
Ulek worm & d l not die, neither shall their tire be
qnenched." (Isa. 66:24; 30: 33) The smoke could not
rapreecnt "the memory" of them, as has been sug-
gested, because "the memory of the jw is bleased:
but the name of the wioked shall rot", and disappear.
(Prcov. 10:7) While there is consoiousnese, there is
pb relit day or night while the Lord's witnesses ex-
~ ~ themg e by telling God's truth. Jehsvah therefore
'vexes them in his sore displeasure'. (Ps. 2 :5) 'There
is no pence for the wicked.' (Isa.57 :20, 21; 48: 22)
Therefore the evidence shows that their torment and
confinement in jail or death is forever.
"Rere is the patience of the saints: here are they
that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of
Jesus." (Ve. 12) This shows a teat of God's people,
and the test is now on. Who is on the Lord's aide?
 L I a H T REV. 14
and who will worship the enemy organization and
receive his name and mark? This shows that judg-
ment begins at the house of Qod. (I Pet. 4: 17) I n
Revelation 13: 8, 10, it is recorded that those "whose
names are not written in thebook of life of theLamb"
fail in the test. ''Here" ig the time of the crisis, be-
cause it is the day of judgment and the time that the
saints 'must have boldnw'for the Lord' in declaring
his message of truth.-1 Jo:m 4: 17, 18.
These faithful ones refuse to worship or have any-
thing in common with Satan's organization. They
keep the commandments of God by refusing to have,
any other god besides Jehovah, and refuse to bow
down to any graven image. They worship and serve
Jehovah. (Ex. 20 : 3-5; Deut. 6: 5) They also keep-
God's commandments by joyfully being his witnesses.
(Isa. 43: 10, 12) At this crisis there will be and now
are those who say, 'Lord, Lord, have we not done
wonderful things in thy name?' But they refuse to
do Jehovah's will as expressed. The Lord declares
they are workers of lawlessness and are not recog.
nized by him. (Matt. 7: 21-23) It is those who are
faithful, who maintain their integrity and manifest
eomplete fidelity and devotion to God, that shall live
and be forever with the Lord. (Hab. 2:4; Heb.
10: 38, A.Z.V., margin) I n this crisis the ones faith-
ful unto death receive the reward.-Bey. 2 :10.
THE BLESSED
From the time of the crisis or judgment that be-
gins when the Lord comes to his temple those are
"blessed" who remain firm, true, steadfast, and
wholly devoted to God Henee the voioe from heaven:
"And I heard a voice from heaven, saying unto me,
Write, Blessed are the dead whioh die in the Lord
from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may
rest from their labours; and their works do follow
them." (VS.13) There are seven "beatitudes" in the
book of Bevelation and they appear, to wit, in this
verse and at Revelation 1:3; 16: 15; 19: 9; 20 : 6;
and 22: 7, 14. The "dead" here mentioned are not
those who are unconscious, but those who are wholly
devoted to God and who are therefore "dead with
Christ" and 'whose lives are hid by Jehovah with
'. . Christ'. (001, 2: 20; 3: 3; 1 Theas. 4: 16) These at
the moment of aetual death are raised again to life.
'. 1 The spirit of Jehovah emphasizes the blessedness of
,' those continning faithful, with the word "Yea".
, 'They rest from their labors.' This does not mean in-
'
. activity; but it means a cessation from toil, and their
trouble ends.-Luke 5 :5; 12: 27; Matt. 26 : 10.
They are not idle now, but earnestly engaged in the
Father'sbusiness. "Their works do follow with them"
(230th.) into the kingdom. They are "changed" in-
stantly, "in the twinkling of an eye." Having re-
mained faithful unto the Lord and his worla nnto
the end, they enter into glory and continue their
work to hip praise forever. This work is not "charas-
ter development", and this "character development"
is not taken into heaven; but it is "works", which
means faithful service to the Lord. (Jas. 2: 20) This
is an encouragement to those who continue faithful
in doing the work that God has given them to do at
this time.
TEE HARVEST r/
From about 1375 until the coming of the Lord to
God's temple ww a period of time in which Christ
 884 L I o H T Em. 14I
the M e w g e r was preparing the way before Jehovah
for the"bnildhg up of Zion. Then he, the great Judge,
erne mddenly or straightmy to his temple for judg.
ment. (Mal. 3: 1-8) John, zepresenting the servant
class, then adds: "And I looked, and behold a white
cloud, and upon the elond one sat like unto the Sou
of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his
hand a Bharp sickle." (Vs. 14) The white cloud de-
notes the presence of the Lord Jesua in righteouanesa
and glory. (Matt. 25: 31) It mnrks his coming for
judgment and for the building up of Zion by bring-
ing into God'a organization the faithful sleeping
sainta and the remnant of faithful ones on earth; also
the time of gathering togethei. the faithful of God, aa
foretold by the prophet.-Ps. 50: 5.
J The crown of David's Successor whose right it is to
rule was 'overturned' until Christ was placed upon.
hi throne, in 1914. That is the time "he went forth
conquering, and to conquer" (Rev. 6: 2), the same
being the time that God plaoed him upon hi# throne.
(Ps. 2: 6) Concerning this time it wna written: "The
king shall joy in thy strength, 0 Jehovah. [A.R.V.]
Thou settest a crown of pure gold on his head." (Ps.
21: 1, 3) Then it was that he began his kingly activi.
ties, the h t work of which wna to oust Satan and hi8
1 a h i points here to be considered. Thia picture, there-
organization, and then proceeded to the building up
of Zion. The typical king of Israel was installed at
grain hnrvest scason, or in the spring of the year:
"Now therefore behold the king whom ye have cho.
sen, and whom ye have desired l and, behold, the Lord -
hath set a king over you. Is it not wheat harvest to
day? I will enll unto the Lord, and he shall send thun-
der and rain; that ye may perceive and see that your
Wiokednem is great, whiohye haye done in the night of
B v . 14 AOTWlTI@B IN ZION
the Lord, in asking yon a king."-1 Barn. 12: 13, 17.
$86
Since the typical king wna installed in the harveat
t h e , it was appropriate that the great g i s g of earth
ehould he inaugurated at the harvest season. The
a y m W vision show8 Christ taking his power in 1914
with a crown upon his head and "in his hand a sharp
Bckle". Since judgmexzt began three and a hnlf y e m
later, which means, of wuree, the examination began
there, it follows that the hnrvest work would bqin at
that time, to wit, 1918. (Matt. 13: 30) He comes with
a "sharp aiekle" ready for fortion to cut away those
not approved and to gather the approved ones into
5fa God%typical mangement, immediatelyafter
the Pamover the dcHe was put into the grain (both
barley and wheat), which work culminated in the
fesat of Pmtemst, for&-nine days thereafter. "Seven
week [forty-nine dayti] shalt thou number unto thee r
begin to number the seven weaha from such time aa
thou beginneat to put the sickle to the corn. And thou
...
ehalt keep the feast of weeks unto the Lord tby God.
And thou shalt rejoice before the Lord thy God.''
-Dent. 16:9-11.
Pentamst marked the time of the p o w out of the
holy spirit. (Joel 2: 28-30; Acts 2: 16-18) The build-
ing up of Zion and the wholesale nnointing are the
tore, s m to say tbst the gathering of the faithful
ones into Zion began in 1918, when the Lord came to
hia temple, and that the anointing followod there
after. That marks the time for the beginning of re-
joking: "This is the day which the Lord hath rnadei
we will mjoioe and be glad in it."-Ps. 118: 24.
This conoluaion is supported by verses fifteen and
sixteen: "And mother nngel oame out of the templa,
 836 L I G H T m.l&
erying with a loud voiae to him that eat on the cloud;
Thruat in thy aiekle, and reap : for the time is wma,
for thee to reap; for the harveat of the earth is ripe.''
This indicates that the command to reap was not
given until after the Lord had come to his 8831dnary1
and cleansed it. The f a i W remnnnt brought into
the temple shall prepare now to "go", as commanded,
and deliver the t&ony in connection with the
reaping. (Isa. 6: 9-12) This shows the Lord at his,
temple, and his holy angels, the deputies, accompany-
ing him to serve under him. The angel comes out from
the temple and announces the fact that the time haa
come to reap. The fact that the angel addre%sea Christ.
the King does not indicate that it is a command given,
by the angel to his superior, but rather ns ai hernld.
to the King, employed and directed to proclaim tbt
the time has arrived for the reaping.
J The servant e b , represented by John, heard this
voiae for the flrst time in The Watch Tower, in the
articlea entitled "Ble~~ed Are the Fearless", pointing
out the didination between the Elija6 and the E W a
I work of the church. The message was not &om th0
.
Tower, but from the Lord, given through h% consti-
tuted organization. This message from the Lord was'
a sharp, cutting one, and served to divide those of the:
conareerated. The ~ervante l m took up the message-
which the angel of the .lard had announced and
plaaed the matter clearly before one another. The real
work and the Anal rewlts were left to the Lord. Those
who had been faithful in the Blijah work were donbt-
leas anointed then, and these went forth to do the.
work foreahadowed by Elisha. The message pro-ro-l
claimed by them was used to warn othem to gather
t h d v e e to the Lord, and t h e were gathad and.
bClTrCTPIB1B IN ZION 337
aftorwards anointed when the spirit of the Lord was
on all 'regardleas of whether they were
.male or femalo, and as the prophet had foretold.
, - ( h t a 2: 16-18)The greater part of the reaping wss
forth to reap. Not
~ a wthe distiinction be-
Eliaha work; hencemany did
tnken into Zion. (Isa 18:5)
eeping Saint&! are
to the heavens above,
that he map judge his people.
en of lovingkindness, who have
over uraerifice.'-Ps, 60: 4,5,
. The angels of the Lord do the reaping. (Matt. 13:
jl! 89-41) The faithful of earth do the witness work,
'*& gathering themael~eaunto the Lord, and are gathered
r I by the Lord into Zion. The faithful ones of earth
carrp the spiritual provender to others, thnt they too
6' may know the way to go.-Matt. 24 :46.
The roeord h: "The hameat of the earth is ripe."
"the earth". (Matt. 13:38)
8 gathering began, the time of joy began.
"0 Judeh, he hath set an harvest for thee, when I re-
turned the captivity of my people." (Hos. 6:11)
"They joy before thee according to the joy in hnr-
W." (ha. 9: 5) 'He @halldoubtless come again with
rdoicing, bringing in the sheaves.' (Ps. 126:6) The
brvest now ripe "is dry" (Diag.), and the "latter
rain" which ripens the harvest has now fallen .and
the time has aome to reap. "Be glad then, ye ahildren
of Zion, and rejoice in the Lord your God: for he
hath given you the former rain moderately, and he
to come d o m for you the rain, the former

win, nnd the latter rain in the 3 r ~ month."
t (Joel
2: 28) Thie reaping represent8 slso the tabing of
God's nnointed oncs into "the secret place of the
Moat High': the place of safety8 and abidisg there,
the enemy cannot do them injury, because they sre
Jehovah's sons and under the &adow of his protec-
tinn
W m OF TBB U R T ~
"And another angel came out of the temple which
is in heaves, he alao having a sharp aidde.'' (Vs. 17)
The angel h e ~ ementioned as having the sharp aiokle,
or vintage knife, is h d ' s instrument with which he
destroys Satan's orgnubation. Hence it is Christ. The
mgol is his messenger who makes announcemsnt of
tho purpoee of the Lord to destroy the enemy organi-
sation.
Satm, by and through his orgnubation, hasbrought
forth to the people that whioh ia claimed to be lif*
s u s ~ for $ mnnkind, but whieh in fact has brought
Mering and death upon the human race. Such pro.
vision made by Satan and hia or@m.tion is the
'cluster of the vine of the earth'. The angel an-
nounaes, in wbatanca, that the time hw come w h a
God will destroy Cia 'claster of the vine of the earth'
and will then give to the pebple the fruit of the king*
dom of Christ, which is lifesustaining to -8,
Jehovah's Exwutive OEcer is in his tempte fox
judgment, and his angals there for servioe. Therefore
it is written: "Behold, the Lord cometh out of his -
place to punish the inhabknts of the earth for their!
iniquity." (Isa. 26 :21) "Let the 3;ord God be aib
n w a g W you, the Lord hom his holy temple. For,
behold, the Lord cometh forth out of his place,
oom down, md tread [ss a wwhs of grrrpesf,
A m 8 IN ZION
upon the high places of thc earth." (Mic. 1:2,s) The
only part that the remnant has to do with this work
is the proclamation of the merplage of God's ven-
geance and, thus doing, thereby invite the gathering
of Satan's organization sgaiast them to battle.-
Zech. 14 :2.
Then John adds: "And another angel cane out
from the altm, which had power over fire; and cried
with a loud my to him that hnd the Bharp sickle, say-
ing, Thrust in thy sharp siclde, and gather the clus-
ters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully
ripe." (Vs. 18) Doabtless the angel of f.hc heord here
mentiqned is assigned to the authority or duty to di-
reot the fiery inwage of &dla vengeaace that his
anointed ones on earth are to deliver in the earth.
Fleming at the altar, giving attention to the &re, ~ y m -
bollcally represents thefaithful witnwm on the earth
-ding beeid4 the altar, in this, that 'they present
%hmeIvea a living sacdice for service, holy and ac-
ceptable unto God', and they render this "reasonable
service". (Rom. 12: 1) The angel of the Lord is
charged with directing that service. Whether those on
earth know how it is done or not is not material.
Every part of God's o r g e n t i o n must have some-
. thing to do.
, The fzithful wituses having to do with the f i w
mwage are entirely separate from Satan's organiza-
tion; hence they are innocent. In the language of the
psalmist they any: "I will wash mine hands in inno-
oency: go will I compam thine altar, 0 Ord." (Ps.
Z6:6) 'I'hese pray thnt the Lord will send out his
light and trnth (not mm's light and truth) that they
may be led thereby, and then they will be doing prop-
arviae at the altar, nnd doing it in joy. "0 send
-5
 out thy light and thy truth: let them lead me; let
them bring me unto thy holy hill, and to thy taber-
nacles. Then will I go unto the altar of Cod, unto Cod
my exweding joy: yea, upon the harp will I praise
thee, 0 God, my God."-Ps. 43: 3,4.
"And of the angels he with, Who maketh his an-
g& spirita, and his mhktera a flame of &. Are they
not all r n h h r i u g wirits, sent forth to minister for
them who ehaU be he& of salvationl" (Heb. 1:7,14)
The angel the Lord assigned to this work has au-
thority over fire, mewing the mewage of dest~etion,
and the remnant are directed by this invisible deputy
in the eourae of their work. The words of God's ven-
geanoe are like Are: "Is not my word like as a fire!
saith the Lord."--Jer. 23: 29.
The angel having authority over fire cries out with
a loud voioe (command) to the angel having the vin-
tage knife, or sharp pruning hook, and directs h im to
out off the dWr of the grapes that encumber the
earth. Thh is not a command to the Lord, of course,
but is sn annouaoement made in harmony with Cod's
will. It is a b i n the nature of a prayer that is in the
heart of every one of W ' s organization, all of whom
long for the time when Cod will wholly destroy the
enemy and vindicate his name: "Oh that thou would-
eat rend the heavena, that thou wouldest mme down,
that the mountains might flow down at thy preaence."
(Isa. 64: 1) "Let God arise, let his enemies be scat-
tered: let them also that hate him flee before him. Bs
smoke is driven away, so them away: as wax
melteth before the fire, so let the wicked perish at the
preaence of God." (Ps. 68: 1, 2) "0 my God, make
them like a wheel; as the stubble before the wind. Aa
the fire burneth a wood, and ae the flame setteth the
mountains on are, .. . that men may know that thou,
whose name alone is JBHOVAH, art the Xost High
over all the earth."-Pa. 83: 13-18.
Since God's anointed w i t n m on the earth have
discerned that Satam's organization is made up of the
commeroial, political, and religious combine that acta
as Satan's visible reprenentative, and that 'horn',
maltreats and oppresraos the people, they pray that
this wiclred combination might be destroyed and the
people released that they might praise and serve Je-
hove& God. Because Satan's organization and those
under hi conttol oppoare the meflsage of truth, the an-
g$ of the Lord ories aloud for the remnant servant
elam to he moxe reamset aad zmlo1~1in giving the
wihw of what is impending and about to come to
p a . The command ia: 'Thrust in the shmp sickle
and cut away the dusler of the vine of the earth.'
T b fa the vine Chat has grown up out of Satan's
oiaible organizatibn: "Yet I had planted thec a noble
vine, wholly a right seed; how then art thou turned
into the degenerate plant of s strmge vine to
me9" (Jer. 2: 21) "For their vine is of the vine of
Sodom, and of the flelds of Oomorrah; their grapes
ape grapes of gall, their elrmtem are bitter: their wine
is the poiaon of dragone, and the c a d venom of aqs.
To me belongeth veng~&ace,and recompence; their
foot shall slide in due time: for the day of their m-
lamity is at hand, and the thing8 that shall come upon
them make h&e."-Deut. 82: 32, 33, 35.
As the ripe grape is full of 'blood', eo the iniqaity
of the wicked organization of Satan has come to the
full and there is a full crop. (Gen. 49: 11; Deut.
8B: 14) "Pat ye in the sickle; for the vintage is ripe:
me, tread ye; for the winepress is full, the vats
842 L I G H T REV, 14
overflow; for their wick-
A.R.V., margin.
is e;reat."-Joel3: 13,
Action begiins: "And the angel thrust in hipl uickle
into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and
onat it into the great wineprw of the wrath of God."
(Vs. 19) The angel here who does the work is the
great executive offieer of Jehovah, O b i s t Jews, in
command, m d who goes forth to the de~trnctionof
the wicked orgdation. (Ps. 110: 4, 6) Conoerdng
Chis great Executive Officer the prophet reaords:
"Wherefore art thou red in thine appnrel, and thy
garmenta like him that trendeth in the winefat? I
have trodden the wineprem alone; and of the people
there was none with me; for I will tread them in mine
anger, and trnmple them in my fury; nnd their blood
shnll be sprinkled upon my garments, and I w i l l s t a h
all my raiment. For the dap of vengemce is in mine
heart. and the vesr of mv redeemed is come."-Isa.
63: k:
The vision now discloses Ohrist the great executive
offlcer of Jehovah onsting the vintage of the enrth
into the great wjne-p1e88 of the wrath of W: "And
the angel thrust in his sickle into the eartb, and
gathered the vine of the enrth, and cnst it into the
great winepress of the wrath of God." (Vs.19) Thii
is proof that Satan's organization is a great and
mighty one, becaw it requires so great a wine-press.
Some who have eonseerated themselves nuto the Lord
ignore this and many other scriptures, and my that
Satan has no orgnniaation and that we should say
nothing about the world. In this they deceive them-
aelvs. The "winepress" is Jehovah's militan0 organi-
nation under the leadership of Christ Jesus. @ideon ,
waa a type of Christ; and whon he slew the prinw sly
Em. W ACTrVITInS IN ZION 848
i the Midi&niteathat slayklg was likened unto vintage,
and foreahadowad the slaying of the visible repre-
%tiyes of Satan.--Judg. 7 :25; 8 : 1-3.
Christ Jesus, the beloved of God, stands upon
p Nount Zion an h a d e w as a lamb to all thoa~who
work righteownw; but he is a great and terrible and
destructive Warrior ag&& God's enmica. He is the
Head and Chid of the "wineprw", which is used as
a symbol to show that which destroy8 Saton's wicked
orgmizaaon in the earth. "And tha winepress was
trodden without the city, and blood came out of the
wineprw, evm unto the horse bridles, by the spnm
of a thousand and six hundred furlongs." (Va.20)
The treading down is shown as "without the city",
whbh means outeide of the holy city, whieh is God's
organization. 'For outside are dogs, soroerers, for&
@ator, murderera, idolaters and liars.' (Rev. 22: 15)
God's city or kingdom class is no part of that corn-
pray. The children of God are commanded to keep
awny &om such. 1 o r . 5: 1113) The 'treading
do- outside the city' therefore shows the complete
c r d g oP everything that is oppoaed to God's or-
ganiehtion.
Some professed consecrated persons, deceived by
S&m, deccive themselvea also by their own selfish de-
sires and say: 'The time of trouble is pa&; Satan hna
rmo organization; the saints should develop a aweet
character and calmly wait to be tal~mto heaven; and
we will do nothing and will wait until our change
-88.' The fourteenth chapter of Revelation and
anany supporting ncripturee 'rove beyond slf doubt
 344 L I G H T REV. 14
that the worst time of trouble that will ever have been
is just ahead.
It has been said that the 'treading' is a mental
process; hut this also is incorrect. The t~eadingof the
vintage of the earth by the "winepress" will witness
the most terrible slaughter that will ever have oo-
curred in the earth. For more than a decade Cod has
caused his truth to be told to the rulers and to the
people, and has furnished an abundance of corrobor&
tise facts and ciroumstances showing that the king-
dom is at hand. Instead of giving heed to the truth,
the ruling factors of earth have completely ignored
the evidence and deny Cod's Word, and go on in their
boasting, and exalt themselves and their own power
and worship Satan, the false god, and his organiza-
tion.
,/ Jehovah has sent his witnesses t o give testimony to
the rulers, that "Christendom" may have no excuse.
God do@ nothing in secret or in a corner. When this
witness work is done, then Christ Jems will lead on
in this indescribable slaughter such as h e m before
was lmown and never again will be known. (Matt.
24: 14, 21,22) There will be so maw corpses from
one end of the earth to the other that there will he
none who wilI bury the dead. (Jer. 25: 33) The
Anglo-American empire has been the place on earth
mogt fawred and where there has been published the
greatest amount of truth, and yet where is practiced
the greatest amount of hypocrisy by the clergy and
their allies. It has been the chief place where God's
"two witnesses" suffered persecution, and it might
be expected that in these countries there will be the
greatest trouble and slaughter. Every part of so-
called "Christendom" of earth shall feel the sharp-
AOTMTIES IN ZION 346
ness of the vintage knife. "Therefore prophesy thou
against them all these words, and say unto them, The
fiord ahall roar from on high, and utter his voice from
his holy habitation; he shall mightily roar upon his
habitation; he shall give a shout, as they that tread
'.- the grapes, agsjnst all the inhabitants of the earth."
-Jer. 25: 30.
I n this day of wickedness, when Satan's ruling fac-
tors are administering the affairs of men, righteous
judgment is fallen back and 'justiee &an& afar off,
far truth is fallen in the streeta [in the way of Sa-
tan's organization] and equity cannot enter'. (ha.
59 :14) But when Jehovah by his mighty Officer
is treading out the grapes of the terzibble, wick&
ccvinev,the treaders w ill rejoice and be glad became
T the time has come for truth and righteousnes@to tri-
umph. The hope of the world lies in the completo de-
7 ~ v ~ > s t p u of ~ t iSatan's
~n organization and the establish-
, ',.:meat of God's kinedom in full swav. Hamv is the
now who has part in testifyingto the people of
the coming day of blessings.
is Christ and his mighty army of angel61 that will
the treading, or the squeezing, of the grapes. So
omous will be that battle that the flow of blood is
escribed as reaching "even unto the horse bridles".
Since in ancient times horses were used almost exclu-
sively for war purposes, this indicates that the great
treading of the wine-press is the "battle of that great
day of God Almighty". The fact that the blood
reaches to the bridle of the horse does not indicate
that the horse would he overcome, hut it indicates
that the blood will run deep enough for a horse to
swim therein. I t is a mmholic wav " of- d- m i h i n o thn
--
terrible slaughter thai shall be wrought. And why
 ACTIVITIE8 IN ZION

&odd w6 not: expect the Irord to do so? 'For her
[Babylon's] sins have reached unto heaven [heaven
high], and God will remember her iniquity.' (Rav.
18: 5) "For her judgment reacheth unto heaven, and
is lifted up even to the skies." (Jer. 51: 9) I t is not
surprising that eoneei-ning that time Isaiah prqhe-
~ e d "And
: the mountains [kingdoms of the earth]
shall be melted with their blood." (Isa. 34: 3) "He
shall j u a e among the [nations], he shall 5ll the
p%aceswith the dead bodies." (Ps. 110: 6) The exteat
of the slaughter is indicated by the wor& "by the
press, but to serve not& upon the rulere and the pee-
ple that God through Christ win do the work.
For centuries Sakan and his visible age& ham
shed the blood of Cod's saints. They she$ the bload
of his beloved Son. They have blasphemed and re-
pmaohed God's holy name and opposed his peaple on
earth. The day of reolioning is at hand and Jehovah
will analre a compkte and s h o ~ work
t of iC, and when
done, hi4 name shall # t a d vindicated forever I
I (Continuecl in Book T W ~ ) > 'I

spaoe of a thousand and six hundred furlongs."

This does not mesa so many miles from one place
to another. The Sbaitie manuscript reads: "A thou- --
b,
sand and two hundred furlongs." The difEerent
-*:
- - %\:
manuscripts therefore make the meamremat unaer- 5 LA"*
4:

tain. The fact that the Lord mould permit the exaet ,-
Ifi$u~es to be mixed or u n e e r t ~ nproves that the ex-
detness of the number of Iurlongs is not the -or-
lm~t tliig, but that the number is used as s. figure of
speech or symbol uf the greatnasg of the daughter. An
ordinary winepress of ancient times was not even ane
furlong in length. God would have it known that hiS
wine-pras is 80 great and so deep that even horses
ean swirh therein; and that it is required 'to be so
great in order that it may be used to tread out and
destroy the wioked organisation of Satan, Human
feet could not tread the grapes in it; hence 'horses'
are employed. When one talres a view of the tremen-
dow organization that Satan has built up it is 5%
once apparent that nothmg diort of divine power can
destroy it. The mere proclamation of the tru'th for
r million years would not accomplish that result. Tb*
work of the remnant on earth is nat t o tread the wine-
 Delightful and Enlightening 1 Short Logical To the Point
are Judge Rutherford's boob. Eaeh one of is each one of Judge Rutherford'a moat in-
them is fully mpport8d by Oodk word teresting 64-page booklets. They all have
of truth, the Bible. He presents the facts beautiful paper covera; and as to their
in logid fashion, without any vagaries or contents, there is proof upon pmof on each
dodging of the ieaue. He is clear llnd wn- of the subjects eonaidered. His latest is
cise and, above all, p r m his points by Prohibibdon, League of Nations: Born of
the Bible. His elothbormd books are Med God or of the Devil, Which!
below; perhapa, you have some and ~ m t The Bible Prmf
the othera.
THE O T m AFa
Tke Harp of &d 8 .35
Detivs~alzoe .35 Odmea and Oatmitie8
dreation .S5 Ww or Peaoe, Which?
Reconciliation .35 Oppreeaion: When will it end?
Governmant ' .40 J~dgmsnt Where Are the Dead?
Lif e .45 Bell# What is itt The Lagt Deys
Prophecy
-
.45
taken singly $2.70
OW twd'a R e t w Prosperity 8uvs
1'hs PeopZas Fdend
Any 9 of the above-mentioned booklets,
Or the entire aet of even bmgs wilI be when taken at one time in combination,
mailed to you postpaid for only $2.40. can be had for 606, or any 4 for 254, or
The distribution of thwe bmka is preaeh- any 2 for 166, taken singly 10# cach. They
ing %he giapel of God's kingdom. Enstcad w i l l be mailed to you postpaid, anywhere
of taking 8 collection the money is taken in thie country. The muall aum of money
for the books and is naed to publish more taken is used to publish other boola for the
books for the good of the people. good of the people.
WATCE TOWER WATCB TOWEZZ
H7 ADAM8 STREET, BROOKLYN, N. P. 117 ADAMS STREET, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
B'or picas in othe~.a4~~~t*ias,
write t o oat oaaea Ear prioea in otl~erooountriea write to ow OW
in those cowtriw. List on &I paga in thoae oountriea Id4 on last paga